Go Live 2 - SB - WB

Pronuncia: /ˈɡəʊ ˈlaɪv/
2
Go Live! In Onda!
Oxford Street, a
Londra, è la strada
commerciale più
frequentata d’Europa.
Mezzo milione di persone
affollano ogni giorno i
suoi marciapiedi. Niente
male per un’antica
strada romana!
In Gran Bretagna
il cricket è lo sport
dell’estate. Nonostante
le partite di cricket siano
lunghe e complicate, solo
il calcio ha più fans del
cricket nel mondo.
Questa è Edimburgo,
la capitale della
Scozia. La foto è stata
scattata da Calton Hill,
da cui si può godere
una meravigliosa
vista della città.
Digger Jack Lauren
2 Clare Maxwell & Elizabeth Sharman

Property of Oxford University Press. Provided for and restricted to creating accessible formats for users with a disability.
Go Live 2 SBWB pp001_114.indd 1 31/10/2016 08:39

Contents
Vocabulary
Ripasso del lessico di Go Live! 1
Revision
Cruciverba illustrato
Attività
pagg. 6–10 Descrivere oggetti
Vocabulary Grammar
1
The weather A Past simple di be
I was in Blackpool • Forma affermativa
pagg. 11–19 Picture dictionary 1
pagg. 222 – 223 • Espressioni di tempo passato
• Forma negativa
• Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi
B There was/There were
Learning Unit A
Drills Unit 1 pag. 110
2
Life events A Past simple dei verbi regolari
Gran went to • Forma affermativa
concerts! Picture dictionary 2
pagg. 224 – 225 • Variazioni ortografiche
pagg. 21–29 B Past simple dei verbi irregolari
• Forma affermativa
Revision 1+2 pagg. 30 – 31 Reading, Dialogue work, Writing , Speaking, Translation
3
Films A Past simple
You didn’t answer • Forma negativa
my text Picture dictionary 3
pagg. 226–227 • Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi
pagg. 33–41 B Domande con Who… ?, What… ? e Which… ?
Learning Unit B
4
Places in a town A lots of/(not) much/(not) many
There’s nowhere B Composti di some/any/no/every
to go Picture dictionary 4
pagg. 228–229 C like + -ing
pagg. 43–51 D Preposizioni di luogo
Revision 3+4 pagg. 52 – 53 Reading, Dialogue work, Speaking, Writing, Translation
2 two
4350143 Go Live 2 SBWB text.indb 2 07/10/2015 10:22

Grammar
Ripasso della grammatica di Go Live! 1
Extra: Present simple e Present continuous
Competences
Functions Skills and culture
Asking for Reading: comprendere informazioni sul tempo atmosferico in Gran Bretagna Song
descriptions Listening: ascoltare per ricavare le informazioni corrette Unit 1
Speaking: parlare del proprio fine settimana Singing in
Writing: scrivere un’e-mail sul proprio fine settimana the rain
Writing competence Le e-mail
Apologising Reading: comprendere informazioni su una giornata memorabile

Listening: ascoltare per ricavare le informazioni corrette
Speaking: parlare di una giornata memorabile
Writing: scrivere un brano su una giornata memorabile
Writing competence Il discorso diretto
Extra listening 1+2 pag. 32 Listening, Dictation, Pronunciation /d/, /t/, /ɪd/
Competences
Permission and Reading: comprendere informazioni sui film di Harry Potter Song
requests Listening: ascoltare per ricavare informazioni su una visita agli studi Units 2+3
cinematografici di Harry Potter My girl
…? Speaking: parlare di film
Writing: scrivere una recensione cinematografica
Writing competence Le recensioni cinematografiche
Asking for and giving Reading: comprendere informazioni su Londra

directions Listening: comprendere indicazioni stradali
Speaking: parlare di una città
Writing: scrivere un’e-mail su una città
Writing competence La scrittura descrittiva
Extra listening 3+4 pag.54 Listening, Dictation, Pronunciation /ŋ/
three 3

Vocabulary Grammar
5
Transport A Comparativo di maggioranza
He’s lazier B Comparativo di uguaglianza: (not) as … as
than you! Picture dictionary 5
pagg. 230–231 C How often + espressioni di frequenza
pagg. 55–63
Learning Unit C
6
Physical descriptions A Superlativo relativo
I’m the best! B How + aggettivo
pagg. 232–233 Drills Unit 6 pag. 113
Revision 5+6 pagg. 74–75 Reading, Writing, Dialogue work, Speaking, Translation
7
Household chores A have to
I have to tidy • Forma affermativa
my room Picture dictionary 7
pagg. 234–235 • Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi
pagg. 77–85 B don’t/doesn’t have to
• Forma negativa
C must
Learning Unit D
• Forme affermativa e negativa

D mustn’t e don’t/doesn’t have to
8
Holidays A Present continuous con significato di futuro
Where are you • Espressioni di tempo futuro
staying? Picture dictionary 8
pagg. 236–237 B can (possibilità)
pagg. 87–95 C Which one… ?/Which ones… ?
Revision 7+8 pagg. 96–97 Reading, Writing, Dialogue work, Speaking, Translation
9
Feelings A Pronomi possessivi
They’re mine!
Learning Unit E
B Whose… ?
pagg. 238–239 C Avverbi di modo
D Revision
Revision 9 pagg. 108–109 Reading, Writing, Dialogue work, Speaking, Translation
Drills pagg. 110–114
Workbook pagg.115–187
CLIL Culture
Extra Book
A Maths: Graphs and charts pag. 203 A The British monarchy: royal villains pagg. 208–209
B Science: The heart and the circulatory system pag. 204 B Welcome to Scotland! pagg. 210–211
C Art: Perspective pag. 205 C The Swinging Sixties pagg. 212–213
D Geography: Two European countries pag. 206 D Multicultural Britain pagg. 214–215
E History: The Tudor period pag. 207 E The Great British Seaside pagg. 216–217
Present
continuous
Verb tables
forma
affermativa
I
di be negativa am not (’m not) am (’m) (wasn’t)
forma You forma was not
simple (aren’t) working. negativa di be forma
negativa
Present I are not He / She are (’re) Past simple
(weren’t)
/ It working.
I
I were not
affermativa am (’m) you is not (isn’t) We / You is (’s) You am not (wasn’t)
forma
/ it (aren’t) / They working. (’m not) forma
affermativa was you was not
are (’re) he / she are not are (’re) are not working. (weren’t)
I
/ they working.
He / She
/ It (aren’t) I were he / she
/ it were not
you is (’s) we / you forma
interrogativa We / You Is not (isn’t) working. was / they
/ it Am I / They you we / you
he / she are (’re) are not
(aren’t)
working.
he / she
/ it were
/ they aren’t. risposte
we / you
brevi No, you Are you working? brevi working. / they weren’t.
risposte not. Yes, you we / you brevi No, you
are. No, I’m Is he working? risposte
Yes, you / she /
it isn’t. / she / are. were. No, I wasn’t. it wasn’t.
interrogativa No, he Are we it Yes, I am. No, you interrogativa Yes, you / she /
forma Yes, I am. / it is. they aren’t. working?
No, he
I? / you / / you /
they working? Yes, he /
aren’t. forma
Yes, I was. / it was. they weren’t.
Am / she No, we No, I’m I? / you /
Yes, he she / it No, we
Maps Verb tables Functions expressions

you? they are. is. not. Was
Yes, he
/ she
Are / it? / you / Forma
in -ing
Yes, we
/ you / they No, he you? they were.
he / she Yes, we / she / Were / it? / you /
Is / they? forma
are. No, it isn’t. he / she Yes, we
we / you
we / you base / they aren’t. Was / they?
Are forma listen we / you
simple) got) in -ing sing Were
(Present negativa got (haven’t got) listening study
have got have not have
forma
got (haven’t
singing
studying
play
write
di have forma
negativa
/ it /
didn’t
Verbo I have not got) can (abilità/possi playing use Past simple / he / she
I / you / they
affermativa got (’ve got) you got (hasn’t got) bilità) writing sit
forma have has not forma using affermativa had we / you
(’ve got) he / she / it got (haven’t affermativa sitting forma / it /
I have got have not I / You / he / she they did.
/ they / He I / you / they / you /
(’s got) we / you We / You / She / It / brevi / it / we
you has got can swim. forma negativa we / you risposte he / she they didn’t.
/ it (’ve got) / They
/ you / / you /
he / she have got I / You Yes, I / it / we
haven’t. / He he / she
we / you
/ they brevi No, you forma We / You / She / It / interrogativa / have? / you /
risposte interrogativa cannot forma he / she No, I
No, I haven’t. it hasn’t.
/ They / you /
you have. Can I
/ you /
(can’t)
swim. Did I we / you / they
interrogativa got? Yes, / she / he / she risposte it /
forma No, he they haven’t. it / we
/ you / / swim? Yes,
I Yes, I have. / it has. / you / they
brevi
work
Have got? / she No, we I / you regolari did not
you Yes, he have. No, I
/ he / she dei verbi negativa we / you / they (didn’t)
Have / it
got? / you / they must/mustn’ / you / / it / we
Past simple forma it /
he / she Yes, we he / she / you /
they / she /
got? t / it / we can. you / he
Has / they forma / you / affermativa worked I /
we / you affermativa they
can’t.
forma /
Have I / You / he / she
work. / He I / you they
We / You / She / It / / you /
negativa (don’t) forma it / we
simple forma do not work. / They must
swim. negativa ortografiche
prefer
Present (don’t) I / You travel
I do not work. / He variazioni stop preferred
affermativa work. We / You / She / It /
have to/doesn’t Past simple
(doesn’t) study travelled
forma You does not work. / They must not love stopped
/ It have to start studied
I work. He / She do not
(don’t) forma (mustn’t) swim. base loved
affermativa forma started
works. / They
You
/It We / You I past simple go
He / She work. You have to forma irregolari did not
don’t.
We / You
/ They brevi No, you He / She have to
swim. negativa dei verbi negativa we / you / they (didn’t)
Past simple
risposte I forma / it /
you do. No, I don’t. / It swim. / he / she
interrogativa work? Yes, / it doesn’t. We / You has to You don’t have I / you
forma he / she / They swim. to swim. affermativa went
Yes, I do. / it does. No, / you / they don’t. have to He / She don’t have
forma / it /
I work? / he / she / did.
Do Yes, he
/ she No, we forma swim. / It to swim. I / you / they brevi / it / we
you they do. interrogativa We / You doesn’t
we / you
risposte he / she
Do work? / you / / They have / you /
he / she
/it Yes, we Do
I don’t have to swim. Yes, I / they / didn’t.
Does work? have to swim. work? you / it / we
/ they Do have to risposte interrogativa / it / we / he / she
we / you study you swim? brevi forma he / she / you /
Do mix has Does have to Yes, you / you / No, I / they
wash
pass
mixes
studies he / she
/ it swim? do. Did I / they / go? you
singolare watch passes Do
we / you have to Yes, I do. No, you you / it / we
Terza persona go swim? don’t. he / she
play washes / they Yes, / you /
look goes
watches have to
swim?
he / she No, I don’t. Did I / they
base plays Yes, we / it does. you
forma No, he
/ it looks / you / they / she / it
he / she do. No, doesn’t.
we / you
/ they don’t.
4 four

Competences
Functions Skills and culture
At the station Reading: comprendere informazioni su viaggiare in aereo e in treno Song
Listening: ascoltare per ricavare informazioni su un viaggio a Parigi Units 4+5
Speaking: parlare di un viaggio (Theme from)
Writing: scrivere un brano su un viaggio fatto da un compagno The Monkees
Writing competence Come scrivere l’ora in inglese
Describing people Reading: comprendere informazioni su alcuni personaggi britannici famosi
Listening: ascoltare per ricavare le informazioni corrette
Speaking: parlare di un importante personaggio italiano
Writing: scrivere un brano su un importante personaggio italiano
Writing competence Le biografie
Extra listening 5+6 pag. 76 Listening, Dictation, Pronunciation /ə/
Competences
Finding similarities Reading: comprendere informazioni su una gita scolastica Song
and differences Listening: ascoltare per ricavare informazioni sui soldati romani Units 6+7
Speaking: parlare di quello che si deve o non deve fare durante la settimana Ugly
Writing: scrivere un brano su quello che si deve o non deve fare durante la
settimana
Writing competence La concordanza dei verbi
o At the tourist Reading: comprendere informazioni sulle vacanze estive

information office Listening: ascoltare per ricavare informazioni sulle vacanze estive
Speaking: parlare delle proprie vacanze estive
Writing: scrivere un brano sulle proprie vacanze estive o su quelle di un compagno
Writing competence Cerca e correggi gli errori
Extra listening 7+8 pag. 98 Listening, Dictation, Pronunciation /ɪ/, /iː/
Competences
Talking about feelings Reading: comprendere informazioni su Children in Need
Listening: ascoltare per ricavare informazioni sulla raccolta di soldi per
Children in Need
Speaking: parlare di modi per raccogliere soldi per beneficenza
Writing: scrivere un brano su un evento o un programma televisivo di beneficenza
Writing competence Come scrivere e parlare di somme di denaro
Wordlist pagg. 188–192 Pronunciation and punctuation pag. 193 Grammar reference pagg. 194–200
Festivals Picture dictionary 222−239

A Bonfire Night pag. 218 1 The weather 6 Physical descriptions
B New Year’s Eve pag. 219 2 Life events 7 Household chores
C Spring festivals pag. 220 3 Films 8 Holidays
D Notting Hill Carnival pag. 221 4 Places in a town 9 Feelings
5 Transport
five 5

Think back • Vocabulary
Picture crossword
1 Osserva le figure e completa il cruciverba. Sono tutte parole che hai
imparato in Go Live! 1.
1
B Down
2 3
R 1 8
4 5 6
E
A
D
7 8
9
2 9
10 11
3 12
12
13
5 13
14
Across
4 6 7 10
11 12 13 14
2 Ora completa la tabella con le parole del cruciverba.

Clothes Rooms and Possessions Food
furniture
bread
6 six

R
Activities
3 Abbina le due parti e forma i nomi delle attività che hai imparato in Go Live! 1.
do get go have listen play watch
1
athletics
2
a bath 3 breakfast 4
dressed 5
films
6
football
7
my homework
8
shopping 9
skiing to bed to music video games
10 11 12
1 do athletics 7
2 8
3 9
4 10
5 11
6 12
4 1.01 Ascolta, controlla e ripeti.
Describing things
5 Descrivi questi oggetti. Usa a / an, gli aggettivi 6 1.02 Ascolta e controlla.
nel riquadro, le nazionalità che hai imparato
in Go Live! 1 e il sostantivo corretto. 7 Your turn Completa la tabella con
informazioni su di te.
beautiful
big
dirty
expensive
old
Name
Nationality
Family members
Pets
1 an old, British car 2
Favourite possessions
Favourite colour
Favourite school subjects
3 4
Favourite sports
seven 7

Think back • Grammar
Che cosa ti ricordi della grammatica che hai studiato in Go Live! 1?
1 Fai la conoscenza di Jack. Leggi il suo blog e scegli l’alternativa corretta.
Hi! Welcome to my / me blog. My name’s Jack Kapoor. I 1’m / ’ve got 14 years
old, and I 2live / lives in Liverpool with my mum and dad. My mum’s from
Liverpool, but my dad’s from India. I haven’t got 3some / any brothers or
sisters. I 4go / goes to Manor Road Secondary School, and I’m in Class 10B.
5
There’s / There are 24 students in 6your / our class. My favourite subjects at
school 7is / are ICT and History. We 8doing / ’re doing a project on the Romans
at the moment. 9It’s / He’s really interesting. I 10’s / ’ve got lots of hobbies. I go
to Swimming Club and I 11often play / play often football. I love football. I’m in
the school team. I quite like rugby, too, but I 12can / can’t play very well.
2 1.03 Ascolta e controlla.
3 Completa la descrizione che Jack fa della sua amica Lauren con le parole
nel riquadro.
aren’t can can’t doesn’t doing go got having he
her his
lives loves
our ‘s she sometimes this
This is me with Lauren Taylor. She 1 14 years

old. 2 ’s my best friend, but we 3
in the same class at school. Lauren’s in Class 10C. I often see
4
because she 5 near my
house and 6
parents are friends. Lauren’s
7
a little brother. 8 name’s
Alex. He’s only 9, so he 9
go to our school;
10
’s at primary school. Lauren and I
11
to Swimming Club together, but Lauren
12
swim very well. She doesn’t like sport, but she
13
drama. We’re 14 a musical in
Drama Club at the moment. Lauren 15
act and
sing really well. She 16 plays the guitar, too. She’s
17
guitar lessons at the moment.
8 eight

R
5 Leggi il profilo di Digger, un nuovo studente della scuola di Jack e Lauren.
Usa le informazioni per scrivere un brano su di lui. Inizia così:
This is Digger. He goes to Manor Road School…
Manor Road School
New student profile

This year we welcome ‘Digger’ to Liverpool… and to Manor Road School! He’s in Class 10B.
Name: Digger (My real name’s a secret!) Things I love: football, Manchester United and pasta
Age: 14 Things I hate: Maths and broccoli
From: Manchester Free time: football on Tuesday and Thursday evenings,
Home town: Liverpool and on Saturday mornings
Family:
Mum, Dad, one brother (Scott, 19) Favourite possession: my Manchester United scarf
Secret talents: singing (That isn’t true – I’m a terrible singer!)
6 Usa le parole per formulare domande su

Jack, Lauren e Digger.
Where / Jack / live?
Where does Jack live?
1 How many students / Class 10B?

2 What / Jack / do / in History at the moment?

3 Which sports / Jack / do?

4 How old / Lauren?

5 Lauren / can / swim well?

6 Which instrument / Lauren / can / play?

7 Where / Digger from?

7 Scrivi risposte alle domande dell’es. 6.
8 Which food / Digger / like? Jack lives in Liverpool.

8 Your turn Usa le risposte dell’es. 7 a pag. 7
9 How many / brothers and sisters / Digger / got? per scrivere una breve descrizione su di te.
Usa la descrizione di Jack nell’es. 1 a pag. 8
10 When / Digger / play football? come modello.

nine 9

Grammar extra
Present simple Present continuous
Rob plays football. Rob’s playing football.
Il Present simple si usa per descrivere:

• abitudini e routine quotidiane:
I do my homework every evening. Compare
• situazioni permanenti:
Where are you going? Dove vai?/Dove
Vegetarians don’t eat meat. stai andando? (= ora)
Il Present simple si usa spesso con avverbi di frequenza come Where do you go? Dove vai? (= di solito)
always, usually, often, sometimes e never.
Il Present continuous si usa per descrivere:
• azioni in corso di svolgimento nel momento in cui si parla: Look!
I’m eating my lunch. Alcuni verbi, come be, like, have got,
• azioni temporanee: want e believe, solitamente non si
usano al Present continuous:
We’re doing exams this week.
We’re late! NON We’re being
Il Present continuous si usa spesso con espressioni di tempo
late!
come at the moment, now, today, this week / month / year.
1 Kelly è in vacanza. Osserva che cosa fa di solito il lunedì mattina e che cosa
sta facendo oggi. Scrivi frasi al Present simple e al Present continuous.
get up: 6.30 / 8.30 1 have breakfast: kitchen / balcony

She usually gets up at half past six.
Today she’s getting up at half past eight.
2 wear: school uniform / shorts and a T-shirt 3 go: school / the beach

2 Scrivi frasi su quello che fai ogni giorno e quello che stai facendo ora / in questo periodo.
I often play computer games. I’m studying French today.
10 ten

1
unit
Vocabulary
The weather
1 Osserva la mappa e scrivi
che tempo fa in ogni città
come nell’esempio.
cloudy
rainy
sunny
snowy
foggy
windy
1 London It’s sunny in London. 4 Glasgow

2 Liverpool 5 Brighton
3 Cardiff 6 Aberdeen
1.05 Ascolta e controlla. Poi riascolta e ripeti. °C

°C
2 Osserva le temperature sulla mappa e il
termometro. Poi scrivi frasi come nell’esempio. °C
1 London It’s boiling in London. It’s 36°C. °C
2 Liverpool °C
3 Cardiff °C
4 Glasgow °C
5 Brighton °C
6 Aberdeen °C
1.06 Ascolta e controlla. Poi riascolta e ripeti. °C
3 Practice Descrivi il tempo atmosferico nel luogo in cui vivi.

Usa le parole da questa pagina e dal Picture dictionary. T
1 today 2 in summer 3 in winter
Today it’s cold and windy.
Workbook page 116 Picture Dictionary 1x pages

Picture dictionary pages 222–223
xxx–xxx eleven 11

I was in Blackpool VIDEO
1 Before you listen Osserva la foto

e rispondi alle domande.
1 Where are the people?
2 What are they wearing?
3 Describe the weather.
Culture focus
Blackpool
Blackpool is on the north-west coast of England. About
12 million tourists go to Blackpool every year and it is one
of the most popular seaside resorts (località balneari) in
the UK. Lots of young people go to the Pleasure Beach,
a famous theme park (parco divertimenti).
12 twelve

1
2 1.07 Ascolta e leggi il dialogo.
Lauren Hi, Jack!
Jack Hi, Lauren! Where were you yesterday? You weren’t at
Swimming Club.
Lauren I know, and I love Swimming Club. But I was in Blackpool!
Jack Awesome! What was the weather like? It was rainy here.
Lauren It was boiling in the afternoon, but it was cold in the evening.
Jack Boiling? Blackpool’s usually freezing!
Lauren Honestly, it was really hot! But what about you? How was your
weekend?
Jack It wasn’t bad. We were at a restaurant last night. It was my
uncle’s birthday.
Lauren Was it good?
Jack Yes, it was. The food was fantastic and there was a band.
Lauren Great. Oh! It’s half past three. Drama Club’s starting now!
Jack I know, but I’m waiting for Digger.
Lauren Who’s Digger? Learn it! Use it!
Jack He’s a new boy in my class.
What was (the weather) like?
Lauren Digger? What a ridiculous name! Com’era (il tempo)?
Jack Oh, er hi, Digger. This is Lauren. Honestly Davvero
What a (ridiculous name)!
Che (nome ridicolo)!
3 1.08 Riascolta e ripeti il dialogo.
4 Comprehension Scegli l’alternativa corretta.

1 They usually go to a Swimming Club b Drama Club
c Blackpool at the weekend.
2 Lauren a likes b doesn’t like c loves Swimming Club.
3 It’s usually a boiling b freezing c hot in Blackpool.
4 Drama Club starts at a 2.30pm. b 3pm. c 3.30pm.
5 Digger is in a Jack’s class. b Lauren’s class. c Jack and Lauren’s class.
5 Think back Rileggi il dialogo.

1 Trova le parole che si riferiscono al tempo atmosferico e cerchiale.
2 Quanti verbi al Present continuous riesci a trovare? Sottolineali.
6 Act it out Recitate il dialogo a coppie.

7 Culture quest 21stcentury Skills
Leggi il Culture focus a pag. 12.
• Choose a tourist resort in Italy. Where is it? What attractions are there?
• What type of people like it? Families? Old / Young people?
• Is it popular in summer or winter? Why?
Workbook page 117 thirteen 13


Grammar
A Past simple di be 3 Scrivi le espressioni di tempo passato in

ordine cronologico, cominciando da quella
Forma affermativa più recente.
It was rainy here yesterday. yesterday morning last week in 2010

We were at a restaurant last night. three days ago five minutes ago
last night at 3 o’clock this morning
forma affermativa
an hour ago a month ago
I was happy.
You were happy. 1 five minutes ago
He was happy. 2 an hour ago
She was happy.
Forma negativa
It was happy.
We were happy. You weren’t at Swimming Club yesterday.
You were happy. forma intera forma contratta
They were happy. I was not happy. I wasn’t happy.
You were not happy. You weren’t happy.
soggetto + was / were + … He was not happy. He wasn’t happy.
She was not happy. She wasn’t happy.
Il Past simple del verbo be si usa per descrivere uno It was not happy. It wasn’t happy.
stato o una situazione riferiti a un tempo passato o a
We were not happy. We weren’t happy.
un periodo di tempo concluso.
You were not happy. You weren’t happy.
Non esiste la forma contratta di was / were.
They were not happy. They weren’t happy.
Espressioni di tempo passato
soggetto + was / were + not (n’t) + …
Il Past simple si usa con le seguenti espressioni di
tempo passato: La forma negativa del Past simple del verbo be si
• yesterday yesterday morning / evening ottiene mettendo not dopo was / were.
• last last year / month / week / night Le forme contratte sono wasn’t e weren’t.
• ago a year / week / month ago
4 Riscrivi le frasi alla forma negativa contratta.
1 Completa le frasi con was o were. We were here two hours ago.
The film was really good. We weren’t here two hours ago.
1 You on the bus at half past eight. 1 My cousins were at home last night.
2 The weather very good last month.
3 They late for their lesson 2 Digger was in the school kitchen.
yesterday.
4 Our teacher angry this morning. 3 I was on holiday yesterday.
5 Jake and I at the cinema on
Sunday afternoon. 4 You were with your friends on Sunday.
6 Jessica in the computer room at
nine o’clock. 5 Your bag was on your desk.
7 It cold and windy in Dublin last
week. 6 Lucy and I were at home at 3pm.
8 We on holiday three weeks ago.
2 1.09 Ascolta e controlla. 5 1.10 Ascolta e controlla.
Unit 1 Drill 1 page 110
14 fourteen

6 Completa le frasi con la forma affermativa (✓) 8 1.11 Ascolta e controlla.
1
o negativa (✗) del Past simple del verbo be.
You were late for school. ✓
1 Your friend here last Sunday. ✓
9 Abbina le domande (1–5) alle risposte (a–e).
2 The film very good. ✗
3 It Joe’s birthday last week. ✓ 1 Where were you yesterday? b
4 They at Drama Club last Friday. ✗ 2 Why were you at home yesterday?
5 He at school yesterday. ✗ 3 Who were Lucy and Mark with?
6 We in New York last month. ✓ 4 When was your birthday?
5 What time was the film?
Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi a They were with their cousins.
Was the restaurant good? b I was at home.
forma c It was on Saturday.
risposte brevi
interrogativa d It was at half past four.
Was I happy? Yes, you were. / No, you weren’t. e Because it was a holiday.
Were you happy? Yes, I was. / No, I wasn’t.
Was he happy? Yes, he was. / No, he wasn’t. B There was/There were
Was she happy? Yes, she was. / No, she wasn’t.
There was a band at the restaurant.
Was it happy? Yes, it was. / No, it wasn’t.
Were we happy? Yes, you were. / No, you weren’t. Il Past simple di there is / there are è there was /
Were you happy? Yes, we were. / No, we weren’t. there were.
Were they happy? Yes, they were. / No, they weren’t. Alla forma negativa, there isn't / there aren't
diventano there wasn't / there weren't.
Was / Were + soggetto + …? Alla forma interrogativa, Is there… ? / Are there… ?

diventano Was there… ? / Were there… ?
Nelle risposte brevi la forma affermativa non è mai
Yes, + pronome personale soggetto + was / were.
contratta.
No, + pronome personale soggetto + wasn’t / weren’t.
Was there a band at the restaurant?
Yes, there was. / No, there wasn't.
La forma interrogativa del Past simple del verbo be si
costruisce mettendo was o were prima del soggetto.
Was it rainy last week? 10 Riscrivi le frasi al passato.
Were you at school yesterday? There are twenty students in my class.
Le parole interrogative vanno all’inizio della domanda. There were twenty students in my class.
Where were you yesterday? 1 There’s a festival in the park.

7 Scrivi domande con il Past simple del verbo 2 Are there any good films at the cinema?
be. Poi rispondi con risposte brevi.
you / at school / at 9 o’clock? ✓ 3 There aren’t any students in the classroom.
Were you at school at 9 o’clock? Yes, I was.
1 the biscuits / good? ✓ 4 Are there any boys in the library?

2 your parents / at work / on Saturday? ✗ 5 Is there a good programme on TV?

3 you and Joe / tired / after the party? ✓ 6 There isn’t any homework.

4 Katie / in the kitchen / at lunchtime? ✗

5 it / sunny / yesterday? ✗

Workbook pages 118–119 fifteen 15

Grammar and vocabulary in action
1 Jess ha perso il cellulare. Completa il dialogo con
1
la forma corretta del Past simple del verbo be.
Jess W here’s my mobile phone? It was (it / be) in

my bag this morning, but it isn’t there now!
Dad Well, where 1
(you / be) after school?
Jess 2 (I / be) in the
city centre with Louise and Anna.
3
(we / be) at
Parkside Café at about four o’clock.
Dad 4 (it / be) busy?
Jess Y
es, 5
(it / be).
6
(there / be)
lots of people in the café because
7
(it / be) cold and
wet outside. 8
(there / be) a free table next to the door.
Dad And where 9
(your phone / be)?
Jess 10 (it / be) in my bag.
No, wait! 11 (it / not
be) in my bag, 12
(it / be) on the table… Oh no!
Dad OK, pass me my phone. Let’s call the café!
Glossary
2 Usa le parole per formulare domande sugli free table tavolo libero
avvenimenti descritti nel dialogo dell’es. 1.
Usa il Past simple del verbo be.
Where / Jess / after school? 3 there / any other people / in the café?
Where was Jess after school?
1 Who / she / with? 4 Where / Jess’s table?

2 Where / Jess and her friends / at 4 o’clock? 5 Where / her phone?

3 Rileggi il dialogo e rispondi alle domande dell’es. 2.

Jess was in the city centre after school.
4 Pairwork A tur no, fai domande e rispondi su dove ti trovavi nei momenti indicati. K T
at 7am this morning an hour ago at 8pm last night last Christmas last August
A Where were you at 7 o’clock this morning?

B I was in the kitchen. Fast finishers
Scrivi dove tu e il tuo compagno vi
trovate nei momenti indicati nell’es. 4.
16 sixteen Workbook page 120

Functions
Asking for descriptions
VIDEO
1
1 1.12 Ascolta e leggi il dialogo. Dov’è stato Sam ieri?
Hannah Hey, Sam! How was Lisa’s party?

Sam Oh, it was fantastic! It was in her
garden.
Hannah Really? What was the weather like?
Sam It was warm and sunny.
Hannah And what was the food like?
Sam It was delicious. There was a
barbecue.
Hannah Tell me about Lisa’s friends. What
are they like?
Sam They’re really friendly.
Hannah And the music? What was that like?
Sam It was terrible. I hate pop music!
2 1.13 Ascolta e ripeti.
3 Completa il dialogo formulando domande

Look!
con What … like? e le parole nel riquadro.
Usa l’es. 1 e il Learn it! Use it! come aiuto. ES Per chiedere la descrizione o l’opinione
su persone, fatti o cose si usa:
the food the lessons the school the students
What + be + soggetto + like?
Grandad Hi, Sarah! How was your first day at your What’s that book like? It’s good.
new school? Per chiedere informazioni su avvenimenti
Sarah It was good, thanks. si può anche usare:
Grandad ? How + be + soggetto?
Sarah It’s really nice. It’s very modern. How was the party? It was great.
Grandad ?
Sarah They’re really friendly.
Grandad ? Learn it! Use it!
Sarah They were OK. They were quite interesting. What is / are … like?
Grandad ? He’s / She’s / It’s / They’re…
Sarah It wasn’t very nice. I don’t like school dinners. What was / were … like?
He / She / It was / They
4 1.14 Ascolta e controlla. were…
How was … ?
5 Pairwork A turno, fai domande e rispondi su sabato scorso It was…
usando i suggerimenti nella tabella. K T
A Where were you last Saturday?
B I was at a birthday party.
A What was it like?
Event Opinion People Food Weather Music
Student A barbecue fun very hamburgers pop
friendly great fantastic
Student B birthday a bit boring quite sandwiches and cake reggae

party friendly OK terrible
Workbook page 121 seventeen 17


a
Skills and culture

Reading
1 Before you read Abbina le foto (a–d) alle parole (1–4) nel riquadro.
1
hurricane
2
snow
3
flood
4
hot summer
2 1.15 Ascolta e leggi. Controlla le risposte

dell’es. 1. Poi abbina le foto (a–d) ai brani (1–4).
b
The weather in Britain often changes. One day it’s freezing, and the
next day it’s warm. Or it’s cloudy and wet in the morning, and in the
afternoon it’s warm and sunny. Read about Britain’s mad weather!
1 4
DANNY, 14 LOUISE, 14
It doesn’t usually snow in our town, but We live in London, but my grandparents live
last February there was lots of snow. It was in Tewkesbury, in the south of England. We
strange. There weren’t any cars or buses were at their house for a week last autumn.
because of the snow on the roads. I was It was very, very wet. After five days of rain,
happy because it was my birthday and there there was an enormous flood in the town.
was no school! But I was sad, too, because There was water everywhere, and the church
my dad wasn’t at my birthday party. He was an island!
was in Paris for work and there weren’t any
aeroplanes because of the bad weather.
c
2
JASON, 28
In 2003, there was a very, very hot summer in
Britain. It was unusual for this country. Every day the
weather was hot and sunny. I love the sun, but there
were some problems, too. It was boiling and lots of
old people weren’t well. My friend’s grandma was Glossary
in hospital for a week! People were very worried
because there wasn’t any rain for months. worried preoccupate
frightening spaventoso
3 oak trees querce
HELEN, 43
In 1987, I was at secondary school. There was a violent hurricane in the south only solo
of England one night. The wind was very strong. I was in bed and it was really everywhere ovunque, dappertutto
frightening. The next day, there were trees on the roads, so there was no church chiesa
school! Our town is called ‘Sevenoaks’. Before the storm, there were seven oak
trees in the park. The day after the storm, there was only one! island isola
3 Rileggi il brano e rispondi alle domande. ES 4 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.

1 Why was Danny happy? 1 On Danny’s birthday, his dad was
Competences
2 Where was his dad on his birthday? a at home.

3 What was the weather like in the b on an aeroplane.
summer of 2003 in England? c in another country.
4 Why were people worried? d on holiday.
5 Where was the hurricane in 1987? 2 In the summer of 2003, the
6 How many oak trees were there in the park weather in Britain wasn’t
after the storm? a typical. c hot.
7 Where does Louise live? b sunny. d good.
8 Where was she last autumn? 3 In 1987, Helen was
9 What was the weather like in Italy last summer? a an adult. c a teenager.
10 What is your favourite type of weather? Why? b a child. d a baby.
18 eighteen

Listening
1
Competences
5 1.16 Ascolta il dialogo tra Rob e Molly.
Chi ha trascorso un buon fine settimana?
E chi ha passato un brutto fine settimana?
d
6 1.16 Riascolta e decidi se le frasi sono vere (T) o false (F).
Correggi le frasi false.
1 It was Rob’s birthday at the weekend.
2 There were lots of people at the party.
3 The weather in London was cloudy.
4 Molly was at a festival on Saturday.
5 She was with her friends.
6 The weather was good.
7 Molly doesn’t like classical music.
Speaking
7 Prepara domande per il tuo compagno sul suo
fine settimana. K T
1 How / your weekend?
2 Where / you / on (Saturday morning / afternoon / evening)?
3 Who / you / with?
4 What (the weather / food / party / film / people / music) like?
8 Pairwork Con un compagno, fai domande e rispondi

sul fine settimana. K T
Writing
9 Leggi l’e-mail della tua amica di penna, poi rispondile
(45–65 parole) basandoti sulle tue risposte dell’es. 8. ES K
Hi!
What a weekend!
On Saturday I was at my friend’s house. Her cousins
were there, and in the afternoon we were in the
garden. It was warm and sunny, and there were
games and music.
Sunday wasn’t fun. There was a sports competition
Writing competence
in the park, and I was in the hockey team. It was cold Le e-mail
and rainy. I was freezing, and the team was terrible!
Quando scrivi un’e-mail, segui questo schema:
What was your weekend like?
Bye for now! • saluto iniziale: Dear…/Hi…/Hello…
Emma • vai sempre a capo prima di un nuovo
paragrafo
• saluto finale: Write soon/See you soon/
Hello Emma, Bye for now
Thanks for your email. My weekend was…
Workbook pages 122–123__ nineteen 19


Song Singing In The Rain
Gene Kelly (1912–1996)
1
Dancer, actor, singer, film director.
He starred in 30 Hollywood films between
1942 and 1994, and he also acted in the
theatre. He won 2 Oscars.
From: Pittsburgh, USA
Type of films: musicals
Famous films: Anchors Aweigh (1945),
An American in Paris (1951), Singin’ in
the Rain (1952)
1 1.17 Ascolta questa versione

della canzone e completala con
le parole nel riquadro.
clouds happy rain singing
stormy sun walk
I’m 1 in the rain Let the 5 clouds chase

Just singing in the rain Everyone from the place
What a glorious feeling Come on with the 6
I’m 2 again I’ve a smile on my face
I’m laughing at 3
I’ll 7 down the lane
So dark up above With a happy refrain
The 4 ‘s in my heart Just singing, just singing in the rain
And I’m ready for love
Glossary
I’m laughing sto ridendo
dark buio
Competences
smile sorriso
refrain ritornello
2 Come ti senti quando ascolti questa canzone?

a) Happy: I want to sing!
b) Sad: I want to cry!
c) Bored: I want to sleep.
d) Energetic: I want to dance!
20 twenty

2
unit
Vocabulary
Life events
1 Abbina le espressioni alle figure (1–15).
start school leave school have children buy a car move house
do exams leave home travel abroad get a job go to university
retire get married be born learn to drive get a pet
1 be born 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
Compare
In inglese si usa
be born al passato:
I was born in Italy.
NON I am born in Italy.
13 14 15
1.18 Ascolta e controlla. Poi riascolta e ripeti.
2 Practice Numera gli avvenimenti nell’ordine in cui pensi si verificheranno

nella tua vita. Metti una crocetta (✗) accanto a quelli che pensi che non si
verificheranno. Poi confrontati con un compagno. T
do exams get a job get married go to university have children

learn to drive leave home leave school retire travel abroad
Workbook page 124 Picture dictionary 2 pages 224–225 twenty-one 21


Gran went to concerts! VIDEO

1 Who is in the photo?
2 Where are they?
3 What are they doing?
Culture focus
The Beatles
The Beatles were a pop group from Liverpool in the 1960s.
They were John Lennon (guitar), Paul McCartney (bass
guitar), George Harrison (guitar) and Ringo Starr (drums).
They were the most successful band in the world! Some very
popular Beatles’ songs are Hey Jude, Yesterday and Yellow
Submarine. The Beatles split up (si sciolsero) in 1970, but they
are still very famous today.
22 twenty-two

2
Jack Hey, look at this website! It’s got lots of information for our
project.
Digger Let me see. What does it say?
Jack Well, John Lennon was born here in Liverpool…
Digger Yeah, we know that!
Jack In 1940. He grew up with his aunt. Oh look! He wasn’t a very
good student. He failed his exams.
Digger But what about his music?
Jack Well, he got his first guitar when he was a teenager…
Digger …and the Beatles’ first concert was in 1961.
Mum What are you doing, boys?
Jack A school project about the Beatles.
Mum Oh! Ask your grandma about the Beatles.
Jack Gran? What does she know about music?
Mum She loved the Beatles and she bought all their albums.
She met Grandad at a Beatles concert!
Jack Gran went to concerts! I don’t believe it. Learn it! Use it!
Mum Yes! She met Ringo Starr! She’s got a Let me see Fammi vedere,
photo with his autograph. Vediamo
Digger Ringo! What a ridiculous name! We know that! Si sa!
You can talk Senti chi parla
Jack Ha! You can talk, Digger!
4 Comprehension Leggi le frasi e decidi se sono vere (T) o false (F).

1 Jack and Digger are playing computer games.
2 John Lennon was from London.
3 Jack’s grandma was a Beatles fan.
4 Grandma’s got a photo of John Lennon.

1 Trova e cerchia i verbi che si usano per parlare degli avvenimenti della vita.
2 Quanti esempi del Past simple del verbo be riesci a trovare? Sottolineali.
6 Act it out Recitate il dialogo a gruppi.

• Find out more about the Beatles. How many Beatles’ albums were there?
Are the four Beatles alive today? If so, what do they do?
• What was your parents’ favourite band when they were young?
Workbook page 125 twenty-three 23


Grammar
A Past simple dei verbi regolari 2 Completa le frasi con il Past simple dei verbi
tra parentesi.
Forma affermativa We lived (live) in London for three years.
He failed his exams. 1 We (watch) a good programme on
TV yesterday.
forma affermativa
2 My grandad (retire) ten years ago.
I started school last year. 3 We (join) Drama Club last year.
You started school last year. 4 Mum (love) the new James Bond
He started school last year. film, but I (hate) it!
She started school last year. 5 It (rain) on my birthday.
It started school last year. 6 My brother (travel) abroad for a
We started school last year. year before university.
You started school last year. 7 We (finish) school at midday
They started school last year. yesterday.
8 Sam (call) me this morning.
soggetto + forma base del verbo + -ed + … 9 Josie was cold so she (close) the
window.
Il Past simple si usa per parlare di azioni iniziate e 10 The baby (cry) a lot last night.
concluse nel passato.
La forma affermativa del Past simple dei verbi regolari 3 Completa le frasi con il Past simple dei verbi
si ottiene aggiungendo -ed alla forma base del verbo. nel riquadro.
La forma è uguale per tutte le persone.
cook fail finish listen work open
play
start walk move wash
Variazioni ortografiche
Football Club started at half past four. I was
Se il verbo termina in -y preceduta da consonante, si
late!
elimina la -y e si aggiunge -ied:
try ➝ tried
1 I my hair this morning.
2 There weren’t any buses, so we
Se il verbo termina in -e, si aggiunge -d:
live ➝ lived to school.
Se il verbo è monosillabico o polisillabico con
3 My brother his exams last year.
l’accento sulla sillaba finale e termina in una vocale 4 Jess and Sally hockey yesterday.
+ consonante, la consonante finale raddoppia e si 5 They to the radio before school
aggiunge -ed: today.
shop ➝ shopped prefer ➝ preferred 6 My aunt dinner on Christmas Day.
Se il verbo termina in -l, la consonante finale It was delicious!
raddoppia e si aggiunge -ed: 7 I the window because I was hot.
travel ➝ travelled
8 The party at midnight! I was very
tired.
1 Scrivi il Past simple dei verbi. 9 We house last year.
work worked 10 Dad in a bank from 2010 to 2015.
1 arrive 6 wash
2 pass 7 stay 4 1.21 Ascolta e controlla.
3 visit 8 stop Unit 2 Drill 1 page 110
4 start 9 like
5 decide 10 study
24 twenty-four

B Past simple dei verbi 8 Riscrivi le frasi al Past simple aggiungendo le
2
espressioni di tempo tra parentesi.
irregolari
My brother gets up late. (last Sunday)
Forma affermativa My brother got up late last Sunday.
1 I write lots of emails. (two days ago)
Gran went to concerts!

Alcuni verbi sono irregolari e non formano il Past 2 She has cereal for breakfast. (yesterday)
simple con l’aggiunta di -ed, ma hanno una forma
propria che devi imparare e ricordare! 3 We do our homework after dinner. (last night)
speak ➝ spoke see ➝ saw come ➝ came

Vedi l’elenco dei verbi irregolari a pag. 201. 4 They go on holiday to France. (five years ago)
Il Past simple di have got è had per tutte le persone:
I have got I had 5 Dad leaves for work at 7.30am. (yesterday)
you have got you had
he / she / it has got he / she / it had 6 Miss Jones teaches at my school. (last year)
we have got we had
you have got you had 7 I take my sister to school. (yesterday)
they have got they had
I’ve got a brother. Shakespeare had lots of 8 We’ve got a blue car. (when I was young)
brothers and sisters.
9 Completa le frasi con il Past simple dei verbi

5 Trova il Past simple dei seguenti verbi nel nel riquadro.
dialogo a pag. 23.
grow grew buy
grow up go have leave
1 get 3 meet make win give get
2 buy 4 go
I went to Sara’s party on Saturday.
6 Abbina i verbi (1–12) alle forme del Past 1 We a Maths test yesterday. It was
simple (a–l). difficult!
1 read a had 2 My best friend’s American. He in
2 find b ate New York.
3 teach c made 3 Italy the football World Cup in
4 have d knew 2006.
5 know e read 4 My sister married last weekend.
6 do f found 5 It was Mum’s birthday on Saturday. We
7 give g gave a cake.
8 eat h thought 6 My grandma school fifty years ago!
9 make i taught 7 I some new shoes yesterday. They
10 win j took were expensive!
11 take k did 8 Mum and Dad me a new bike for
12 think l won my birthday.
7 1.22 Ascolta e controlla. Poi riascolta
e ripeti.
Workbook pages 126–127 twenty-five 25


1 Leggi l’e-mail di Liam a suo cugino sulla gita scolastica a Liverpool
2
e completala con il Past simple dei verbi tra parentesi.
From: liam42@hellomail.gb To: matt_7@go-net.gb

Subject: Hi!
Hi, Matt!
How are you?
Hey, we went (go) on a school trip to Liverpool yesterday and we 1
(visit) John Lennon’s home! He 2 (be) born in 1940, and he
3
(live) in the house with his aunt. It’s just a normal, semi-detached
house, but he 4 (write) some really famous Beatles’ songs there!
Our guide 5 (tell) us lots of interesting things about Lennon.
For example, he 6
(get) married to a Japanese artist in 1968.
They 7 (have) a house in New York and he 8 (die) there
in 1980. A fan 9 (kill) him!
Lennon 10 (sing) the song Imagine. It’s a really famous song.
Do you know it?
See you soon,
Liam
Glossary
just solo
2 Liam non butta via mai niente! Osserva quello che ha trovato nel suo zaino e
scrivi frasi su quello che ha fatto.
yesterday / visit last month / go three days ago / play

Yesterday Liam visited 1 2
John Lennon’s home.
a week ago / do last weekend / go ten days ago / buy

3 4 5
3 Pairwork A turno, scambia informazioni sull’ultima volta che hai fatto

queste cose. T
Fast finishers
win a prize join a club get up late go to the cinema
Scrivi le frasi tue e del tuo
pass an exam make a new friend have a pizza listen to music compagno dell’es. 3.
26 twenty-six Workbook page 128


Functions
Apologising
VIDEO
2
1 1.23 Ascolta e leggi i dialoghi.
Perché Hannah si scusa in ogni dialogo?
1 Sam Hey! Hannah! Where were you

yesterday? We waited for you at
the cinema for half an hour!
Hannah Oh Sam, I’m sorry. I forgot!
Sam Well, don’t worry. But you
missed a great film!
2 Sam Hi, Hannah. … Oh, have you

got my Maths book?
Hannah Oh no! I’m sorry, Sam. I left
it at home.
Sam Oh, well, it doesn’t matter. I
don’t need it today.
3 Mrs Adams Hannah, why are you late?

Hannah I’m really sorry, Mrs Adams.
I missed the bus.
Mrs Adams Well, never mind, but don’t
be late again!
3 Completa i dialoghi (1–3) con le parole nel riquadro.

Usa l’es. 1 e il Learn it! Use it! come aiuto.
alright sorry forgot I’m left lost never really were worry
1 Alice Joe, where 1 you this morning?

I texted you three times! Learn it! Use it!
Joe I’m 2 , Alice. I 3 my phone.
Scusarsi:
Alice Oh dear! Well, 4
mind. I hope you find it.
I’m (really) sorry.
2 Ben Lucy, have you got my black pen? are una motivazione:
D
Lucy Oh, 5 sorry, Ben. I 6 it at home. I missed the bus.
Ben Don’t 7
. I’ve got a blue pen, but don’t I left it at home.
I lost it.
forget it tomorrow!
I forgot it.
3 Susie Hi, Tom. How are you? ccettare le scuse:
A
Tom I’m fine. It’s my birthday today! It’s OK/alright.
Susie Happy birthday! I’m 8 sorry, I 9 it! It doesn’t matter.
Tom It’s 10 . Don’t worry.
Never mind (but…)
5 Pairwork Completa i dialoghi con un compagno. Scusati e dai una

motivazione, e accetta le scuse. Poi scambiatevi i ruoli. K
1 A Where’s my 2 A Where were you yesterday? 3 Teacher Have you got your
Twilight DVD? I tried to call you! French homework?
B … B … Student …
Workbook page 129 twenty-seven 27

Skills and culture
a
Reading
1 Before you read Descrivi le foto (a–d).
2 1.26 Ascolta e leggi Josie e Adam
parlare di una giornata memorabile.
Poi abbina le foto (a–d) alla giornata di
Josie (J) o Adam (A).
a b c d
A MEMORABLE DAY
Josie, 15 Adam, 14
It was my fifteenth birthday last month. In the morning, I had a big surprise after school yesterday. I had
there was an envelope on the kitchen table with lots of Geography homework, so I went upstairs
‘Josie’ on it. One envelope!! Where were my presents? to my bedroom. Mum was downstairs and my
I opened it… and found my present from Mum brother, Luke, was in his room. At about half past
and Dad. It was four tickets for Madame Tussauds in four Dad came home. That was strange, because he
London! Madame Tussauds is a really famous museum. usually comes home at six o’clock. There was a lot
It’s got wax models of lots of famous people. It’s really of noise, and then Mum called us. I was irritated
cool. But why were there four tickets? Then I got a text because I wanted to finish my homework. Then
from my best friend, Chloe. It said ‘C U in 20 mins’! The Mum said ‘There’s a present for you and Luke!’ We
extra ticket was for Chloe! I was really excited! went downstairs… and there was a dog in the
living room! It was a fantastic little puppy. We were
Madame Tussauds was awesome! The models are really
really excited!
realistic. There are film stars, music stars and people
from history (we saw Shakespeare!). Dad took lots of Our old dog, Jasper, died three months ago. We
photos of Chloe and me with our favourite stars. I’ve were all really sad, but he was very old. Now we’ve
got photos of me with Justin Bieber, Lady Gaga (with got our new puppy! His name’s Charlie. He’s great,
a telephone on her head!) and with Prince William and he’s really funny. Charlie slept on my bed, and
and Kate. Chloe’s favourite model was the band One this morning, he woke me up at half past six. I got
Direction. She really loves that band! We took photos of up and we went for a walk in the park
Dad with the Beatles: his favourite band. Chloe asked before breakfast. Mum and Dad
‘Who are the Beatles?’ and Dad was really shocked! He were surprised because
says they were the first boyband, a long time before I usually get up late!
One Direction!
See you
c
d
Competences
Glossary
envelope busta
tickets biglietti
wax (di) cera
boyband gruppo musicale maschile
noise rumore
puppy cagnolino
28 twenty-eight

b
3 Decidi se le frasi sono vere (T) o false (F). Correggi le
2
Competences
frasi false. K
1 Josie’s birthday was two months ago.
2 There was a present in the kitchen for her.
3 Josie’s got a sister called Chloe.
4 They saw lots of wax models at Madame Tussauds.
5 Chloe’s favourite band is the Beatles.
6 Adam started his homework after school.
7 His Dad came home early.
8 Adam’s new dog is called Jasper.
9 Adam got up early this morning.
10 He always gets up early.
4 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.

1 Josie’s dad
a saw his favourite band. c took photos of the Beatles.
b likes One Direction. d didn’t like Madame Tussauds.
2 Adam’s dad
a came home at 6pm yesterday. c woke Adam up today.
b brought a puppy home yesterday. d went to the park with Adam.
Listening
5 1.27 Ascolta la nonna di Jack descrivere un concerto dei Beatles.
Perché è stato così speciale?
6 1.27 Riascolta e scegli l'alternativa corretta. K

1 Grandma saw the Beatles a on TV. b in London. c in the park. d in Liverpool.
2 One of the concerts was in a 1960. b 1964. c 1969. d 1974.
3 She went to the concert hall at a 8am. b 6.30pm. c 7.30pm. d 8pm.
4 The doors opened at a 8am. b 6.30pm. c 7.30pm. d 8pm.
5 Grandma sang and danced for a 3 hours. b an hour. c 2 hours. d half an hour.
Speaking
7 Preparati a parlare al tuo compagno di una giornata
memorabile. Scrivi appunti su: ES T
Writing competence
1 When was it? 4 What happened?
2 Where were you? 5 Why was it special/ Il discorso diretto
3 Who were you with? memorable? Chloe asked, ‘Who are the Beatles?’
Mum said, ‘There’s a present for you!’
8 Pairwork A turno, parla di una giornata memorabile. ES T • Inizia il discorso diretto con il nome
di chi parla e il verbo ask o say.
Writing • Usa le virgolette (‘ ‘) per indicare
la frase o la domanda in discorso
9 Scrivi un brano (45–65 parole) su una giornata memorabile. diretto.
Usa i tuoi appunti dell’es. 7 come aiuto. • Usa la maiuscola all’inizio della frase
Last Sunday I had a fantastic day. I got up late …. o della domanda in discorso diretto.
Workbook pages 130–131__ twenty-nine 29


Revision
Reading
1 Leggi la descrizione del fine settimana
di Amy. Perché era stanca alla fine?
Last weekend we went to Scotland because my sister,

Keira, got married! Daniel, her boyfriend… sorry, her
husband… is Scottish. They met at university three years
ago, and they got engaged last year. They got married in
a Scottish castle! The castle was really big, and very old.
It’s a hotel now, so we slept there. We stayed for three
days. It was exciting!
Keira and Daniel got married on Saturday morning. I wore
my favourite dress, and new shoes. There were about
100 people at the ceremony. Daniel’s got a really big
family, with lots of cousins and aunts and uncles, and
there were lots of Keira and Daniel’s university friends,
too. Daniel, his dad and his brothers wore traditional
Scottish clothes. Keira was in an awesome long, white
dress. She was beautiful, and Mum cried!
2 Rileggi la descrizione. Decidi se le frasi sono
vere (T) o false (F). Correggi le frasi false. K
After the ceremony, we went into the garden and a
1 Daniel is Keira’s brother.
photographer took photos. It was sunny, so I think the
photos were OK, but it was freezing! Then we had a big 2 Daniel and Keira studied at university.
lunch. I sat with my cousins. They live in Ireland and I don’t 3 Keira got engaged last year.
see them very often. The lunch was very long. It was a bit 4 Amy and her family stayed in
boring, but the food was great! the castle.
In the evening, there was a fantastic 5 They stayed in Scotland for a week.
party. There was a pop band and 6 Daniel’s family is large.
we danced for hours. We went 7 The weather was hot and sunny.
to bed at one o’clock in the 8 Amy’s cousins are from Scotland.
morning, so I was really tired.
9 Amy liked the party.
10 She went to bed early.
30 thirty

1+2
Dialogue work Speaking
3 Functions Scrivi il dialogo con Amy
seguendo la traccia. Usa le informazioni Talk to Amber!
dell’es. 1 per scrivere le risposte di Amy. ES
6 1.28 Parla con Amber. Ascolta le sue
You Chiedi ad Amy com’è stato il suo fine domande e rispondi ad alta voce.
settimana in Scozia.
1
7 Prepara una presentazione orale sulla vita
Amy 2 di una persona della tua famiglia. Includi le
You Chiedi com’era l’albergo. seguenti informazioni: ES
3 • his / her relationship to you

Amy 4 • his / her year of birth
• the date of key moments in his / her life
You Chiedi com’era il vestito di Keira.
(go to university, get married, have children)
5
• other important events in his / her life
Amy 6
You Chiedi com’era il tempo. 8 Presentazione orale Ora parla alla classe
7 della persona che hai scelto. ES
Amy 8
Translation
You Chiedi com’era il pranzo.
9
9 Traduci il brano in inglese.
Amy 10
4 Functions Completa il dialogo con le parole

nel riquadro.
I lost I’m really sorry It was I was

never mind where were you
Sara Jay, 1 yesterday?

Jay 2
at home. Why?
Sara 3
Molly’s party!
Jay Oh no! 4 . I forgot!
Sara Oh, Jay! I texted you three times! Questa è una foto dei miei nonni. Si sono
sposati nel 1965. Mio nonno è nato nel 1940, e
Jay Really? 5 my phone
mia nonna è nata nel 1943. Si sono conosciuti
three days ago.
nel 1960. Il nonno invitò la nonna al cinema. Nel
Sara Oh well,6 .
1964 si fidanzarono. I nonni sono stati sposati
per cinquant’anni. Il nonno è morto nel 2015.
Writing Ero molto triste.
5 Scrivi un brano (40–60 parole) su una
giornata trascorsa di recente con la tua Check your competences
famiglia. Includi le seguenti informazioni:
Tick (✓) the things you can do.
• where you were and who you were with
I can talk about past situations and events
• if it was a special occasion (a birthday? /
a wedding? / a celebration?) I can ask for descriptions and give my
opinion of events and people
• what the weather was like
• what you did I can apologise and accept an apology
thirty-one 31

Extra
Listenlistening
up! 1+2
1 1.29 Ascolta le previsioni Dictation
meteorologiche e completa la tabella. K
3 1.31 Ascolta e completa la breve
City Weather Temperature biografia di Paul McCartney, uno dei
London sunny and warm 20° Beatles.
Bristol Paul McCartney 1
Manchester in Liverpool in 1942.
Aberdeen 2
to write songs
Newcastle when he 3
.
In 4
, he 5
John
Lennon. They made friends, and
2 1.30 Ascolta la descrizione della
terribile giornata di Liam e scegli le
6
the Beatles
risposte corrette. K in 1960. They 7
famous, with millions of fans. In 1969

1 Liam did an exam in this subject.
a b c Paul 8 . He and
his wife 9
.
After the Beatles, Paul McCartney
10
solo career.

2 Liam woke up at this time.
a b c Speak up! Pronunciation /d/, /t/, /ɪd/
1 1.33 Ascolta il suono finale -ed.

Poi riascolta e ripeti.
/d/ lived /t/ watched /ɪd/ decided
3 Liam’s bag was here. 2 1.34 Ascolta e scrivi i verbi nella
a b c colonna corretta.
walked hated loved worked
stopped played listened started
decided cleaned cooked wanted
4 Liam went to school like this. /d/ /t/ /ɪd/

a b c
3 1.35 Ascolta e controlla. Poi

riascolta e ripeti.
Competences
4 Tongue Twister Prova a recitare

5 Liam forgot this. questi scioglilingua.
a b c Sam studied Science, so Susie stayed
silent.
Lola loved Larry, but Larry liked Linda.
32 thirty-two

3
unit
Vocabulary
Films
1 Abbina i generi cinematografici alle figure (1–15).
musical animated film action film / adventure film sci-fi (science fiction) film
historical film horror film comedy love story fantasy film war film
western spy film thriller documentary silent film
1 spy film 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
13 14 15
2 Practice Scambia opinioni con un compagno sui generi cinematografici

che ti piacciono e non ti piacciono. K T
A Which types of film do you like? Fast finishers
B I quite like adventure films,
but horror films are my favourite. Scrivi frasi sui generi cinematografici
che piacciono e non piacciono a te e al
A Really? I can’t stand horror films.
tuo compagno.
Workbook page 132 Picture dictionary 3 pages 226–227 thirty-three 33


You didn’t answer my text VIDEO

1 Where are Lauren, Jack and Digger?
Culture focus
The British film industry
About 13 million people go to the cinema in the UK every
month. The British film industry is big, and two of the most
successful film series were made in Britain – the James Bond
and the Harry Potter series. Today, tourists can visit the Harry
Potter film studios near London.
34 thirty-four

3
Jack Hey! There you are, Digger! Where were you this
morning? You didn’t answer my text. Did you get it?
Digger Yes, I did. Sorry I’m late. I was in bed.
Lauren In bed? But he sent the text at half past ten!
Digger Yes, I had a lie-in because I went to bed late last night.
Jack Why? What did you do?
Digger I watched an awesome sci-fi film on TV.
What about you?
Lauren We went to the cinema.
Digger What did you see?
Jack We saw Dance Crazy.
Digger What? That film’s rubbish! Who chose it?
Lauren I chose it. I really like musicals.
Digger Good job I didn’t come with you. Learn it! Use it!
Lauren Good job we didn’t invite you! There you are Eccoti qua
Jack Oh, stop it, you two! rubbish schifezza
Good job Meno male
stop it smettetela
4 Comprehension Rispondi alle domande.

1 Where was Digger at half past ten this morning?
2 What type of film was on TV last night?
3 Where were Lauren and Jack last night?
4 What does Digger think of Dance Crazy?
5 What does Lauren think of musicals?

1 Trova e cerchia i nomi di due generi cinematografici.
2 Trova sei esempi di Past simple alla forma affermativa e sottolineali.

• Find out more about James Bond and Harry Potter.
• What are the names of the authors of the books?
• How many Harry Potter films and James Bond films are there?
Workbook page 133 thirty-five 35


Grammar
A Past simple 3 Completa le frasi con la forma negativa del

Past simple dei verbi nel riquadro.
Forma negativa do
make
talk
start
watch
write use
You didn’t answer my text.
I didn’t write a letter.
forma negativa
1 Lauren to her teacher.
I did not (didn’t) go out. 2 The programme at 8pm.
You did not (didn’t) go out. 3 I dinner for my family.
He did not (didn’t) go out. 4 John the computer.
She did not (didn’t) go out. 5 We a film.
It did not (didn’t) go out. 6 They their homework.
We did not (didn’t) go out.
You did not (didn’t) go out. Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi
They did not (didn’t) go out. Did you get my text? Yes, I did.
forma interrogativa risposte brevi
soggetto + did + not (n’t) + forma base del verbo + …
Did I arrive late? Yes, you did. / No, you didn’t.
Did you arrive late? Yes, I did. / No, I didn’t.
La forma negativa del Past simple si ottiene mettendo
Did he arrive late? Yes, he did. / No, he didn’t.
did not davanti alla forma base del verbo sia per i
verbi regolari che irregolari. Did she arrive late? Yes, she did. / No, she didn’t.
Di solito si usa la forma contratta didn’t. La forma Did it arrive late? Yes, it did. / No, it didn’t.
intera did not si usa solitamente solo nella lingua Did we arrive late? Yes, you did. / No, you didn’t.
scritta formale. Did you arrive late? Yes, we did. / No, we didn’t.
Did they arrive late? Yes, they did. / No, they
1 Riscrivi le frasi al Past simple aggiungendo le didn’t.
espressioni di tempo tra parentesi.
Did + soggetto + forma base del verbo + … ?
We don’t play football. (yesterday)
We didn’t play football yesterday.
1 Mum doesn’t get up early. (this morning) Yes, + pronome personale soggetto + did.
No, + pronome personale soggetto + didn’t.

2 I don’t study French. (last year)
Le parole interrogative vanno all’inizio della domanda:

Where did you go last night?
3 They don’t walk to school. (last week)

4 You don’t sit next to me. (yesterday)
4 Riscrivi le frasi alla forma interrogativa.
He bought a new jacket.
5 Jack doesn’t want any dinner. (last night) Did he buy a new jacket?
1 Digger played in the team.
6 We don’t go to that café. (last weekend)
2 You saw Helen at the party.
7 They don't visit their cousins. (last month)
3 They went to the concert.
8 He doesn't send any texts. (this afternoon)
4 She read the message.

2 1.39 Ascolta e controlla. 5 We won the game.

6 Lauren phoned Jack.

36 thirty-six

5 Scrivi domande al Past simple. Poi rispondi Si usano gli ausiliari do / does e did per fare domande
3
con risposte brevi. sull’oggetto dell’azione:
the girls / enjoy / the party? What did Alice get for her birthday? A bike.
Did the girls enjoy the party? No, they didn’t. Ma per fare domande sul soggetto dell’azione si usa:
1 Dad / work / yesterday? parola interrogativa (Who, What o Which) + verbo
alla terza persona singolare + complemento
2 that phone / cost / lots of money? What happened at the party?
NON What did happen at the party?
3 your sister / go on holiday / with you? Who lives in that house?
NON Who does live in that house?
4 I / leave / my bag at your house? Which team won the match?
NON Which team did win the match?
5 Digger and Jack / remember / their homework?

8 Completa le domande con Who o What e il
6 you / see Dan / last night? verbo alla forma corretta.
Who took my sandwich?
Dad took your sandwich!
1 the Harry Potter books?
Unit 3 Drill 3 page 111 J.K. Rowling wrote the Harry Potter books.
2 the accident?
7 Leggi le risposte, poi completa le domande Bad weather caused the accident.
con le parole interrogative corrispondenti 3 dinner in your house?
alle parole in grassetto e il Past simple. Mum makes dinner in our house.
Where did you go last Saturday?
9 Identifica il soggetto e l’oggetto in ogni
We went to the beach. frase. Poi scrivi le domande corrispondenti.
1 after school?
Jack watched a musical.
I met my cousin.
soggetto: Jack
2 in bed until 10 o’clock?
domanda: Who watched a musical?
She stayed in bed until 10 o’clock because
oggetto: a musical
she was really tired!
domanda: What did Jack watch?
3 for breakfast?
I had some cereal and fruit. 1 Lauren plays the guitar.
4 to Scotland? soggetto:
They went to Scotland last summer. domanda: Who
5 my trainers? oggetto:
I put them in your room. domanda: What
2 Digger likes Manchester United.
B Domande con Who… ?,
soggetto:
What… ? e Which… ? domanda: Who
Who chose that film? oggetto:
domanda: Which team
interrogativa affermativa
3 The children made those biscuits.
What did Mum make? Mum made a cake.
soggetto:
Who made the cake? Mum made the cake.
domanda: Who
Which subject does Mr Mr Lee teaches Art.
Lee teach? oggetto:
Who teaches Art? Mr Lee teaches Art.
domanda: What
Workbook pages 134–135 thirty-seven 37


1 Leggi il brano sul concorso a cui ha partecipato Natalie. Sottolinea i verbi
3
alla forma affermativa del Past simple e cerchia quelli alla forma negativa.
NATALIE: Last month my friends and

I decided to enter an Internet video
competition. The competition was for film-
makers under the age of 18. We didn’t want to
make a serious video, so we made a comedy.
The plot is quite complicated. My friend Amy
wrote the script, but she didn’t act in the video.
My friends Will and Beth were the actors.
They’re very funny. I filmed them,
but they didn’t talk in the film. Glossary
It’s a silent film! plot trama
2 Completa il brano sullo stesso concorso con la forma

corretta del Past simple dei verbi tra parentesi.
LEO: My video is a horror film. My friends Dan and Luke helped

(help) me. We 1 (invent) a plot about vampires.
We 2
(not have) any money for costumes, so Luke’s
mum 3 (make) them. We 4 (not use)
any special effects, but I 5
(add) some music.
When we 6
(watch) the video, it 7
(not be) very good but it 8 (be) very funny! It’s a
‘horror-comedy’!
3 Completa l’intervista con Anna, la vincitrice del concorso, con la

forma corretta del Past simple dei verbi tra parentesi e le risposte brevi.
Man Congratulations, Anna! Tell us about your film. Did you think
(you / think) of a plot for it?
Anna No, I 1 . It’s a film about my home town, Brighton.
Man 2
(Who / act) in the film?
Anna There 3 (not be) any actors. It’s a documentary.
Man 4
(you / interview) ordinary people?
Anna Yes, I 5
.I6 (interview) my friends and family.
Man And 7
(they / watch) the film?
Anna Yes, they 8
. Some of them 9 (like)
it and some of them 10 (not like) it!
4 Pairwork A turno, fai domande e rispondi sull’ultima volta in cui sei stato al
cinema. Includi le seguenti informazioni: T
• when your partner went to the cinema • what type of film it was
• what film he / she saw • if he / she liked it
38 thirty-eight Workbook page 136

Functions
Permission and requests
VIDEO
3
Quali quattro richieste fa Sam?
Sam Mum, can I go to the

cinema with Hannah this
afternoon?
Mum Yes, sure.
Sam And can we go for a pizza
after the film?
Mum No, I’m sorry, you
can’t. You’ve got school
tomorrow.
Sam OK. Er… Mum, could I
have some money for the
cinema?
Mum OK. But only £10!
Sam Thanks, Mum. And can
you take us in the car?
Mum No, I’m sorry. There are
lots of buses!
3 Completa il dialogo con le parole nel riquadro. Learn it! Use it!
Chiedere un permesso:
can’t could I (x2) can you course sorry
Can/Could I… ?
Can/Could we… ?
James Dad, 1 use your tablet?
Dare un permesso:
Dad Yes, of 2 .
OK./Yes, sure./Yes, of course.
James 3
pass it to me, please? Rifiutare un permesso:
Dad Here you are. No, I’m sorry, you can’t.
James Thanks. This is cool. 4 have a tablet Fare una richiesta:
for my birthday? Can/Could you… ?
Accettare una richiesta:
Dad No, I’m 5 , you 6 .
OK./Yes, sure./Yes, of course.
They’re really expensive.
Rifiutare una richiesta:
No, I’m sorry.
5 Pairwork Prepara un dialogo tra un adolescente e il

genitore sulle seguenti situazioni. A turno, fai la parte
dell’adolescente e del genitore. K
Look!
Permission: • go to a concert on Saturday
Si usa could per chiedere un
• come home at eleven o’clock tonight
permesso o fare una richiesta.
• go on holiday with Alex and his family
could è un po’ più formale di can.
Requests: • give me £10
• take me to Kim’s house
• make a sandwich for me
Teenager Mum, could I go to a concert on Saturday?

Mum Yes, sure.
Workbook page 137 thirty-nine 39

Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Osserva le foto. Riconosci
qualche luogo, oggetto o personaggio?
Our guide opened the door and we

went into the Great Hall at Hogwarts
School. That’s where Harry and
The eight Harry Potter films are some
his friends eat their meals. It was
of the world’s favourite films. They use
incredible. The set of the Great Hall is
amazing sets and special effects to create
enormous! We took hundreds of photos! We
Harry Potter’s world of wizards and
saw lots of other sets, like the Ministry of Magic
magic. The first film came out in 2001.
and the Hogwarts classrooms, and we walked down
The same group of actors acted in different
a street with all the wizards’ shops. Then we saw
Harry Potter films for the next ten years! The
some of the props from the films. My favourite
films had different directors, but they all used the
props were all the different magic wands.
Warner Brothers film studios near London.
In another part of the studios, we learnt how
The last film in the series came out in 2011. The
they made all the different magical creatures
film studios closed then, but they didn’t take away
and dragons from the films. We also saw a
the sets, props and costumes. The studios opened
demonstration of some special effects. You
again in 2012 – this time for tourists. Megan and
can sit on a broomstick or in a flying car
her family visited the studios last month.
and they take your photo. They give it a
‘My mum booked a tour of the Harry Potter studios special background, so in the photo you
for my brother’s birthday. She didn’t tell him are flying!
because it was a surprise! We were really excited
It was an amazing day. We were there
because we all love the Harry Potter films.
for five hours and we
It was a fantastic day. First we watched a short video didn’t want to go home!’
about Harry Potter. After the video, the tour began.
2 1.44 Ascolta e leggi. Poi completa le informazioni.

Number of Harry Potter films: 1
Year of first and last film: 2 ,3
Year when the studios closed: 4
Year when the studios opened again: 5
3 Rispondi alle domande. ES

1 Where did they make the Harry Potter films?
2 When did Megan go to the film studios?
3 What happened after the video?
4 Which film sets did they see?
5 What special effect do they add to the photos of visitors? Glossary
6 How much time did Megan’s family spend at the film studios?
Competences
wizards maghi
7 Do you like the Harry Potter films? Why/Why not?
came out uscì
8 Do you want to visit the Harry Potter studios? Why/Why not?
didn’t take away
4 Scegli l’alternativa corretta. non hanno tolto
booked ha prenotato
1 All the Harry Potter films had
tour visita
a the same actors and directors. c the same actors.
magic wands
b the same directors. d different actors.
bacchette magiche
2 Megan didn’t
broomstick scopa
a go to the studios with her brother. c take any photos.
background sfondo
b like the magic wands. d want to leave.
40 forty

Listening
3
Competences
5 1.45 Ascolta il fratello di Megan,
Tom, raccontare a un amico della visita
agli studi cinematografici. Anche l’amico
di Tom ha visitato gli studi?
6 1.45 Riascolta e rispondi alle domande.

1 Did Tom meet any actors at the studios?
2 What was his favourite part of the tour?
3 Did he take any photos of it?
4 How many photos did he take in total?
5 What did he buy in the shop?
Speaking
7 Pairwork A turno, fai domande e rispondi su come di solito guardi i film
(al cinema, in DVD, alla TV, online). Chiedi le seguenti informazioni: K T
• how he / she usually watches films
• if he / she often goes to the cinema / downloads films / buys DVDs
• if he / she watched a film last weekend and how he / she watched it
A How do you usually watch films?
B I usually watch them on the Internet. I sometimes watch them on TV.
A Do you often go to the cinema?
Writing
8 Completa la scheda sull’ultimo film che hai visto.
Title:
Type of film:
Actors:
Your opinion of the plot: (interesting / exciting / boring / funny / romantic)
Your opinion of the actors: (good / quite good / not very good / bad)
Other points: (special effects / stunts / music / sets / costumes)
9 Ora scrivi una recensione del film Writing competence

che hai visto (45–65 parole). Usa i
tuoi appunti nella scheda dell’es. 8. Le recensioni cinematografiche
I saw The Amazing Spider-Man 2 Quando scrivi la recensione di un film:
on TV last week. It was an action film. • in primo luogo dai le informazioni
The actors were… essenziali (titolo, nomi degli attori, ecc.)
• esprimi la tua opinione sulle
caratteristiche tecniche (effetti speciali
acrobazie, ecc.)
• concludi con un commento – consiglia il
lettore di guardare il film… oppure no!
Workbook pages 138–139__ forty-one 41


Song
Listen up! 2 +3
Madness
From: London, UK
Formed: in 1976. There are seven members of the
band. The band was very popular in the late 1970s and
early 1980s.
Type of music: ska and reggae. The band was part of
a musical movement in the early 1980s called ‘2-Tone’.
Instruments: guitar, bass, drums, saxophone
Famous songs: My Girl (1979), Baggy Trousers (1980),
House of Fun (1982), Wings of a Dove (1983).
1 1.46 Completa la canzone con il Past

simple dei verbi tra parentesi. Poi ascolta
questa versione della canzone e controlla.
My girl’s mad at me Why can’t I explain?

I1 (not want) to see the film tonight Why do I feel this pain?
I 2
(find) it hard to say ‘Cause everything I say
She 3
(think) I’d had enough of her She doesn’t understand
She doesn’t realise
Why can’t she see
She takes it all the wrong way
She’s lovely to me?
But I like to stay in
And watch TV on my own
Every now and then
My girl’s mad at me
Been on the telephone for an hour
We hardly 4 (say) a word
I 5
(try) and 6
(try)
But I could not be heard
Competences
2 Quale frase riassume meglio la canzone?

1 The singer is happy and wants to marry his girlfriend.
2 The singer is unhappy because his girlfriend left him.
3 The singer is unhappy because his girlfriend doesn’t understand him.
3 Che cosa hai pensato di questa canzone quando l’hai ascoltata?

Glossary
a I loved it!
b I quite liked it. mad arrabbiata
c I didn’t mind it. I’d had enough of her
ne avevo abbastanza di lei
d I hated it!
on my own da solo
42 forty-two

3
4
unit
Vocabulary
Places in a town
1 Abbina i luoghi in città (1–18) alle figure (a–r).
1
baker’s i 2 bank 3 butcher’s 4 café 5 chemist’s 6 church
7
greengrocer’s hospital
8
library
9
bookshop
10
11
market
12
newsagent’s police station
13
post office
14
restaurant
15

16
sports centre supermarket
17
train station
18
a
e
f
c d
b
o
n
l
m
k
j
i
h
g
r

Compare
2 Lucy e la sua famiglia sono stati in città ieri. bookshop libreria
A quali luoghi dell’es. 1 si riferiscono le frasi? library biblioteca
Lucy’s mum changed some money. bank
1 Lucy’s dad caught a train.
2 Lucy chose a magazine.
3 Her mum bought some medicine.
4 Lucy and her brother went swimming.
3 Practice Scambia informazioni con un compagno sui luoghi che sono vicini
alla tua casa. Usa le parole da questa pagina e dal Picture dictionary. K T
A Is there a library?
B No, there isn’t. But there are some shops
and there’s a hospital.
Workbook page 140 Picture dictionary 4 pages 228–229 forty-three 43


There’s nowhere to go VIDEO

1 Where are they?
2 What is Lauren eating?
3 What is Digger doing?
Culture focus
School dinners
British teenagers always have lunch at school. They have a
lunch break of about one hour and they usually finish school
at 3pm. They can eat in the school canteen (mensa) or bring
a packed lunch from home. In the past British school dinners
were not very healthy, but today schools usually offer good
food with lots of fruit and vegetables.
44 forty-four

4
Digger I’m starving! I didn’t get much pasta.
Lauren Have my pasta. I don’t like it.
Digger The food at my last school was really good.
Lauren I suppose everything in Manchester was perfect.
Digger Yeah, it was a great city. I loved living there.
Lauren Well, Liverpool’s great too, Digger!
Digger But there isn’t anything to do here.
Lauren You’re kidding! What did you do in Manchester?
Digger There weren’t many places near my house, but there
was always something to do.
Lauren Such as… ?
Digger There was a great skate park opposite my school.
There’s nowhere to go here!
Lauren What?! There are lots of places. There’s the sports
centre near the bus station, and there’s an ice rink…
Digger OK, there are some places, I suppose, but not many.
Jack Hi, guys. Look! I’ve got
Learn it! Use it!
some tickets for the new
bowling alley! I’m starving! Sto morendo di fame!
Digger Fantastic! I love bowling! I suppose… Presumo…, Immagino…
You’re kidding! Scherzi! / Stai scherzando!
Lauren See? Liverpool is fun!
Such as… ? Tipo… ?
See? Vedi?
4 Comprehension Decidi se le frasi sono vere (T) o false (F).

1 Lauren doesn’t like her pasta.
2 The food at Digger’s last school was terrible.
3 Digger went to school in Manchester.
4 Jack’s got tickets for the ice rink.

1 Trova sei nomi di luoghi in città e cerchiali.
2 Trova una domanda e due frasi negative al Past simple e sottolineale.

Leggi il Culture focus a pag. 44. Fai un sondaggio in classe e chiedi:
• Where do you have lunch? (At home? At school?)
• What do you usually have for lunch?
• What do you have to do after lunch?
Workbook page 141 forty-five 45


Grammar
A
lots of/(not) much/(not) B Composti di some/any/no/
many every
There are lots of places. Everything in Manchester was perfect.
Si usano lots of, much e many per parlare di grandi people places things
quantità indefinite. some someone / somebody somewhere something
Lots of si usa con i sostantivi numerabili e non any anyone / anybody anywhere anything
numerabili, soprattutto in frasi affermative: no no one / nobody nowhere nothing
We’ve got lots of time. I like lots of games.
every everyone / everybody everywhere everything
Much e many si usano in frasi negative e
interrogative.
Si usano i composti di some in frasi affermative:
Much si usa con i sostantivi non numerabili:
There’s always something to do in Manchester.
There isn’t much time. Have we got much milk?
Si usano i composti di any in frasi negative e
Many si usa con i sostantivi numerabili:
interrogative:
She hasn’t got many friends.
There isn’t anything to do here.
Are there many shops here?
Did you go anywhere nice?
Si usano i composti di no in frasi affermative:
Remember! There’s no one at home.
NON There isn’t no one at home.
Si usano How much… ? e How many… ? per fare
domande sulla quantità: Si usano i composti di every in frasi affermative e
How much time have we got? interrogative:
How many computer games has she got? Everybody in my class speaks English.
Is everything OK?
1 Completa il dialogo con lots of, much o many. Compare

Grandma What’s your new school like, Adam?
Con i composti di every si usa sempre il verbo
Adam It’s cool. I’ve got lots of new friends. alla terza persona singolare:
Grandma How 1 students are there? Everyone likes pasta. NON Everyone like pasta.
Adam I don’t know. There aren’t 2 Se un composto è seguito da un verbo, il verbo
students in my class, only about 15. va all’infinito come in italiano:
Is there anything to eat? C’è qualcosa da mangiare?
Grandma Oh! That’s a small class. Are there
3
clubs after school?
Adam Yes, there are. But I don’t have 3 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
4
time for clubs. Has nobody / anybody got Jake’s number?
Grandma Oh, that’s a pity. Do you get 1 The food was delicious. We ate
5
homework? everything / anything.
Adam Yes, we do! We get 6 it! 2 I left my phone anywhere / somewhere
Grandma Really? How 7
homework at school.
have you got today? 3 Somebody /Everybody tried to call me
Adam About two hours! yesterday. Who was it?
Grandma Oh dear. Are you hungry, Adam? 4 Our teacher is very popular. Anyone /
Adam Yes, I am! I didn’t have 8 Everyone loves her!
food for lunch. The school dinners are 5 Let’s buy anything / something for
horrible! Dad’s birthday.
6 Did you go nowhere / anywhere yesterday?
2 2.04 Ascolta e controlla. 7 Don’t tell no one / anyone. It’s a secret.
8 They live somewhere / everywhere in
London.
46 forty-six

4 Completa le frasi con le parole nel riquadro. D Preposizioni di luogo
4
anyone anything anywhere
There was a skate park opposite my school.
everyone everything everywhere
nobody nothing something
My first day at my new school was a disaster!

I woke up late, so I didn’t have anything for
breakfast. When I walked into my classroom,
1
looked at me. Then I dropped my opposite between behind
bag, and 2 fell on the floor! I was a
new student and I didn’t know 3 , so
4
helped me. At lunchtime, I wanted
5
to eat, but the canteen was very busy.
There were students 6 , and there wasn’t
near in front of
7
to sit. Also, I don’t eat meat, but there
was 8
for vegetarians. I was very hungry! Le preposizioni di luogo indicano dove si trova
qualcuno o qualcosa.
Remember!
C like + -ing
Hai già incontrato altre preposizioni di luogo: in,
I loved living in Manchester. on, under e next to.
Compare
In inglese i verbi che esprimono gradimento sono
8 Completa le frasi con le preposizioni nel
riquadro. Usa la mappa in fondo alla pagina.
generalmente seguiti da un verbo alla forma in -ing.
behind in between in front of
I love singing. near next to opposite
I really like singing.
The police station is near the hospital.
I like singing.
1 There is a bus stop the theatre.
I quite like singing.
2 The theatre is the park.
I don’t mind singing.
3 The newsagent’s is the bank and
I don’t like singing.
the chemist’s.
I hate / can’t stand singing. 4 The supermarket is the school.
5 The car park is the supermarket.
6 Completa le frasi con i verbi nel riquadro. 6 The cafè is the park.
do
get up
go
make
play watch work 9 2.07 Ascolta e controlla.
Sara likes playing football.

1 I can’t stand to the cinema.
2 Marcus doesn’t mind early.
3 My aunt loves cakes.
4 I quite like adventure films.
5 My brother hates exams.
6 My dad doesn’t like on Saturdays.
Workbook pages 142–143 forty-seven 47


1 Scegli l’alternativa corretta per completare la descrizione
4
di Lori della sua città.
I live in a town in Scotland. We moved here

a month ago, so I don’t know many/much
people. We live 1opposite / next my school.
That’s good for me, but there’s 2much /
lots of traffic in the mornings. I quite like
3
live / living here, but there isn’t 4something /
anything for teenagers to do. There’s a park
5
next to / between my school, but it’s really small
so 6nobody / anybody goes there. Last weekend
my cousins visited us. We went to a shopping
centre near Edinburgh. There were 7lots of /many
shops, a big cinema and an ice rink, so we
decided to go ice-skating. I love 8going / go
ice-skating! 9Everyone / Anyone enjoyed it, but
I fell over 10much / lots of times!
2 Completa la descrizione di Thomas della sua città con le parole nel riquadro.
everything
everywhere
hate
like
lots of lots of many much next to
I live in a town in the south of England. It’s

near the sea, so there are lots of tourists,
especially in the summer. There are hotels
1
! There are 2 cafés,
too, but I never go to them because I
3
sitting in cafés. It’s a bit boring
here in the winter. There’s only one cinema, and
it doesn’t have 4 recent films. But it’s
great here in the summer! I quite 5
listening to music, and in the summer there’s an
enormous music festival 6 the pier.
The problem is that 7
’s quite expensive,
and I never have 8 money. I sometimes
go to the pier with Dad and we have fish and
chips. It’s cool!
Glossary
pier molo
3 Pairwork Completa le frasi con informazioni sulla tua città. Poi confrontati
con un compagno. T
Everyone goes to the summer festival.
There are tourists everywhere!
1 There are everywhere in my town.
2 There aren’t many
3 There are lots of
4 Everyone/Nobody in my town
Fast finishers
Scrivi altre frasi sulla tua città
come quelle dell’es. 3.
48 forty-eight Workbook page 144


Functions
Asking for and giving directions
VIDEO
4
1 2.08 Ascolta e leggi il dialogo. Hannah è alla stazione.
Osserva la mappa e segui le indicazioni che dà all’uomo.
Woman Excuse me. Is there a post office near here?

Hannah Yes, there is. It’s next to the hospital.
Woman Where’s that?
Hannah Go straight on at the roundabout. Take the first
road on the right. Turn left at the crossroads. The
post office is at the end of the road, on the left.
Woman Thank you.
2 2.09 Ascolta e ripeti. 5 Pairwork Osserva di nuovo la mappa.

A turno, fai domande e rispondi su
3 Abbina le parole nel riquadro agli come raggiungere i luoghi nel riquadro
elementi sulla mappa (1–4). partendo dal supermercato. K T
the end of the road a roundabout the school the cinema the park
a crossroads traffic lights the station the church the library
4 2.10 Osserva la mappa. Callum Learn it! Use it!

è al supermercato. Ascolta e disegna
Chiedere indicazioni stradali:
sulla mappa il percorso che fa. Excuse me. Where’s the… ?
Is there a … near here?
Dare indicazioni stradali:
Go straight on.
Turn left / right at the (traffic lights…)
Take the first / second road on the left / right.
It’s behind / next to / opposite the…
4
1
2 3
pagexxx
Workbookpage
Workbook 145 forty-nine 49

Skills and culture
Reading b
1 Before you read Riconosci i luoghi nelle foto?
Abbina i nomi (1–6) alle foto (a–f).
1 Big Ben 4 Hamley’s Toy Shop
2 Buckingham Palace 5 The Houses of Parliament
3 Covent Garden 6 Trafalgar Square
2 2.11 Ascolta e leggi il blog di Aiden. Controlla le risposte dell’es. 1.

Poi nel quaderno scrivi i luoghi dell’es. 1 nell’ordine in cui Aiden li ha visitati.
MY GRAND TOUR OF LONDON

I’m in London with my parents and Maisie, my little The bus turned left and right, and left and right… .
sister. We arrived from Australia three days ago and on There was lots of traffic and lots of tourists everywhere. c
Sunday morning we went on a tour on an open-top bus! We left the bus in front of Hamley’s, an enormous toy
The tour started in Trafalgar Square. It’s got a very, very, shop. It was awesome! Maisie is seven and she wanted
VERY tall monument called Nelson’s Column. There’s a everything. I’m thirteen and I wanted everything, too!
statue of Nelson on it. He was a famous British admiral I didn’t buy anything, but it’s my birthday next week,
about 300 years ago. Our tour guide on the bus was and I think Dad bought something for me.
quite funny. Did you know that Nelson only had one Later, we went to Covent Garden. It isn’t really a
eye and one arm? garden; it’s an area of London! It’s got a market, and
Next, the bus passed the Houses of Parliament lots of shops, cafés and restaurants. It’s famous for
and we saw Big Ben. Well, we didn’t really see Big street musicians and performers. We watched some
Ben. Everyone thinks that Big Ben is the tall clock clowns and they were really funny.
tower next to the Houses of Parliament, but it isn’t! We had tickets for a theatre near Covent Garden in
Big Ben is the bell. the afternoon, and the show was great. I really liked
Then the bus went to Buckingham Palace. That’s it, but Maisie didn’t – she slept!
the home of the British royal family, of course.
Glossary
It’s an enormous white house. I took some
photos, but we didn’t see the Queen. eye occhio
arm braccio
clock tower torre dell’orologio
a
bell campana

Competences
1 Where is Aiden from? 5 Who lives in Buckingham Palace?

2 Who went to London with Aiden? 6 Did Aiden buy anything in Hamley’s?
3 Where is Nelson’s column? 7 When is Aiden’s birthday?
4 What is Big Ben? 8 What did Aiden do in the afternoon?

1 Nelson’s Column is a a British admiral. c a monument.
b a clock tower. d a statue.
2 At Buckingham Palace, Aiden saw a the Queen. c some guards.
b lots of tourists. d a big house. d
3 Covent Garden hasn’t got a musicians. b shops. c flowers. d clowns.
50 fifty

Listening
4
Competences
5 2.12 Aiden e la sua famiglia sono appena usciti dal
teatro. Ascolta il dialogo. Dove vogliono andare (due luoghi)?
6 2.12 Riascolta e segui le indicazioni della donna.

Indica quali luoghi sulla mappa (A, B, C, D o E) rappresentano:
1 The Star 2 Gino’s
Speaking
7 Prepara una presentazione orale sulla tua città o sul
tuo quartiere oppure su una città che conosci bene.
Ci sono i luoghi nel riquadro? Dove si trovano l’uno
rispetto all’altro? ES
police station hospital post office cinema

theatre church sports centre park
Che cosa ti piace fare in questa città?
8 Presentazione orale Usa i tuoi appunti dell’es. 7 per presentare

alla classe la città che hai scelto. Inizia la presentazione così: ES
I want to talk about… . It’s a (big / small / medium-sized)
town in the (north /south / centre) of Italy. It’s got…
Writing
9 Leggi l’e-mail della tua amica inglese. Usa gli appunti dell’es. 7 e la tua
presentazione orale per scriverle una risposta (45–65 parole). ES K
Writing competence
Hi! La scrittura descrittiva

I live in a small town called Burton. It’s a very Per rendere ciò che scrivi più interessante:
pretty town, and it’s got some really old houses. • usa verbi diversi: The town’s got some cafés
It’s usually quiet, but there are often lots of
and there are also some nice shops.
tourists. The town’s got some cafés and there
are also some nice shops for tourists. • aggiungi gli aggettivi ai nomi: It’s a very pretty
I like living in my town because I’ve got lots of town, and it’s got some really old houses.
friends, but sometimes it’s boring. There isn’t
much to do! I like watching films and doing sport,
but there isn’t a cinema or a sports centre.
What’s your town like? f
Anna
Workbook pages 146–147__ fifty-one 51


Revision
Reading
1 Leggi l’intervista a una giovane star del cinema nella rivista
FilmFan. Qual è il genere cinematografico preferito da Cameron?
FilmFan Hello, Cameron. Welcome to the UK.

When did you arrive here?
Cameron Yesterday! I’m really tired. I didn’t
sleep last night!
FilmFan Oh no – that’s terrible. But
congratulations on your new film,
Dangerous City!
Cameron Oh, thanks. Did you really like it?
FilmFan Yes, I did. The plot’s really exciting.
Do you like making action films?
Cameron Yes, I do. But comedies are my
favourite. 2 Rileggi il dialogo e rispondi alle
domande. ES
FilmFan When did you make your first film?
1 When did Cameron arrive in the UK?
Cameron Fourteen years ago, when I was four!
2 Why is he tired today?
FilmFan But what about school? Did you go to
3 What type of film is Dangerous City?
school, too?
4 When did Cameron make his first film?
Cameron Well, I didn’t go to school with other 5 Did he go to school?
children. My mum taught me at home.
6 Where did he have lessons?
And when I was on a film set, I had a
7 What does he like doing in his free time?
private teacher.
8 What did he do last weekend?
FilmFan So did you have many friends when
you were younger? Dialogue work
Cameron No, I didn’t. But it was OK.
FilmFan Are you working on anything at the 3 Functions Completa il dialogo. K
moment? Eve Miss Williams, 1
Cameron No, I’m not. But I’ve got leave the lesson early today? I’ve
lots of new projects for got a hospital appointment at half
next month. past three.
FilmFan What do you like doing in Teacher Yes, of 2 .

your free time? Oscar Miss Williams, my jacket’s in the
Cameron Well, I haven’t school hall. 3 go
got much free and get it?
time! But I love Teacher No, I’m 4 , you
playing tennis.
5
. You 6 get it at
I played with the end of the lesson. Now, Ellie,
the director of
7
give everyone
Dangerous City their books, please?
last weekend. Ellie 8
, course, Miss
FilmFan Did you win? Williams.
Cameron Yes, I did! Teacher Thank you.
52 fifty-two

3+ 4
5 Functions Jen è al centro sportivo e vuole
andare in biblioteca. Osserva la mappa e
scegli l’alternativa corretta per completare
il dialogo.
Jen E
xcuse me. Is 1it / there a library
2
here near / near here?
Man Yes, 3it / there is. It’s in 4Queen/West
Street. Take the second road 5at / on
the 6left / right. Go 7straight on / on
straight. It’s on the 8left / right. It’s 9next
to / opposite the newsagent’s. There’s
also a bookshop 10opposite / next to it.
Jen Thank you.
Speaking
7 Pairwork A turno, chiedi e dai indicazioni
stradali dal centro sportivo ai seguenti
luoghi sulla mappa: K T
the town hall the cinema

the shoe shop the bus station
8 Presentazione orale Parla alla classe della

città sulla mappa. Di’ quali strutture ci sono Translation
e dove si trovano. ES
This town has got a sports centre and…
11 Traduci il brano in inglese.
Non abbiamo un cinema o un centro sportivo
nella mia città. Ci sono due parchi, ma non c’è
un parco per skateboard. Non c’è niente per i
Talk to Amber! ragazzi! Ci sono molti ristoranti, ma sono
costosi, e non ci sono molti bei negozi. Siamo
9 2.15 Parla con Amber. Ascolta le sue andati a Liverpool la scorsa settimana. C’è tutto
domande e rispondi ad alta voce. lì! Siamo andati al bowling e a un centro
commerciale.
Writing
Check your competences
10 Osserva la mappa e scrivi frasi sulla città.
Usa le espressioni nel riquadro come aiuto. Tick (✓) the things you can do.
I can ask and answer about past events
There’s a… There are two / three / some…
There are… There aren’t any / many… I can ask for permission and make
requests
… opposite / in front of / between / near / behind / next to…
I can ask for and give directions
There are lots of restaurants. There’s a
cinema opposite the…
fifty-three 53

Extra listening 3+ 4
1 2.16 Ascolta Charlotte e sua madre e Dictation
scegli le risposte corrette. K
1 Who does Charlotte want to go out 2 2.17 Ascolta e completa il brano
with this afternoon? su Rob.
Rob 1 last night.
2
at home and
3
. He watched a spy
film. His sister 4
the film. She 5 and
she prefers 6
films
at the cinema. Rob doesn’t often go
a Sasha b Ruby c Tom
7
because he doesn’t
have 8
.
2 Where does she want to go?
a b c 3 2.18 Ascolta e controlla.
Speak up! Pronunciation /ŋ/
1 2.19 Ascolta e ripeti il suono /ŋ/:

coming going
2 2.20 Ascolta la pronuncia di

3 Who did she go out with last Saturday? queste frasi.
/ɪn/ /ɪŋ/
Don’t eat in class! I’m eating a
sandwich.
Don’t talk in the I’m talking to
library. my friend.
3 2.21 Riascolta e ripeti.
a Sasha b Ruby c Tom 4 2.22 Di’ le frasi. Poi ascolta e

controlla.
4 What did they do? 1 I like walking and cycling.
a b c 2 My hobbies are reading,
skateboarding and dancing.
3 Do you like painting and drawing?
5 Tongue twister Prova a recitare

questo scioglilingua.
Sinbad is in Berlin, singing the song he
5 What favour does Charlotte ask her
Competences
sang with Tamsin.

mum?
a b c
54 fifty-four

4
5
unit
Vocabulary
Transport
1 Abbina i mezzi di trasporto alle figure (1–16).
bike boat bus car coach ferry van helicopter lorry
scooter motorbike plane taxi train tram underground
1 train 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
2 Di’ quali mezzi di trasporto useresti per andare in:

• a city centre near your home • Sicily
• France • the USA
3 Practice Scambia informazioni con un compagno sui mezzi di trasporto che tu

e i tuoi familiari usate per andare a scuola, a lavoro, a fare spese, ecc. K T
A How does your mum go to work?
B She goes by bus. Watch out! !
I go by train / by bus / by car…
I go on the underground / on foot.
Workbook page 148 Picture dictionary 5 pages 230–231 fifty-five 55


He’s lazier than you! VIDEO
1 Before you listen Osserva la foto e rispondi

alle domande.
1 Who is in the picture?
3 Do you think it’s morning, afternoon
or evening?
Culture focus
A town and its river
Liverpool is a port on the north-west coast of England. The
River Mersey forms a large estuary in Liverpool, with the
city centre on the east and a suburban area (periferia) on the
west. A short ferry ride connects the two parts of Liverpool.
A song called Ferry Cross the Mersey was an enormous hit for
the pop group Gerry and the Pacemakers in 1964.
56 fifty-six

5
Lauren Hey, guys!
Digger Nice bike, Lauren! How often do you cycle to school?
Lauren Four times a week. I like cycling. But my dad gives me a lift
every Monday.
Digger I usually get the bus.
Lauren Why don’t you cycle?
Jack Because he doesn’t like getting up early. He’s lazier than you!
Digger Give me a break, Jack! My house is further than Lauren’s house.
And my bike isn’t as good as her bike.
Lauren Hey, it’s Saturday tomorrow. Let’s go somewhere.
Jack OK. What about the shopping centre? We can go by bus or by ferry.
Digger The famous ferry on the Mersey. Epic!
Lauren Yes, it’s more exciting than the bus, and it’s cheaper, too.
Jack Yeah, but there aren’t many ferries
on Saturdays. Let’s meet early. Learn it! Use it!
Lauren OK. How about seven o’clock? Dad gives me a lift Papà mi dà un passaggio
Digger What?! Give me a break Dacci un taglio
Lauren Only joking, Digger! Epic! Fantastico!, Mitico!
Only joking Scherzo

1 How does Lauren travel to school? (two methods)
2 When does she go by car?
3 How does Digger usually travel to school?
4 Where do they decide to go on Saturday morning?
5 How do they decide to go there?

1 Trova i nomi di tre mezzi di trasporto e cerchiali.
2 Trova un composto di some e sottolinealo.
3 Trova due esempi di like + forma in -ing e sottolineali in un colore diverso.

• Find out about other British cities and their rivers. Where are these cities?
Belfast Glasgow Cambridge Cardiff
What’s the name of the river that goes through each city?
• Make a list of some famous Italian cities and their rivers.
Workbook page 149 fifty-seven 57

Grammar
A Comparativo di 2 Scrivi frasi usando il comparativo di

maggioranza degli aggettivi tra parentesi.
maggioranza
Charlotte / her sister (pretty)
He’s lazier than you. Charlotte is prettier than her sister.
1 Science / History (easy)
Aggettivi monosillabici

Di solito si aggiunge -er all’aggettivo:
2 strawberries / mushrooms (nice)
long ➝ longer

Se l’aggettivo termina in -e, si aggiunge -r:
3 football / cricket (exciting)
nice ➝ nicer

Se l’aggettivo termina in vocale + consonante, la
4 Fiona / Emma (happy)
consonante finale raddoppia e si aggiunge -er:

hot ➝ hotter
5 Egypt / Scotland (hot)
Aggettivi con due o più sillabe

Si aggiunge more davanti all’aggettivo:
6 our French homework / our English
boring ➝ more boring
homework (difficult)
Aggettivi che terminano in consonante + -y:

Si cambia la -y in -i e si aggiunge -er :
pretty ➝ prettier happy ➝ happier 3 2.26 Ascolta e controlla.
Aggettivi irregolari
good ➝ better bad ➝ worse 4 Scrivi frasi usando il comparativo di
far ➝ further / farther maggioranza degli aggettivi dati.
Questi due aggettivi bisillabici formano il comparativo
con -er, non con more:
quiet ➝ quieter clever ➝ cleverer
Si usa il comparativo di maggioranza per dire che una
cosa o una persona possiede una qualità in misura
maggiore rispetto a un’altra.
Il comparativo di maggioranza è seguito da than:
I’m taller than my brother. (short) Robert is 1 (cheap)
English is more interesting than Maths. shorter than George.
Look!
Il comparativo di minoranza (less + aggettivo + than) si usa
per dire che una cosa o una persona possiede una qualità in
misura inferiore rispetto a un’altra:
My brother is less clever than me.

2 (young) 3 (modern)
1 Scrivi il comparativo di maggioranza di
questi aggettivi.
thin thinner than
1 young 7 healthy
2 late 8 beautiful
3 modern 9 big
4 good 10 bad
5 small 11 funny 4 (far) 5 (slow)
6 comfortable 12 dangerous
58 fifty-eight

B Comparativo di uguaglianza: C
How often + espressioni di
5
(not) as … as frequenza
My bike isn’t as good as her bike. How often do you cycle to school? T
wice a week.
Si usa not as + aggettivo + as per dire che due cose Si usa How often per fare domande sulla frequenza
o persone non hanno la stessa qualità: di un’azione. Per rispondere si possono usare:
Motorbikes aren’t as fast as trains. once / twice / three times… + a/an + hour / week…
Si usa as + aggettivo + as per dire che due cose o I have English lessons twice a week.
persone hanno la stessa qualità. Si può esprimere la frequenza di un’azione anche con
Adventure films are as exciting as horror films. every + espressione di tempo:
La forma negativa del comparativo di uguaglianza è I play football every weekend.
più comune di quella affermativa.
8 Leggi la prima frase, poi completa la seconda
5 Riscrivi le frasi alla forma negativa. Usa not con una parola nel riquadro in modo che le
as … as e gli aggettivi nel riquadro. due frasi abbiano lo stesso significato.
expensive
old
good
interesting
quiet
tall a
every
once
times
twice year
Edward is shorter than David. We study Music on Tuesdays and Fridays.

Edward isn’t as tall as David. We study Music twice a week.
1 Helen is younger than Marie. 1 I work in a shop every Saturday.
Helen . I work in a shop four a month.
2 Motorbikes are cheaper than cars. 2 I clean my teeth in the morning and evening.
Motorbikes . I clean my teeth twice day.
3 A car is noisier than a bike. 3 I play tennis on Wednesdays.
A car . I play tennis a week.
4 Geography is more boring than Science. 4 Anna always goes shopping on Saturdays.
Geography . Anna goes shopping Saturday.
5 Their football players are worse than our 5 We have a long holiday in the summer.
football players. We have a long holiday once a .
Their football players .
9 Scrivi minidialoghi completi. Usa il Present
Unit 5 Drill 2 page 112 simple e le indicazioni tra parentesi.
How often / you / go to the cinema? (about 4 / year)
6 Completa il brano con la forma corretta How often do you go to the cinema?
del comparativo di maggioranza o di I go to the cinema about four times a year.
uguaglianza degli aggettivi tra parentesi.
1 How often / Dad / travel to London? (2 / month)
My friend Bryony and I are very different. She’s
shorter (short) than me and her hair isn’t
1
(long) my hair. Bryony’s 2 How often / the students / study Art? (1 / week)
2
(clever) than me, I think.
I’m quite a good student, but her results at
school are always 3 (good) 3 How often / the boys / play football? (every day)
than my results. She isn’t 4

(sporty) me. I play netball and tennis, but
Bryony doesn’t do any sports. She’s definitely 4 How often / Lauren / go on holiday? (3 / year)
5
(lazy) than me!

Workbook pages 150–151 fifty-nine 59


1 Charlie sta scegliendo un nuovo tablet con il suo amico Dean. Leggi il
5
dialogo e scegli l’alternativa corretta.
Charlie What do you think of the Santong Star?

Dean Well, it’s cheaper / more cheap than the
others, but it isn’t great.
Charlie Really?
Dean No. The pictures aren’t 1as good /
as much good as the others. But it’s
2
as fast / faster than the Omnio HD.
That’s really slow. I got one for Christmas.
Charlie 3How often / How much often do you
use it?
Dean 4
Every day / All the days. But it isn’t
5
special as / as special as the advert!
Charlie What about the Xpad Super?
Dean That’s great. It’s 6moderner / more
modern and 7better / more good than
the others.
Charlie I’m not surprised! It’s 8expensiver /
more expensive!
2 Completa il dialogo con la forma corretta del comparativo di maggioranza

o di uguaglianza degli aggettivi tra parentesi.
Charlie Has the Xpad Super got any games on it?
Dean Yes, it has. But the games on the Omnio HD are more interesting
(interesting) and 1 (exciting).
Charlie What about the Santong Star?
Dean Well, it’s got games, but they’re for 2 (young)
kids, I think. They 3 (be / not good) the games on
the other tablets.
Charlie Oh – the Xpad Super is quite heavy.
Dean Yes, but it 4 (be / not heavy) the Santong Star.
Try it!
Glossary
Charlie You’re right. And it’s 5 (big), too. This is
6
(difficult) than I thought! heavy pesante
3 Pairwork Scambia opinioni con un compagno su queste cose. Usa alcuni

degli aggettivi nel riquadro. T
• computer games • sport • books • films • fashion • music
boring exciting important interesting
A Books are more interesting than computer games.

B I agree / I don’t agree! Books aren’t as…
60 sixty Workbook page 152


Functions
At the station
VIDEO
5
1 2.28 Ascolta e leggi il dialogo. Ogni quanto
tempo ci sono treni per Bath da questa stazione?
Sam Hello. Two tickets to Bath, please.

Woman Single or return?
Sam Return, please.
Woman That’s £22 in total, please.
Sam Here you are. How often do the trains go?
Woman Twice an hour.
Sam So what time’s the next train?
Woman It’s at half past eleven.
Sam And how long does it take?
Woman It takes forty minutes.
Sam Thank you. Oh! Which platform does it
leave from?
Woman Platform 7.

Learn it! Use it!
3 2.30 Ascolta il dialogo e completa le
informazioni nella tabella. K Comprare un biglietto:
A (single / return) ticket to…,
Transport type: coach please.
Destination: 1
Chiedere informazioni di viaggio:
Frequency: 2
a day What time is the next train / bus /
coach / ferry to… ?
Next: 3
How often do they go?
Journey time: 4
How long does it take? It takes…
Single ticket 5 (periodo di tempo).
price: Which platform / Where does it
leave from?
5 Pairwork Fai domande e rispondi su questi viaggi.

A turno, fai la parte del cliente e dell’addetto alla biglietteria. K
Transport type: bus train
Destination: Exeter Brighton
Frequency: four times a day every hour
Next: 5.30 9.50
Journey time: thirty-five minutes an hour
From: Stop number 8 Platform 11
Ticket prices: £4 single/£8 return £12 single/£20 return
Fast finishers
Scrivi uno dei tuoi dialoghi
dell’es. 5.
Workbook page 153 sixty-one 61


Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Osserva le foto e rispondi alle domande.
1 What are the methods of transport in photos a and c?
2 What is the city in photo b?
A Race to 552142
552142
Paris!
a
Which is faster – a train or a plane? Is that a silly question? Last
Easter, two families discovered the answer. The Morgans and
their friends, the Greens, decided to have a holiday in Paris
together. The Morgans wanted to fly, but the Greens wanted to
go by train. They decided to travel in different ways and meet
in Paris. They left their houses in Reading at seven o’clock on a
Saturday morning and travelled in taxis to the train station. The
Greens got on a train to London. The Morgans went to a bus stop
in front of the station and got on a coach to Heathrow Airport.
fill white
Dylan Morgan
‘We got to the airport at half past eight, but we
space with
waited for about two hours before we got on the blue
plane. It was really boring! Finally, at eleven o’clock, the plane took
off. The flight usually takes about an hour, but the weather was bad,
so we arrived late in Paris. And – guess what? The airport isn’t in the b
centre of Paris – it’s about 30 kilometres away! I was really fed up.
We caught a train to the centre of Paris. Then we went to our hotel by
taxi. We arrived at the hotel at half past two. The Greens were already
there! They were in the swimming pool! So we had a terrible journey
and we arrived later than them. I don’t want to travel by plane again!’
Sophie Green
‘We never go by plane because my dad hates flying.
He thinks that trains are safer than planes. So we took
c a train to London. From Paddington Station we had
a short underground journey to St Pancras Station.
Competences
At nine o’clock we got on a Eurostar train to Paris. It

goes under the English Channel in a tunnel. It’s really
weird, but you can’t see anything out of the windows,
so it isn’t very exciting. It took two and a half hours to
go from London to Paris. At the station in Paris we got
the underground to our hotel. We arrived there at half
past twelve. We had lunch and went in the swimming
pool. The Morgans arrived
two hours later than us! Glossary
Dylan wasn’t very happy!’ guess what? indovina?
fed up stufo
already già
62 sixty-two

2 2.32 Ascolta e leggi. Poi completa il programma di viaggio
5
Competences
dei Morgan con gli orari corretti.
7am leave home 2 take off from Heathrow airport
1 arrive at Heathrow airport 3 arrive at hotel

1 What does Mr Green think about trains?
2 When did their Eurostar train leave London?
3 What is special about the Eurostar journey between England and France?
4 How long does the Eurostar journey from London to Paris take?
5 What different methods of transport did the different families use?
the Morgans:
the Greens:
6 How long did their journeys take from their homes to the hotel?
the Morgans: the Greens:

1 The Morgans went
a by bus. b by plane. c on the underground. d by train (Eurostar).
2 The Greens didn’t go by plane because
a it takes longer than the train. c it’s expensive.
b Mia thinks planes are dangerous. d Mr Green hates flying.
Listening Writing
5 2.33 Ascolta Dylan e Sophie parlare del loro 8 Scrivi un brano (45–65 parole) sul
viaggio. Che cosa pensa Dylan del suo viaggio? viaggio del tuo compagno. Usa i tuoi
appunti dell’es. 7 come aiuto.
Daniele and his family went to Sardinia
1 How does Sophie describe the Eurostar train? last August. They left home at eight
2 How does Dylan describe the food on the plane? o’clock in the morning…
3 What are Sophie and her family doing now?
4 Does Dylan want to go with them? Writing competence
Come scrivere l’ora in inglese
Speaking
• In inglese ci sono vari modi di scrivere l’ora:
7 Pairwork Parla a un compagno dell’ultimo half past ten in the morning / ten thirty in the
viaggio lungo che hai fatto. Inizia così: morning / 10.30am
We went to (Sardinia last August)…. • In inglese britannico si usano le 24 ore negli
Fai domande per scoprire ulteriori orari ufficiali e negli annunci, ma di solito non
dettagli e rispondi. nella lingua parlata:
• When / you leave home? A What time is it?
B It’s quarter past eight in the evening /
• How / you travel?
eight fifteen in the evening / 8.15pm.
• When / you arrive?
NON It’s twenty fifteen.
• How long / the journey take?
• What / the journey / like?
Scrivi appunti sulle risposte del tuo
compagno.
Workbook pages 154–155__ sixty-three 63


Listen (Theme
Song up! from) The Monkees 4 +5
The Monkees
From: Los Angeles, USA
Formed: in 1966, for the American TV series The Monkees.
The series was about an imaginary band, but then they
became a real band!
Type of music: pop, rock
Members: Micky Dolenz, Michael Nesmith, Peter Tork,
Davy Jones
Famous songs: I’m a believer (1966), (Theme from) The
Monkees (1967), Daydream Believer (1967)
1 Abbina le parole (1–3) nella colonna A

a quelle (a–c) nella colonna B con cui fanno rima.
A B
1 play a street
2 do b say
3 meet c new
2 2.34 Ascolta la canzone e completa il testo con le

parole dell’es. 1.
Here we come Hey, hey, we’re the Monkees

Walking down the 1 And people say we monkey around
We get the funniest looks from But we’re too busy singing
Every one we 2 To put anybody down
Hey, hey, we’re the Monkees We’re just trying to be friendly
And people say we monkey around Come and watch us sing and 5
But we’re too busy singing We’re the young generation
To put anybody down And we’ve got something to 6
We go wherever we want to
Do what we like to 3
We don’t have time to get restless
There’s always something 4
Competences
3 Che cosa pensi di questa canzone?

Glossary
monkey around divertirsi (coll)
Music
friendly amichevoli, socievoli
Words get restless farci prendere dalla smania
64 sixty-four

5
6
unit
Vocabulary
Physical descriptions
1 Scrivi le parti del corpo negli spazi numerati corrispondenti.
ear eye glasses hair head mouth nose tooth (teeth)
1
5
7
2 3
6 8
4

2 Abbina le descrizioni (1–4) alle

a persone (a–d).
1 Anna’s got long, wavy, red hair. She’s quite
b c tall and slim, and she’s very pretty.
2 Lucas is short and quite overweight.
He’s bald, but he’s got a grey beard and
d
moustache.
3 Becky’s got short, straight, blonde hair.
She’s got blue eyes and she wears
glasses.
4 Liam’s got medium-length, dark hair.
His hair isn’t straight, it’s curly. He’s quite
good-looking.
2.36 Ascolta e controlla. Poi ascolta

e ripeti.
3 Practice Descrivi un compagno di classe. Usa le parole da questa pagina

e dal Picture dictionary. Il tuo compagno riesce a indovinare chi stai
descrivendo? T
A She’s tall and slim. She’s got long hair and brown eyes.
B Is it Sara?
A Yes, it is! Compare
In inglese hair non è numerabile, quindi è sempre
seguito dal verbo alla terza persona singolare.
Her hair is long. NON Her hairs are long.
Workbook page 156 Picture dictionary 6 pages 232–233 sixty-five 65


I’m the best! VIDEO

alle domande.
1 Describe Jack, Lauren and Digger.
2 Where are they?
3 Describe the boy with the motorbike.
Culture focus
Cars, motorbikes and scooters
In the UK you can ride a scooter at 16 years old, but you need
to pass a special driving test first. Scooters aren’t as popular
in the UK as they are in Italy, but motorbikes are very popular.
You can drive a big, powerful motorbike at 18 years old. At
17 years old, you can take a test and get a driver’s licence
(patente di guida). Then you can drive a car. It isn’t necessary
to renew (rinnovare) your licence until you are 70 years old!
66 sixty-six

6
Learn it! Use it!
Digger Hi, guys!
(He’s) nothing like you!
Jack Hi, Digger.
(Lui) non ti somiglia per niente!
Lauren Digger, who’s that boy with the motorbike? Very funny! Molto spiritoso!
Digger Oh, that’s my brother, Scott. No idea Non ne ho idea
Jack You’ve got a brother! I didn’t know that.
Lauren He’s nothing like you!
Digger I know. He isn’t as good-looking as me!
Lauren Very funny! But he’s got straight, blond hair. Your hair is
wavy and dark.
Digger Yeah, I know. We’re really different.
Lauren He’s very tall. How tall is he?
Digger No idea, but he’s the tallest person in our family.
Lauren Is he taller than your dad?
Digger Yeah.
Jack He’s got a fantastic motorbike! How old is he?
Digger He’s 19. He’s at university in Brighton.
Lauren Wow! So is he the most intelligent person in your family, too?
Digger No way! I’m the best at everything!
Jack Yeah, and you’re really modest, too!
4 Comprehension Decidi se le frasi sono vere (T) o false (F). Correggi

le frasi false.
1 Scott is Jack’s brother. 4 He’s younger than Digger.
2 He’s similar to Digger. 5 He’s a student.
3 He’s taller than Digger.

1 Trova gli aggettivi per descrivere le persone e cerchiali.
2 Trova un comparativo di maggioranza e uno di uguaglianza e sottolineali.

• Find out at what age you can do the following in Italy:
ride a scooter ride a motorbike drive a car
• Do you need to take a special test? How often do people in Italy renew their
car driver’s licence?
Workbook page 157 sixty-seven 67


Grammar
A Superlativo relativo 1 Scrivi il superlativo relativo di questi aggettivi.

hot the hottest
He’s the tallest person in our family. 1 long
Aggettivi monosillabici
2 straight
Di solito si aggiunge -est all’aggettivo: 3 expensive
tall ➝ the tallest 4 interesting
Se l’aggettivo termina in -e, si aggiunge -st: 5 funny
nice ➝ the nicest 6 heavy
Se l’aggettivo termina in vocale + consonante, la 7 slim
consonante finale raddoppia e si aggiunge -est: 8 good
slim ➝ the slimmest
Aggettivi con due o più sillabe 2 Completa le frasi con le parole nel riquadro.
Si aggiunge the most davanti all’aggettivo: Usa il superlativo relativo degli aggettivi.
modern ➝ the most modern
short / boy nice / pets bad / result big / country
Aggettivi che terminano in consonante + -y
difficult / subject beautiful / girl big / house
Si cambia la -y in -i e si aggiunge -est:
pretty ➝ the prettiest easy ➝ the easiest
Russia is the biggest country in the world.
Aggettivi irregolari 1 Millie is in the school.
good ➝ the best bad ➝ the worst
2 They live in in the street.
far ➝ the furthest / the farthest
3 Harry’s the in our class.
Questi due aggettivi bisillabici formano il superlativo
con -est, non con most:
4 Elena had in the class for
quiet ➝ the quietest clever ➝ the cleverest her Maths exam.
5 Physics is at school.
Si usa il superlativo relativo per dire che una cosa o
una persona possiede una qualità in misura massima
6 I think dogs are in the
rispetto all’insieme con cui viene confrontata. world.
Il superlativo relativo è preceduto dall’articolo Unit 6 Drill 1 page 113

determinativo the.
Simon is the youngest boy in our class. 3 Completa il brano sulla famiglia di Max con
That’s the most expensive shop in my town. il superlativo relativo degli aggettivi tra
parentesi.
Look! Our family’s quite big. I’ve got three brothers
and a sister. Oliver’s the oldest (old), and he’s
Il superlativo di minoranza (the least + aggettivo) si usa per
also 1 (tall). He’s lucky,
dire che una cosa o una persona possiede una qualità in
misura minima rispetto a un insieme:
because he’s got 2
(nice)
My brother is the least clever in the family. bedroom. Ben’s 3
(sporty).
He plays football, rugby, cricket and basketball.
He’s 4 (funny), too. Tommy’s
Watch out! ! 5
(young) child in our family.
In inglese per esprimere il superlativo assoluto si He’s only six. He’s 6
(small),
usa very + aggettivo: but he’s also 7 (noisy)! My
Mark is very intelligent. Mark è intelligentissimo. sister, Alice, is 8 (quiet), and
she’s 9
(serious). I think she’s
10
(intelligent), too. And me?
Well, I get 11 (bad) marks at
school, but I’m 12
(cool)!
68 sixty-eight

Watch out! ! B How + aggettivo
6
Dopo il superlativo relativo, in inglese di solito si
How tall is he?
usa in e non of prima dell’insieme di confronto.
She’s the oldest person in the family. domanda risposta
NON She’s the oldest person of the family. How old is he? He’s 15 (years old).
How tall is he? He’s 1 metre 40 tall.
5 Scrivi domande usando il superlativo How high is it? It’s 20 metres high.
relativo degli aggettivi. How long is (the table)? It’s 10 metres long.
Who / old / person in your family? (= lunghezza)
Who’s the oldest person in your family? is (the film)? It’s 2 hours long.
(= tempo)
1 Which / big / city in Britain?
How far is it (from here)? It’s 25 kilometres.

2 Who / good / student in the class?
How + aggettivo + be + soggetto… ?
soggetto + be + quantità (+ aggettivo).
3 Who / nice / teacher in the school?
Si usa How + aggettivo per fare domande su quantità
4 Who / short / person in your family? e dimensione. Nelle risposte alle domande con How
tall / long / high si ripete l’aggettivo:
5 What / difficult / subject at school? How tall is Joe? He’s 1 metre 75 tall.

6 What / expensive / object in your bag? 9 Abbina le domande (1–5) alle risposte (a–e).
1 How tall are you? e
2 How far is the station from here?
6 Abbina le domande (1–6) dell’es. 5 alle parole 3 How high is the Empire State Building?
nel riquadro. Poi scrivi risposte complete.
4 How old is Hannah?
Mrs King my brother my MP3 player 5 How long was the lesson?
London Physics my dad my friend Karen
a It’s about 443 metres high.
My dad’s the oldest person in my family. b She’s 14.
c It’s 3 kilometres from here.
7 2.40 Ascolta e controlla. d It was an hour long.
e I’m 1 metre 48 tall.
8 Scrivi frasi vere usando le parole tra
parentesi e il superlativo relativo. 10 Usa How e l’aggettivo corretto per
The USA Italy Luxembourg completare i minidialoghi.
(small / country) How long is the river? It’s 35 kilometres long.
Luxembourg is the smallest country. 1 A is your dad?
1 hamsters tigers rabbits B He’s 41.
(dangerous / animals) 2 A is your sister?
B She’s 1 metre 25 .
2 Katie: 1m 35 Lauren: 1m 40 Alice: 1m 38 3 A was the English lesson?
(tall / girl) B It was 50 minutes .
4 A is London from Rome?
3 buses trains bicycles B It’s 1,400 kilometres.
(fast / method of transport) 5 A is Vesuvius?
B It’s 1,281 metres .
4 apples cakes chips
(healthy / food) Unit 6 Drill 2 page 113

Workbook pages 158–159 sixty-nine 69

1 Osserva il sito web e scegli l’alternativa corretta per
6
completare il brano.
THE MOST AMAZING FACTS

ABOUT ANIMALS, PEOPLE AND PLACES! mosquito
ANIMALS
The African elephant is one of the bigger / biggest
land animals in the world and, at about 8,500kg, it is
certainly the1heaviest / heavy! The 2fast / fastest land
animal in the world is the cheetah. Cheetahs can run
at 120km per hour. That’s 3quicker / the quickest than
some cars! Big cats – tigers, lions and panthers –
are possibly the 4more / most beautiful animals
in the world, but are they the 5more / most
dangerous? No! The mosquito, one of the
6
smallest / most small insects in the world,
is 7as dangerous / more dangerous than cheetah
a tiger! Mosquitos cause malaria,
elephant
which kills lots of people every year.
2 Completa il brano con la forma corretta degli aggettivi tra parentesi.
PEOPLE AND PLACES

The tallest (tall) man in the world is Sultan Kosen, from Turkey.
So how 1 (tall) is he? He’s 2.51m tall! Of course,
he’s 2
(tall) than Chandra Bahadur Dangi, from Nepal: at
54.6cm Chandra is 3 (short) man in the world.
The 4
(big) country in the world is Russia, but which is
5
(small) country in the world? It’s the Vatican City. It has a
population of only about 800 people.
The 6 (high) mountain in the world is Mount Everest,
in the Himalayas. How 7
(high) is it? It’s 8,848m
8
(high). Is the Amazon 9 (long) river in
the world? No, it isn’t. The Nile is 10 (long) than the Amazon:
it’s 6,650km 11 (long). That’s 12 (far) than
the distance from London to New York!
3 Pairwork Prepara un quiz sull’Italia. A turno, fai domande

e rispondi usando il superlativo relativo e How + aggettivo.
Usa le parole nel riquadro o altre di tua scelta. T
river mountain city weather monument
A Which is the longest river in Italy? Fast finishers

B I think it’s the River Po.
Scrivi le domande dell’es. 3.
A How long is it?
70 seventy Workbook page 160

Functions
Describing people
VIDEO
6
1 2.41 Ascolta e leggi il dialogo. Hannah conosce Alice?
Sam Hi, Hannah. I went to the

cinema with Alice yesterday.
Hannah Alice? Who’s Alice?
Sam She’s a girl in Year 8.
Hannah What does she look like?
Sam She’s got long, dark hair.
Hannah How tall is she?
Sam She isn’t very tall, but she’s
taller than you.
Hannah Oh, thanks! Does she wear
glasses?
Sam Yes, she does. And she often
has a pony tail.
Hannah Oh, yeah, I know! She’s pretty!
So is she your new girlfriend?
Sam No! Well… yes, she is!
3 Completa il dialogo con le parole nel riquadro.

a beard brown glasses look like big nose quite slim really what colour
Ellie Is that man over there the new PE teacher?

Dan No, he isn’t. That’s the French teacher.
Ellie Oh! What does the PE teacher 1 ?
Dan Mr Smith? He’s , and Learn it! Use it!
he’s 3 tall.
What does he / she look like?
Ellie Does he wear 4 ?
What colour hair / eyes has he /
Dan No, he doesn’t. she got?
Ellie 5
hair has he got? How tall is he / she?
Dan He’s got 6
hair. And he’s got He / She’s (tall / short / pretty / slim… )
7
. He / She’s got (long hair / blue eyes /
a beard / braces… )
Ellie Oh, I know! He’s got a 8 .
He / She wears (glasses… )
Dan Ellie! Er, yes, that’s him!
5 Pairwork Scrivi i nomi di tre persone della tua famiglia. A turno, fai domande
e rispondi sulle persone nella lista del tuo compagno. K T
A Who’s Mattia?
B He’s my cousin.
A What does he look like?
Workbook page 161 seventy-one 71


Skills and culture
Reading a
1 Before you read Leggi le descrizioni (1–5) e abbinale alle figure (a–e). Che cosa
sai di questi personaggi? Per quale motivo sono famosi?
1 Winston Churchill was quite short and overweight. He didn’t have much hair.
He sometimes wore glasses.
2 Queen Elizabeth I was very slim. She had curly, red hair, and a very white face.
3 Charles Darwin had white hair. He had a big, white beard and a moustache.
4 Florence Nightingale was quite tall and slim. She had straight, dark hair.
5 William Shakespeare had medium-length, wavy hair. He had a beard
and a moustache.
2 2.44 Ascolta e leggi. Secondo te, qual è la persona più importante b

nella storia della Gran Bretagna?
Who was the
We are looking for the most important, most

influential or most successful British person in
history! Here are the five finalists.
Elizabeth I became queen of England in 1558. She was the youngest
daughter of Henry VIII, and she was queen for 45 years. She was a strong
leader and the English people loved her. She won the war against Spain, and
she gave England peace and prosperity. It was a time of exploration and
discovery, art and music. Elizabeth I didn’t get married and she didn’t have
any children. She died in 1603.
c
William Shakespeare is Britain’s most famous writer. He was born
in Stratford-upon-Avon in 1564. He wrote more than thirty plays; two of the
most famous are Hamlet and Romeo and Juliet. Shakespeare died in 1616.
Today, millions of people watch his plays, and students study them at school.
He introduced more than 1,700 new words into the English language,
for example ‘generous’, ‘bedroom’ and ‘gossip’!
Charles Darwin was a scientist. He was born in 1809. He travelled
around the world on scientific expeditions. He studied animals and fossils,
and he formulated his theory of evolution. Lots of people didn’t agree with
Darwin’s theory because they believed the biblical theory of creation. They
were furious, but now scientists agree that Darwin’s theory is one of the
most important in science.
Florence Nightingale was born in 1820 in Italy. As an adult, she
Competences
decided to become a nurse. In the 19th century, patients often died because
hospitals were very dirty. Nightingale saw the worst conditions in Turkey
in 1854, during the Crimean War. She made some big changes. Hospitals
became cleaner, and the soldiers had better food. Later, she introduced the
same ideas in England. Today, people call her the ‘Mother of Modern
Nursing’. She died in 1910.
Glossary
Winston Churchill was Prime Minister of Great Britain
during World War II . Lots of people believe he was Britain’s best war guerra theory teoria
Prime Minister. He was a strong leader, and a very good writer and peace pace nurse infermiera
speaker. He inspired lots of people with his good military decisions, discovery scoperta soldiers soldati
and he always remained calm. He died in 1967, when he was 90.
plays commedie speaker oratore
72 seventy-two

3 In base alle informazioni nei brani, trova due persone che: ES
6
Competences
1 lived during the 16th century 3 were leaders
2 went to different countries 4 were writers
Secondo te, chi è la persona più interessante? Perché?

1 Queen Elizabeth I and Winston Churchill
a were in the royal family. b won wars. c had children. d died in the 19th century.
2 Florence Nightingale and Winston Churchill were
a 90 when they died. b born in England. c born in the 18th century. d military leaders.
Listening
5 2.45 Ascolta Josh e Anna parlare delle candidature per
The Greatest Briton. Secondo loro, chi dovrebbe vincere?
d
Josh Anna
6 2.45 Riascolta e decidi se le frasi sono vere (T) o false (F).

1 Josh thinks David Beckham was Britain’s best footballer.
2 Anna and Josh did a project about Darwin at school.
3 Josh didn’t like Hamlet.
4 Anna’s mum is a nurse.
5 The Greatest Briton is an Internet competition.
Speaking
7 Pairwork Chi è la persona più importante nella storia italiana,
e perché? Scambia opinioni con un compagno. ES T
8 Rispondi alle domande sul personaggio che hai scelto. ES T

1 What did he / she look like?
2 When / Where was he / she born?
3 What did he / she do?
9 Presentazione orale Parla alla classe del personaggio che

hai scelto. Ascolta le descrizioni dei tuoi compagni e vota
e per The Greatest Italian. ES T
I think Leonardo is the greatest Italian. He is Italy’s
most famous artist…
Writing Writing competence

Le biografie
10 Scrivi un brano
(45–65 parole) sul Quando scrivi una biografia ricorda di:
The Greatest Italian. • usare il Past simple
Usa la tua descrizione • scegliere gli avvenimenti fondamentali della
dell’es. 9 come aiuto. vita del personaggio
• mettere gli avvenimenti in ordine cronologico
• usare espressioni di tempo passato come
in 1876, in the 20th century
Workbook pages 162–163__ seventy-three 73


Revision
Reading
1 Naomi è in vacanza negli Stati Uniti.
Leggi l’e-mail al suo amico Ryan di Londra,
poi scrivi i nomi dei ragazzi sotto le figure.
Hi, Ryan!
I’m in New York! I’m staying with my cousins.
My American aunt visited us three months ago
and she invited me for the summer. I arrived
two days ago. The journey was quite exciting. 2
Mum and Dad came with me to the airport.
We went by train, because it’s quicker than
the car. The airport was really big, and I was
3
quite apprehensive when Mum and Dad said
goodbye. The plane was enormous, and the
journey took nine hours! I was a bit bored, but 2 Rileggi l’e-mail e rispondi alle domande. ES
I had my MP3 player and some books, so it
1 Who visited Naomi three months ago?
was OK.
My aunt was at the airport in New York, and I
2 How did Naomi go to the airport?
met my cousins for the first time! They’re great. 3 How long did the plane journey take?
Taylor’s the oldest. She’s sixteen. She’s quite 4 What did she do on the plane?
tall and slim, and she’s really pretty. She’s got
green eyes, and long, blonde hair. She’s quite 5 Who is her oldest cousin?
similar to my aunt. Rhys is two years younger 6 Which cousin is fourteen years old?
than Taylor. He’s shorter than Taylor, and he’s 7 How often does Rhys go swimming?
got really short, dark hair and brown eyes.
He isn’t very happy at the moment, because 8 Why does Naomi like New York more
he’s got braces. Rhys is really sporty. He than London?
plays volleyball three times a week, he goes
swimming twice a week, and he plays tennis
every weekend! Rory’s their little brother. He’s Writing
the youngest. He’s only nine. He’s quite short,
but he’s got long hair. My aunt hates it! Rory’s 3 Scrivi un brano (40–60 parole) su un amico/a.
really funny, but he’s irritating sometimes. Usa queste domande come aiuto.
He always wants me to play computer games
with him. • What does he / she look like?
New York’s amazing! I think it’s better than • How tall is he / she?
London. London’s great, but it isn’t as exciting • What are his / her eyes and hair like?
as New York. And New York is hotter; it’s
boiling here!
• Does he / she wear glasses / braces etc?
OK, it’s time for dinner! Write soon!
Naomi
74 seventy-four

5 +6
4 Functions Completa il dialogo. 7 Pairwork A turno, formula frasi al
Leila Excuse me, 1
time is the comparativo di maggioranza e al superlativo
next train to Liverpool? relativo sui mezzi di trasporto nel riquadro A.
Usa gli aggettivi nel riquadro B. T
Woman It’s at twenty past two.
Cars are faster than bicycles.
Leila And 2 ?
Bicycles are the slowest.
Woman It takes 40 minutes.
A cars bicycles coaches trains ferries
Leila 3
the trains go?
aeroplanes helicopters motorbikes
Woman Three times an hour.
Leila Thanks. I’d like one ticket, please. B fast
slow cheap expensive
safe
Woman 4
? dangerous exciting boring
Leila Return, please.

Woman That’s £14.50.
Talk to Amber!
Leila Here you are. 5 platform
does the train leave from?
Woman Platform 3.
domande e rispondi ad alta voce.
Translation
6 Functions Holly ed Elliot sono alla stazione
ad aspettare la cugina di Elliot. Completa il
dialogo seguendo la traccia. ES
Holly Look! There’s the train.
Chiede a Elliot com’è fisicamente
sua cugina.
1
Elliot Risponde che è snella e carina.

2
Holly Chiede il colore dei suoi capelli.

3 9 Traduci il brano in inglese.
Elliot Risponde che sono lunghi e biondi. Mio padre lavora in banca a Londra. Ogni
mattina va al lavoro in treno. Non va in macchina
4
perché è più lenta del treno. Ci mette 40 minuti

Holly Chiede quanto è alta.
in treno, ma in macchina ci mette un’ora. Una
5
volta la settimana torna a casa presto e andiamo
Elliot Risponde che è piuttosto alta, ma non al parco a giocare a calcio.
è alta quanto Holly.
6
Holly Chiede se è la ragazza con il
cappotto blu.
7 I can use comparatives and superlatives
Elliot Risponde di no, sua cugina è più alta. I can ask and answer about frequency
8 I can ask and answer about dimensions

Dice ‘Eccola! La ragazza con la coda.’ I can ask for information and buy tickets at
9 a station
I can describe people
seventy-five 75

Extra
Listenlistening
up! 5 +6
1 3.01 Ascolta le notizie e scegli le Dictation
risposte corrette. K
1 Where did the men take the money 2 3.02 Ascolta e completa il brano.
from? My 1 Mr Johnson.
a b c He 2 . He’s
3
in the school.
His lessons 4
English or Science. Mr Johnson comes
to school 5 . He
says 6
, but he’s
2 How did the criminals leave the street?
7
! Mr Johnson’s bald,
and he’s got 8
.
a b c
I think 9 teacher
in the school. 10 !
Speak up! Pronunciation /ə/

3 How did the men go to France?
a b c /ə/ better colour
2 3.05 Ascolta la pronuncia del

suono /ə/ delle vocali in grassetto
in queste parole.
a utumn motorbike tomato
4 What does the first man look like? moustache further American
a b c 3 3.06 Riascolta e ripeti.
4 3.07 Ascolta e sottolinea le

sillabe con il suono /ə/.
faster second Saturday listen
helicopter mother police often
5 What does the second man look like?
5 3.08 Riascolta e ripeti.
a b c
6 3.09 Di’ le frasi. Usa il suono
/ə/ per le sillabe in grassetto. Poi
ascolta e controlla.
1 The computer’s on the table.
Competences
2 Simon’s at the station.

3 My brother’s older than me.

questo scioglilingua.
Martha, my mother, is taller than me,
but Fenton, my father, is funnier.
76 seventy-six

6
7
unit
Vocabulary
Household chores
1 Abbina i nomi dei lavori domestici alle figure (1–12).
make my bed do the cooking do the washing-up take the rubbish out
walk the dog feed my pet lay the table clear the table load the dishwasher
unload the dishwasher tidy (my room) hoover (my room)
1 load the dishwasher 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12

2 Practice Di’ a un compagno la tua opinione sui lavori domestici.

Usa (don’t) like / don’t mind / hate + -ing, le parole da questa pagina
e dal Picture dictionary. Poi scambiatevi i ruoli. T
I hate taking the rubbish out.
I don’t mind tidying my room. Fast finishers
Scrivi le tue frasi dell’es. 2.
Workbook page 164 Picture dictionary 7 pages 234–235 seventy-seven 77


I have to tidy my room VIDEO

1 Where are Digger and Jack?
3 What do you think Digger
is looking for?
Culture focus
Pocket money
Lots of British teenagers receive pocket money (paghetta) every
week from their parents, often on a Saturday. The quantity
of money varies from family to family, but is usually about £6
a week for 11–15 year olds. Lots of teenagers do household
chores for their pocket money.
78 seventy-eight

7
Jack Digger, hurry up! Football practice starts at half past four.
Digger But where’s my other boot?
Jack Who knows? Your room’s a total mess!
Digger I know. I must tidy it one day.
Jack You’re lucky. I have to tidy my room every day.
Digger You’re kidding! Do you have to do many chores?
Jack Yes, I do. I have to load the dishwasher, feed the dog and
take the rubbish out. That’s the worst job.
Digger Really? I don’t have to do anything.
Mum Digger! Jack! Hurry up! Dad’s waiting in the car. He has to
be at work at five. And you mustn’t be late for football.
Digger Coming!
Jack Hey, Digger. Let’s get a hot dog after football.
Digger I haven’t got any money. As usual.
Jack Don’t worry. I’ve got some money. Mum Learn it! Use it!
gives me ten pounds a week for chores.
Who knows? Chi lo sa?, Chissà!
Digger Ten pounds! Mum! Can I do the ironing
Coming! Arriviamo!
after football?
As usual Come al solito
Don’t worry Non preoccuparti

1 What time does football practice start?
2 Who hates taking the rubbish out?
3 Who is waiting for the boys?
4 What does Jack want to do after football?
5 How much money does Jack get for doing chores?

1 Trova i nomi di cinque lavori domestici e cerchiali.
2 Trova un esempio di superlativo relativo e sottolinealo.

Leggi il Culture focus a pag. 78. Fai un sondaggio in classe e chiedi:
• Do you do chores at home?
• Which chores do you do?
• Do your parents pay you for doing chores?
• Find out who does the most chores at home.
Workbook page 165 seventy-nine 79


Grammar
A have to 3 Completa i minidialoghi. Scrivi domande con

have to e rispondi con risposte brevi.
Forma affermativa Jo / feed the cat? ✗
Does Jo have to feed the cat? No, she doesn’t.
I have to tidy my room every day. 1 George / tidy his room? ✓
forma affermativa
I have to study English at school. 2 the boys / wash the car? ✓
You have to study English at school.
He has to study English at school. 3 you / take the rubbish out? ✗
She has to study English at school.
It has to study English at school. 4 the children / make their beds? ✓
We have to study English at school.
You have to study English at school. 5 Isabelle / do the washing-up? ✗
They have to study English at school.
6 you and your brother / walk the dog? ✓
soggetto + have to / has to + forma base del verbo
Si usa have to / has to alla forma affermativa per
esprimere un obbligo o una necessità, specialmente
B don’t/doesn’t have to
se l’obbligo è imposto da un’autorità esterna:
He has to go to bed early. (= lo dicono i suoi genitori)
Forma negativa
Il Past simple di have to è had to:
We had to do an exam yesterday. I don’t have to do any chores.
soggetto + don’t / doesn’t + have to + forma base

1 Completa le frasi con have to o has to.
del verbo
You have to do a test before you can drive a car.
1 Dad start work at 7am.
Si usa don’t / doesn’t have to per esprimere mancanza
2 I help with the chores. di obbligo o per dire che non è necessario fare qualcosa:
3 He leave school early. Tomorrow’s Sunday. I don’t have to get up early.
4 We tidy our rooms.
5 Anna study tonight. 4 Completa le frasi con la forma affermativa
6 Amy get up early. o negativa di have to.
2 3.13 Ascolta e controlla. I don’t have to take the rubbish out. My brother
does that.
Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi 1 The train leaves at 7am, so we
leave home early.
Do you have to do many chores? 2 Harry’s school is closed today, so he
go.
Do/Does + soggetto + have to + forma base del
verbo + ? 3 You pay for plastic
bags in that shop. They cost 5p.
4 Tom go to school by
Yes, + pronome personale soggetto + do / does.
No, + pronome personale soggetto + don’t / doesn’t. bike. His dad always takes him in the car.
5 My mum work at night
La forma interrogativa di have to si usa per fare on Fridays. She starts work at 8pm.
domande su obblighi e necessità. 6 Students at my school
wear a uniform. We can wear normal clothes.
80 eighty

C must 6 Osserva i divieti. Scrivi frasi con You mustn’t
7
e le espressioni nel riquadro.
Forme affermativa e negativa talk walk dogs here eat or drink here
I must tidy my room one day. turn left swim here take photos
You mustn’t be late for football.
forma affermativa forma negativa You mustn’t take photos.
I must go. I must not (mustn’t) go.
You must go. You must not (mustn’t) go.
He must go. He must not (mustn’t) go.
1 SILENCE
She must go. She must not (mustn’t) go.
It must go. It must not (mustn’t) go. 2
We must go. We must not (mustn’t) go.
You must go. You must not (mustn’t) go.
3
They must go. They must not (mustn’t) go.
soggetto + must / mustn’t + forma base del verbo 4
Si usa must per esprimere un obbligo o una

necessità. Must è meno comune di have to e di 5
solito si usa quando l’obbligo o la necessità sono
sentiti come tali da chi parla:
I must phone my grandma today. (= sento che
devo farlo) Unit 7 Drill 3 page 113
Must si usa anche in comunicazioni formali scritte:
Visitors to the USA must have a visa. D
mustn’t e don’t /doesn’t
Si usa mustn’t per esprimere divieto. have to
Per fare domande su obblighi di solito si usa la forma
interrogativa con have to, non must: Do I have to go?
Watch out! !
You mustn’t smoke in church. (= divieto)
Look!
You don’t have to wear a jacket. It isn’t cold.
Must è un verbo modale come can e perciò: (= mancanza di obbligo o di necessità)
• è uguale per tutte le persone
• è seguito dalla forma base del verbo
• non richiede l’ausiliare do / does 8 Completa le frasi con mustn’t
o don’t / doesn’t have to.
I don’t have to get up early today. It’s a holiday.
5 Completa le frasi con must e i verbi nel
riquadro. 1 It’s a secret. You tell Mum.
2 Katie do her French
buy
start
eat
clean
get up go homework tonight. She did it last night.
3 My little sister tidy her room.
Meg: ‘I’m late! I must get up now.’
Mum does it for her.
1 Tom: ‘I a present for Dad.’
4 They speak English in their
2 Linda: ‘I my bike. It’s
French lessons.
really dirty.’
5 Here’s £20. You lose it.
3 Mum: ‘I to the shop.’
6 I forget my books today.
4 Emma: ‘I’m starving! I .’
7 Old people pay on buses.
5 Kelly: ‘I my homework now!’
8 We study Latin. It’s optional.
Workbook pages 166–167 eighty-one 81


1 Osserva la comunicazione sulla gita scolastica EASTBURY
7
e scegli l’alternativa corretta per completare le SCHOOL
informazioni.
Remember! YE
AR 8 TRIP TO
Year 8 students have got a school trip to an art gallery CANNINGFO
RD ART GAL
LERY
on Wednesday. They have to / mustn’t be at school at Wednesday 14th
June
8 o’clock in the morning. They 1have to / don’t have to • Be at school
8.00am
wear school uniform. They 2have to / don’t have to • School unif
orm not necess
• Bring a pack ary
bring a packed lunch, a notebook and pen. They ed lunch, a note
pen book and
3
mustn’t / don’t have to bring any laptops or tablets,
• No laptops
but they 4can / mustn’t bring their phones. Students or tablets, plea
cameras and ph se (but
5
mustn’t / don’t have to bring any money. In the ones are OK)
• Students ca
evening, parents 6have to / has to meet the bus at n bring some m
isn’t necessary oney, but it
school at five o’clock. • Parents – pl
ease meet the bu
at 5.00pm s at school
2 Questa mattina Eddie va in gita. Completa
il dialogo con la forma corretta dei verbi tra
parentesi e le risposte brevi.
Mum Eddie, get up! You mustn’t (must) be late

for the school trip.
Eddie It’s OK, Mum. I got up ten minutes ago.
I’m in the bathroom!
Mum But your uniform’s here in the kitchen!
Eddie Don’t worry. I 1 (have to) wear it
today.
Mum 2
(you / have to) take any money with
you?
Eddie No, I 3 .
Mum OK. What time 4 (I / have to) meet you
at school this evening?
Eddie At five o’clock.
Mum Right… I 5 (must) forget!
3 Pairwork Con un compagno, prepara un elenco delle

regole stabilite dall’insegnante di inglese. Usa have
to, don’t have to e mustn’t. T
We mustn’t speak Italian.
We have to do homework twice a week.
We don’t have to…
82 eighty-two Workbook page 168


Functions
Finding similarities and differences
VIDEO
7
1 3.15 Ascolta e leggi il dialogo. Che cosa Sam invita Hannah a fare?
Hannah Hi, Sam. What are you doing?

Sam I’m tidying the garage for Dad.
Hannah Ugh! I hate doing chores!
Sam So do I.
Hannah Why isn’t your brother helping?
Sam He doesn’t have to do any chores. It’s
not fair! I don’t like being the oldest.
Hannah Nor do I. I do lots of chores at home.
And I help my brother to tidy his room.
Sam Really? I don’t.
Hannah You’re lucky – it’s a pain.
Sam Do you want to get an ice cream?
I’m hungry.
Hannah So am I, but I haven’t got any money.
Sam I have! Come on. I don’t have to finish
this now.
3 Completa il dialogo seguendo la traccia. ES

Alfie Saluta Jen e le chiede che cosa sta
facendo. Learn it! Use it!
Jen Risponde che sta facendo i compiti.
frasi affermative anch’io io no
Alfie Risponde ’anche io’.
I’m bored. So am I. I’m not.
Dice che è proprio annoiato.
I’ve got a dog. So have I. I haven’t.
Jen Risponde ‘Io no’. Dice che
I like football. So do I. I don’t.
sta facendo storia. È abbastanza
interessante. frasi negative neanch’io io sì
Alfie Dice che non gli piace storia. I’m not tired. Nor/Neither am I. I am.
Jen Risponde ‘A me sì’. I haven’t got a dog. Nor/Neither have I. I have.
Dice che è la sua materia preferita. I don’t like rugby. Nor/Neither do I. I do.
Alfie Propone di uscire più tardi.

Jen Si scusa e dice che non può. Dice che ha sempre molti compiti il mercoledì.
Alfie Risponde ‘Anche io’, ma dice che non li fa sempre il mercoledì.
4 Pairwork Scambia opinioni con un compagno su queste

cose. A turno, fai affermazioni e rispondi esprimendo
accordo o disaccordo. T
• family • chores at home • hobbies • likes and dislikes
A I’m an only child.
B I’m not.
B I have to lay the table at home.
A So do I.
Workbook page 169 eighty-three 83


Skills and culture
a
Reading
1 Before you read Osserva le foto. Che cosa stanno
facendo i ragazzi nella foto a? Secondo te, che
cos’è il monumento nella foto b?
WILL’S BLOG
TUESDAY, MARCH 22ND
Hello from Northumberland! My name’s Will
and I’m here in the north of England, not
far from Scotland, with my class and two
teachers. We’re here for a week. We’re going
walking, climbing and canoeing! We arrived
on Saturday night. Our accommodation is
on a farm. At home, I have to share a room THURSDAY, MARCH 24TH
with my little brother. Here I have to share a
Hello again! We’re still in Northumberland,
bedroom with eleven other kids, but it’s fun!
but yesterday we walked 10 miles to our
Every day, we have to get up at 7 o’clock, make our beds and new accommodation – a youth hostel. It was
tidy the bedroom. We also have to make our packed lunches. a long walk, but the youth hostel is great! It’s
I hate doing chores at home, but I don’t mind doing them here. more comfortable than the farm. I only have
We don’t have to make breakfast or an evening meal – the owners to share a bedroom with three other people
of the farm do that. We go out every day and we come home at here and, best of all, we don’t have to do
about 4 o’clock. We have to go to bed at 10 o’clock, but that’s OK any chores! The bedroom has to be tidy,
because we’re always really tired. but the owners do all the cooking and they
Yesterday we didn’t do any sports. We visited Hadrian’s Wall. clean the rooms. It’s luxury!
The Romans built Hadrian’s Wall when they invaded Britain.
They needed it for defence because the Scottish tribes were *1 mile = 1.6km
very ferocious! Hadrian’s Wall goes from coast to coast and it’s
about 70 miles* long. It’s amazing! We also visited Vindolanda, an
ancient Roman fort. The best thing there was
the museum. You can learn all about
the life of ordinary Roman
soldiers there.
Glossary
farm fattoria, azienda agricola
share dividere
owners proprietari
2 3.17 Ascolta e leggi. Poi rispondi alle domande. ES defence difesa
1 Where is Will? 6 Who built Hadrian’s Wall? youth hostel ostello della gioventù
Competences
2 Who is with him? 7 Why did they build it? luxury lusso

3 When did they arrive? 8 What is Vindolanda?
4 What time do they have to get up? 9 How did Will travel from the farm to the youth hostel?
5 What time do they have to go to bed? 10 Do you have school trips like this at your school?

1 At the farm, Will doesn’t have to a make lunch. c share a bedroom.
b cook dinner. d make his bed.
2 At the youth hostel, Will has to a share a bedroom. c make breakfast.
b do the washing-up. d clean his room.
84 eighty-four

Listening
7
Competences
4 Abbina le parole in inglese (1–4) alle traduzioni in italiano (a–d).
1 army a arma
2 citizen b soldato
3 soldier c esercito
4 weapon d cittadino
5 3.18 Ascolta una guida turistica parlare dei

soldati romani. Scopri:
1 how old Roman soldiers had to be.
2 how long they had to stay in the army.
3 what happened when they retired.
6 3.18 Riascolta e completa le informazioni sulla

vita nell’esercito romano. K
1 There weren’t any w in the Roman army.
2 Roman soldiers had to practise with b weapons
every morning.
3 They often had to walk more than kilometres a day.
4 They often built r and f .
5 Soldiers on Hadrian’s Wall had to watch for B tribes.
Speaking
7 Pairwork A turno, fai domande e rispondi sulle cose che devi / non devi fare
durante la settimana. Usa questi suggerimenti o idee di tua scelta. K
• before school (wake up time? make breakfast? do chores? walk to bus stop?)
• after school (homework? after-school activities? chores? bed time?)
• at weekends (visit grandparents? homework? chores? church?)
b
A What do you have to do before school every day?
B I have to clean my teeth.
A So do I.
Writing
8 Scrivi un brano (45–65 parole) sugli
obblighi di cui tu e il tuo compagno
avete parlato nell’es. 7. Usa have to / Writing competence
don’t have to. La concordanza dei verbi
I have to get up at half past six on school Rileggi il brano attentamente. Controlla che i
days. I have to make my breakfast, but I verbi concordino con il soggetto della frase:
don’t have to get the bus. Simone doesn’t I have to walk the dog. I don’t have to wash
have to get up at…. the car.
My friend has to walk the dog. She doesn’t
have to wash the car.
Workbook pages 170–171__ eighty-five 85


Listen Ugly
Song up! 6 +7
Sugababes
From: London, UK
Formed: in 1998. Siobhan Donaghy, Mutya Buena and
Keisha Buchanan formed the original girl band. Gradually
they left, and new girls joined, so today the band is not
the same as the original band! The current members are
Amelle Berrabah, Jade Ewen and Heidi Range.
Type of music: pop, electronic, dance
Famous songs: Hole in the Head (2002), Push the
Button (2005), Ugly (2005)
1 3.19 Ascolta la canzone e scegli

l’alternativa corretta.
When I was seven

They said I was strange
I noticed that my 1eyes / nose and 2ears / hair weren’t the same
I asked my 3brothers / parents if I was OK
They said you’re more 4beautiful / pretty and that’s the way
They show that they wish
That they had your smile
So my confidence was up for a while
I got real comfortable with my own style
I knew that they were only jealous ‘cos
People are all the same
And we only get judged by what we do
Personality reflects name
And if I’m ugly then
So are you
So are you
There was a time when I felt like I cared
That I was 5taller / shorter than everyone there
6
People / Friends made me feel like life was unfair
And I did things that made me ashamed
’Cos I didn’t know my 7body /head would change
I grew 8taller / higher than them in more ways
But there will always be the 9two / one who will say
Something 10good / bad to make them feel great
Competences
[repeat chorus]
Glossary
strange strano confidence
judged giudicati fiducia in me stesso
made me ashamed
unfair ingiusta
mi facevano vergognare
2 Che cosa hai pensato di questa canzone quando l’hai ascoltata?

a I loved it! b I quite liked it. c I didn’t mind it. d I hated it!
86 eighty-six

8
unit
Vocabulary
Holidays
1 Abbina le parole ed espressioni alle figure (1–16).
buy souvenirs campsite farmhouse go on a guided tour go sightseeing
go to the beach holiday village self-catering apartment / self-catering villa
ski chalet sunbathe swim in the sea take photos try the local food
visit museums / visit art galleries write postcards hotel
1 go to the beach 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
2 Practice Scambia informazioni con un compagno sulle vacanze. Usa le

parole da questa pagina e dal Picture dictionary. K T
• Where do you usually stay on holiday? • What do you like doing?
• Where did you stay on your last holiday? • What did you do?
Workbook page 172 Picture dictionary 8 pages 236–237 eighty-seven 87


Where are you staying? VIDEO

alle domande.
1 Where are Jack, Lauren and Digger?
3 What’s the weather like?
Culture focus
School holidays in England
School summer holidays in England are usually about
six weeks, from the last week of July to the first week
of September. Students also have two weeks’ holiday at
Christmas, and two weeks at Easter. There are ‘half-term
holidays’ too. They are short breaks of about one week in
the middle of each of the three terms.
88 eighty-eight

8
Jack Hey, guess what? I’m going to New York!
Lauren Wow! When are you going?
Jack Next month. We’re leaving on the tenth of August. Mum has
to go there for work, so Dad and I are going sightseeing.
Digger Lucky you!
Jack Yeah, and we’re watching a baseball match on my birthday.
I can’t wait!
Lauren Cool! Are you staying in a hotel?
Jack Yes, we are. Near Times Square.
Lauren I’m really jealous!
Digger Well, what are you doing in August, Lauren?
Lauren Oh, nothing special. I’m going to Whitby. As usual.
Digger So am I! Where are you staying?
Lauren On a campsite.
Learn it! Use it!
Digger Really? Which one?
I can’t wait! Non vedo l’ora!
Lauren The really big one near the beach.
(I’m) really jealous!
Digger No way! We’re staying there, too! (sono) proprio invidiosa
Jack That’s really cool. I love camping. We can hang out together!
Digger Yeah, but we aren’t camping in a tent. Possiamo andare in giro insieme!
We’re staying in a caravan. That’s not fair! Non è giusto!
Lauren Hey, we can hang out together!
Jack Oh, that‘s not fair! Why do I have to go to New York?

1 Why does Jack’s mum have to go to New York?
2 When is the baseball match?
3 Where is Jack’s hotel?
4 Where is Lauren and Digger’s campsite?

1 Trova le parole che indicano i tipi di alloggio per le vacanze e cerchiale.
2 Trova due esempi di have to e sottolineali.

• How many weeks’ school holiday do students in England have? What about Italy?
• Find out how many national holidays there are this year in England, Scotland,
Wales and Northern Ireland. What about Italy?
Workbook page 173 eighty-nine 89


Grammar
A Present continuous con 3 Numera le espressioni di tempo futuro

cominciando da quella più vicina.
significato di futuro
tomorrow tonight in five minutes 1
We’re leaving on the tenth of August. this afternoon next month in 2037
in three years next weekend next year
Il Present continuous si forma con be seguito dalla
forma in -ing del verbo principale. 4 3.24 Ascolta e controlla.
soggetto + am / is / are + forma base del verbo + -ing
+… Remember!
Il Present continuous si usa per parlare di avvenimenti
futuri per i quali sono già stati fatti dei preparativi. Al presente, il Present continuous si usa per
descrivere azioni in corso di svolgimento nel
La forma interrogativa si usa per fare domande su
momento in cui si parla, e azioni temporanee.
programmi futuri.
What are you doing on your birthday? Sam’s doing his homework at the moment.
I’m having extra Maths lessons this month.
Espressioni di tempo futuro
Con il Present continuous con significato di futuro si 5 Decidi se le frasi si riferiscono a progetti futuri
usano le seguenti espressioni di tempo: (F) o ad azioni presenti e temporanee (P).
• tonight, tomorrow John and I are playing football tomorrow. F
•
this afternoon / evening / weekend 1 We’re going to the cinema on Sunday.
•
next week / month / year 2 Harry isn’t here. He’s playing football.
•
in five minutes / three hours / four days / a year 3 I’m not going to the party next week.
I’m meeting Jim in five minutes. 4 My cousins are visiting us tomorrow.
5 They aren’t watching TV now. They’re in the
1 Completa le frasi con il Present continuous garden.
dei verbi tra parentesi. 6 I’m learning French at school. I love it!
7 What are you doing tomorrow morning?
Tom Hi, Brad! What are you doing (you / do)
8 A Is Marcus having a shower?
next week?
B N o, he’s in his room.
Brad Next week? I 1
(come) to school! 6 Osserva l’agenda di Kate per la settimana
Tom But it’s half term! Nobody prossima. Usa il Present continuous dei
2
(go) to school next verbi dati e scrivi frasi sui suoi programmi.
week!
Brad Oh, yeah! I forgot. But we
3
(not / go) on holiday Mon 15 Fri 19
anywhere. What about you? 12.30 Netball Club 4pm Film at Hannah’s
Evening: study Maths!
Tom I4 (visit) my cousins
in Cornwall with my family. Tues 16 Sat 20
Brad Cool! When 5 Maths test (10am) Shopping with Mum
(you / come) back? Wed 17
Tom Next Sunday. 7.30pm piano lesson Sun 21
Brad Oh, that’s a pity! I 6
2pm Joey’s
(have) a party on Saturday. It’s my Thurs 18 birthday party
birthday! After school: visit
Grandma in hospital
(Monday / play) On Monday she’s playing netball

at half past twelve.
90 ninety

1 (Monday / study)
C
Which one… ?/Which
8
2 (Tuesday / do) ones… ?
A I’m staying on a campsite.
3 (Wednesday / have) B Which one?
A The big one near the beach.
4 (Thursday / visit)
Si usano i pronomi one e ones per non ripetere un
sostantivo numerabile.
5 (Friday / watch)
Si usa one al posto di un sostantivo singolare.
6 (Saturday / go) A We went to the park.

B Which park? / Which one?
7 (Sunday / go) A T
he park near the church. / The one near the
church.
Si usa ones al posto di un sostantivo plurale.
A Are these your books?
B Which books? / Which ones?
B can (possibilità)
he books on the teacher’s table. / The ones on
A T
We can hang out together! the teacher’s table.
Oltre che per esprimere permesso e abilità, si usa

8 Completa le frasi con one o ones.
can per indicare possibilità.
There’s no school tomorrow. We can play football! My cousin’s house is the one with the blue door.
1 A Molly goes to a really good school.
B Which does she go to?
7 Scrivi frasi su queste situazioni. Usa la forma
affermativa o negativa di can. 2 I haven’t got a mobile phone, but Mum’s
buying for me tomorrow.
Oh no! It’s raining! (I/sunbathe)
3 Which shoes do you prefer? Do you like
I can’t sunbathe.
these red ?
1 The weather’s really good today.
4 Look at those girls. The with curly
(we / have a picnic)
hair is Joe’s sister.

5 A I watched three films last weekend!
2 I’ve got a test tomorrow. (I/watch TV tonight)
B Which did you watch?

6 Oh no! I haven’t got a pen. Have you got
3 She’s allergic to milk. (she / eat ice cream)
?

7 Would you like some biscuits? The chocolate
4 Neil’s going on holiday next week.
are really nice.
(he / come to my party)
8 A There are lots of students here.

Which are in your class?
5 I haven’t got my phone. (I/text you)
B The near the door: Jim and Kay.

6 Mark hasn’t got any homework today. 9 3.25 Ascolta e controlla.
(he / play computer games)
Workbook pages 174–175 ninety-one 91


1 Katie andrà in settimana bianca con la scuola.
8
Scegli l’alternativa corretta per completare il dialogo.
Dad Have you got any information about your skiing trip, Katie?
Katie Yes, I have. Look, you can see /to our hotel in this photo.
Dad Is it that 1one / ones?
Katie Yes, it is. It’s really nice.
Dad So when 2can you / are you leaving?
Katie We 3leaving / ’re leaving on the 20th of February at 5 o’clock.
Dad Oh, after school?
Katie No, at five in the morning! We 4go / ’re going to the airport by coach.
Dad Oh, that’s early! What time 5you’re arriving / are you arriving at
the ski resort?
Katie Er… at half past twelve. We 6are / aren’t doing anything in the
afternoon so we 7can go / can sightseeing.
Dad Good! You 8can buy /
’re buying some souvenirs…
and a present for me!
Monday
12.30pm: arrive at hotel Afternoon activities
2 Osserva il programma della settimana bianca. 7.30pm: dinner
(optional):
Scrivi domande, poi rispondi usando le v isit ski museum
Tuesday–Saturday (opens 2pm)
informazioni nel programma.
9.30am: skiing lessons swimming
What time / they / arrive at the resort?
1–2.30pm: lunch (opens 3pm)
What time are they arriving at the resort?
7.30pm: dinner shopping
They’re arriving at half past twelve on Monday.
1 What / they / do at half past seven on Sunday
Monday evening? 10.30am: plane takes off
1.10pm: plane lands

2 When / have / skiing lessons?

3 Pairwork Scrivi la data e l’orario di
tre attività che hai programmato per i
3 When / can / visit the museum? prossimi giorni. A turno, fai domande e
rispondi. K T

next Friday 3.30pm
4 When / can / go swimming?
A What are you doing at half past three
next Friday?
5 When / their plane / leave? B I’m having a guitar lesson.

Fast finishers
Scrivi sei programmi futuri veri per te.
92 ninety-two Workbook page 176


Functions
At the tourist information office
VIDEO
8
1 3.26 Ascolta e leggi il dialogo. Hannah è
all’ufficio turistico. Dove vuole andare?
Man Good morning. How can I help you?

Hannah I’d like some information about the
Transport Museum, please.
Man What would you like to know?
Hannah What time does it open?
Man It opens at 10.00, and it closes at 4.30.
Hannah And how much is it?
Man Tickets cost £5 for adults, and £3.50
for children.
Hannah Is it far from here?
Man No, it isn’t. Here’s a map. Look, it’s
here, in Broad Street.
Hannah Thanks for your help.
Man You’re welcome!
2 3.27 Ascolta e ripeti. Learn it! Use it!
3 Completa il dialogo usando le espressioni Cliente:

nel Learn it! Use it!. I’d like some information
about… , please.
Woman Good morning. How can I help you?
What time does… open / close?
Fred Hello, 1 Is it far from here?
the open-top bus tour, please. How much is it?
Woman Certainly. 2 Thanks for your help.
to know? Addetto all'ufficio turistico:
Fred Is the bus stop 3 ? How can I help you?
Woman No, it isn’t. Here’s a map. The bus stop is What would you like to know?
in Rose Street. It opens / closes at… .
Fred Thanks. 4 is the next tour? Tickets cost… .
You’re welcome.
Woman 10.30.
Fred How 5 ?
Woman 6
£6 for adults, and £4 for children.
5 Pairwork Con un compagno, usa le informazioni nei riquadri per fare due
nuovi dialoghi. Usa i dialoghi precedenti e il Learn it! Use it! come aiuto. K
Tourist Information Officer Tourist Information Officer

Science Museum, Lee Road Boat tours from Ray Road
Opens 9.30am, closes 5pm Leave at 10am, 2pm and 4pm
Tickets: adults £4.50, children £3 Tickets: adults £7, children £4.50
Client
You want information about Client tion
t informa
the Science Museum You wan
at tours
about bo
Workbook page 177 ninety-three 93

Skills and culture
a
Reading
1 Before you read Osserva le foto. Quale luogo o
luoghi nelle foto (a–d) ti piacerebbe visitare durante
le vacanze estive? Perché?
2 3.29 Ascolta e leggi. Quali luoghi nelle foto (a–d)

si riferiscono alla vacanza di Alice e quali a quella di Luke?
Alice Luke
s year?
Where are you going on holiday thi b
the summer!
Write in and tell us your plans for
Alice, 14 Luke, 13
My family is going on holiday to Cornwall in It’s half term next week, and I’m going camping in
the south-west of England for ten days. We’re the New Forest with the Scouts. The New Forest is
going by car and it takes about six hours. We’re a big national park in the south of England. We’re
stopping at my grandma’s house near Bristol travelling by coach, and we’re staying for a week.
on the way. She’s coming to Cornwall with us. I sometimes go camping with my family and it’s
We’re going to a town called Newquay. It’s on great fun, so I can’t wait to go with my friends!
the north coast of Cornwall and we go there We’re sleeping in big tents: eight people can sleep c
every year. We’re staying in a bed and breakfast. in one tent!
Newquay’s got a really big beach. We usually We’re going walking for three days, and we’re
go to the beach every day. Mum sunbathes and visiting Salisbury and Stonehenge, too. Salisbury’s
reads, and I swim in the sea with Dad and Ryan, a small city quite near the New Forest. It’s got a
my brother. I’m really excited this year because big cathedral. The cathedral has got the tallest
Ryan and I are having surfing lessons! Newquay spire in the country, and you can go up the tower.
is the British capital of surfing!! The tower’s got 332 steps! The cathedral is also
famous for the Magna Carta. We studied the
We aren’t going to the beach every day this year,
Magna Carta in History at school. It’s a really old,
because we’re visiting the Eden project, too.
important document, and you can see the original
It’s a special nature park with enormous plastic
one in the cathedral. It’s 800 years old! BUT…
domes, called ‘biomes’. The biggest one is more
Stonehenge is older! It’s a prehistoric monument.
than 50 metres high! In every biome, there are
It’s really famous and mysterious. There
different ‘climates’. For example in the tropical
are lots of questions about Stonehenge. Glossary
biome it’s really hot, and there are tropical
How did they build it? And what did it
plants. In the Mediterranean biome, it isn’t as on the way
represent? Nobody knows…
hot, but there are Mediterranean plants. You can durante il tragitto
see thousands of exotic plants and insects from domes cupole
Competences
every country in the world at the Eden Project!

climates climi
plants piante
insects insetti
d
spire guglia
steps scalini
94 ninety-four

3 Completa la tabella sulle vacanze di Alice e Luke. K
8
Competences
Alice Luke
Destination
Transport
People going with him / her
Number of days
Accommodation
Activities
Places to visit
4 Scegli l’alternativa corretta sulle vacanze di Alice e Luke.

1 Alice isn’t
a doing sport. c visiting a nature park.
b going with her friends. d going to the beach.
2 Luke is
a going camping with his family. c trying some new sports.
b staying in a tent. d going with his class.
3 Alice and Luke are both going
a to the south of England. c to the sea.
b to historical monuments. d on a family holiday.
Listening
5 3.30 Ascolta Susie e Matt parlare delle loro vacanze.
Dov’è stata Susie in vacanza, e dove andrà Matt?

1 When did Susie come back from her holiday?
2 What did she do every day?
3 When is Matt leaving?
4 When is he coming back?
5 What’s happening on 30th August?
Speaking
7 Pairwork Prepara domande per il tuo compagno
sulla sua prossima vacanza. Poi a turno, fai
domande e rispondi. Se necessario, inventa
le tue risposte! T
Writing competence
1 Where / go? 4 Where / stay?
Cerca e correggi gli errori
2 When / go? 5 Who / go with?
Quando hai finito di scrivere, controlla il tuo
3 How / travel? 6 What / do?
lavoro e correggi gli errori:
• controlla che il verbo concordi con il soggetto:
Writing
John and Anna is are going to France.
8 Scrivi un brano (50–70 parole) sulla prossima • controlla i plurali: We’re staying in tents.
vacanza tua o del tuo compagno usando le • controlla lo spelling delle forme in -ing e -ed:
informazioni dell’es. 7. They’re leaveing leaving tomorrow.
Workbook pages 178–179__ ninety-five 95


Revision
Reading
1 Leggi il brano sulle vacanze di Rob e
rispondi alle domande.
1 Where is Rob’s family staying?
2 Where does his family normally live?
3 Who is in their house at the moment?
My name’s Rob, and I’m on holiday in west Wales

with my family at the moment. We’re doing
something really different this year. We’re staying
in a small cottage. It’s got a big garden, and some
animals and chickens. It isn’t a holiday cottage –
it’s somebody’s home! This year we’re doing a
‘house swap’ with another family. That means the
Welsh family are living in our house in London this
week. They wanted a city holiday, and we wanted
a holiday near the sea!
We have to do all the chores in the cottage. We
have to clean the house and take the rubbish out.
We also have to feed the animals twice a day, but
I don’t mind doing that because it’s fun. Last night
one of the chickens ran away, so we had to phone
home and speak to the Welsh family. They’re
having a great time in London. They went to some
museums yesterday, and tomorrow they’re going
on the London Eye.
This cottage isn’t near any other houses. It doesn’t
have a phone or the Internet, and sometimes we
can’t watch television. In the evenings we read or
play games. It’s beautiful here. The cottage is near
the sea, so we can go to the beach every day. But
we can’t swim because it’s really cold! Tomorrow
we’re going on a boat trip. We’re visiting some
islands. Nobody lives there, but you can see some
fantastic birds and animals.
We’re leaving the cottage on Friday. We’re
coming back to Wales next year because we’re all
really enjoying this holiday. Wales is great!
2 Rileggi il brano e rispondi alle domande. ES Writing

1 What chores do Rob’s family have to do at
3 Scrivi un brano (40–60 parole) su una
the cottage? vacanza che ti è particolarmente piaciuta.
2 Why did they have to phone the Welsh Includi le seguenti informazioni:
family last night?
• the location and accommodation
3 What is the Welsh family doing tomorrow?
• who you went with
4 Can Rob use the Internet in the cottage?
• what you did there
5 What is his family doing tomorrow?
• the weather
6 When are they leaving Wales?
7 When are they coming back to Wales?
Three years ago, I went to a holiday village in…
96 ninety-six

7+8
4 Functions Completa il dialogo all’ufficio 6 Pairwork Scambia opinioni con un
turistico con le parole mancanti. Usa una compagno sulle regole della tua scuola.
parola per ogni spazio. Che cosa sarebbe interessante sapere per
uno studente inglese? Includi le seguenti
informazioni e scrivi appunti: ES
• what you have to do every day
• what you mustn’t do at school
• what you can do at break times
7 Presentazione orale Ora parla alla classe

della tua scuola. Di’ quello che puoi fare
e non puoi fare in un normale giorno di
scuola. ES
We have to be at school at 8 o’clock every day.
We don’t have to wear a uniform. We can wear
Man Hello. How can I 1 you? normal clothes. We mustn’t use phones…
Jessie We’d like 2
information about
the art gallery, please.
Man OK – Here you 3 . Take this
Talk to Amber!
map.
Annie Thanks. 8 3.32 Parla con Amber. Ascolta le sue
Man The art gallery is here, in Hanover domande e rispondi ad alta voce.
Street. You can get a special tourist
bus. Translation
Annie Oh, right. Where can we buy some
4
for the bus? 9 Traduci il brano in inglese.
Man You 5 buy them from me. Il prossimo mese andremo in vacanza in
6
cost £4.50. Spagna. Andremo in aereo il 7 agosto. Andremo
Jessie What time 7 the art gallery in macchina all’aeroporto e dobbiamo alzarci
8
? molto presto. Alloggeremo in una villa vicino al
Man It opens at half past nine. mare. È una (villa) veramente bella. Possiamo
andare in spiaggia e nuotare ogni giorno.
Jessie That’s great. 9 for your help!
Verranno anche mia zia e i miei cugini.
Annie Oh – one more question. Is there a
Arriveranno il 10 agosto. Non possono venire
nice restaurant near here? I’m really
prima di quella data perché uno dei miei cugini
hungry!
sta imparando a guidare e ha l’esame il 7.
Jessie So 10 I!
Man Yes, there’s a good Indian restaurant
in this street. It’s opposite the bank.
Jessie That’s great. I love Indian food!
Annie 11
do 12 . Let’s go! I can talk about obligation and prohibition
I can talk about future plans
I can use so and nor correctly
I can ask for information at a tourist
information office
ninety-seven 97

Extra listening 7+8
1 3.33 La madre di Dan ha telefonato 3 3.34 Ascolta Dan e sua madre e scegli
a un’attrazione turistica. Ascolta il l’alternativa corretta. K
messaggio registrato che sente e rispondi 1 When are they going to the castle?
alle domande. a today b tomorrow c Thursday
1 What type of tourist attraction is it? 2 How does Dan’s mum prefer to travel?
a by car b by bus c by tram
3 How did she buy tickets?
a on the phone b on the Internet
c at the Tourist Information Office
4 Who is Tessie?
a Dan’s friend b Dan’s sister
c Dan’s dog
a a
museum b an art gallery Dictation
4 3.35 Ascolta e scrivi il brano su quello

che Anna deve fare.

c a castle
2 Is it open in the winter? Speak up! Pronunciation /ɪ/ and /iː/
3 Where is the car park?
1 3.37 Ascolta e ripeti queste
2 3.33 Riascolta e completa gli appunti coppie di parole.
che la madre di Dan ha preso. K /ɪ/ /iː/
it eat
chip cheap
Open Tim team
April–October 1 sit seat
live leave
Winter 2
to Sunday
2 3.38 Ascolta e scrivi le parole
Times 9am – 3
pm nella colonna corretta.
Tickets big give clean street
Tickets from the castle, the lip meet kiss bean
4
Competences
/ɪ/ /iː/
office, or the castle
website
Cost of tickets
£5 adult/
3 3.39 Ascolta e controlla. Poi
£6
child
riascolta e ripeti.
under 14
Car park questi scioglilingua.
Distance from castle 7
km
Billy is a silly kid with a pretty sister.
Other Eat these pieces of cheese, please.
Dogs? 8
Yes/No
98 ninety-eight

9
unit
Vocabulary
Feelings
1 Abbina gli aggettivi alle figure (1–12).
embarrassed angry bored surprised sad excited
frightened
shy happy annoyed nervous proud
1 shy 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12

2 Practice Di’ a un compagno come ti senti in

queste situazioni. Usa le parole da questa pagina
Watch out! !
e dal Picture dictionary. T bored annoiato
annoyed infastidito
• when you have to talk in front of the class
nervous agitato, teso
• when the summer holidays start
• when you have a Maths lesson
• when someone uses your Look!
phone and doesn’t ask
A How do you feel?/How are you feeling?
permission
B I’m frightened./I feel frightened./I’m feeling frightened.
Workbook page 180 Picture dictionary 9 pages 238–239 ninety-nine 99


They’re mine! VIDEO
1 Before you listen Osserva la foto e

rispondi alle domande.
1 Where are Lauren, Jack and Digger?
3 Is Lauren happy?
Culture focus
Edinburgh
Edinburgh, the capital of Scotland, is a beautiful city with
lots of ancient buildings. After London, it is the most
popular destination for tourists to the UK. In Scotland,
men wear the traditional kilt (a type of skirt) for formal
occasions and celebrations (weddings, festivals, etc.).
100 one hundred


9
Lauren Jack, hurry up with those drinks!
Jack I’m coming! What do I have to do with them?
Lauren Put them on this table carefully. Oh, gross! Whose dirty football
boots are these? Are they yours, Jack?
Digger No, they aren’t his. They’re mine!
Lauren Well, move them – quickly!
Jack Lauren, chill out! You’re really stressed! What’s up?
Lauren Well, I’ve got something to tell you. I have to move to Edinburgh.
Jack What? You’re joking!
Lauren My dad’s got a new job there. We’re going at the end of August.
Digger Lucky you! Edinburgh’s more exciting than Liverpool!
Jack But why didn’t you say anything before?
Lauren I didn’t know! Mum and Dad told me yesterday. I was shocked.
Jack How are you feeling now?
Lauren I’m excited… but I’m a bit sad, too. Learn it! Use it!
Jack Cheer up, Lauren. Hey – we can visit you in Edinburgh! Gross! Che schifo!
Digger I’m not visiting you! Men have to wear skirts in Scotland! Chill out! Rilassati
Cheer up Su con
Lauren They’re kilts, Digger. And they don’t wear them all the time!
la vita

1 Where does Jack have to put the drinks?
2 Who left some football boots on the table?
3 Why is Lauren’s family moving to Edinburgh?
4 When did Lauren hear about it? How is she feeling about it?

1 Trova tre aggettivi che si riferiscono agli stati d’animo e cerchiali.
2 Trova e sottolinea un esempio di verbo che esprime:
• il passato • un programma futuro • un obbligo
3 Trova un esempio di comparativo di maggioranza e sottolinealo in un
colore diverso.

• Find out the location, population and tourist attractions of Edinburgh.
• Find out what happens in Edinburgh every August.
Workbook page 181 one hundred and one 101


Grammar
A Pronomi possessivi 3 3.43 Ascolta e controlla.
Are these boots yours, Jack? C Avverbi di modo

pronome aggettivo pronome
Move those boots quickly!
soggetto possessivo possessivo
I my mine Gli avverbi di modo descrivono il modo in cui si svolge
you your yours un’azione:
he his his She dances nicely. You’re driving slowly!
she her hers La maggior parte degli avverbi di modo si forma
aggiungendo -ly all’aggettivo:
it its –
bad ➝ badly careful ➝ carefully
we our ours
Aggettivi che terminano in -y
you your yours
easy ➝ easily pretty ➝ prettily
they their theirs
Avverbi irregolari
good ➝ well fast ➝ fast hard ➝ hard
Per dire a chi appartiene una cosa, si possono usare i
pronomi possessivi al posto di aggettivo possessivo
+ sostantivo. I pronomi possessivi sono invariabili in 4 Scrivi gli avverbi corrispondenti a questi
genere e numero. aggettivi.
That book is my book. = That book is mine. dangerous dangerously
1 noisy
1 Completa le frasi con il pronome possessivo 2 safe
corretto. 3 bad
This isn’t Mum’s bag. Hers is red. 4 regular
1 This isn’t your phone. is over there. 5 angry
2 That isn’t our house. is smaller. 6 calm
3 That isn’t my parents’ car. is a Fiat.
4 This isn’t my brother’s bike. is old. Watch out! !
5 That isn’t my jacket. is on the bed. Gli avverbi di modo vanno di solito dopo l’oggetto,
oppure direttamente dopo il verbo:
She plays the guitar well. He talks quietly.
B Whose… ?
5 Riscrivi le frasi trasformando l’aggettivo tra
Whose football boots are these? parentesi in avverbio.
Si usa Whose per chiedere a chi appartiene una cosa. George gave his presentation. (confident)
Whose bike is this?/Whose is this bike? George gave his presentation confidently.
Per rispondere, si usa l’aggettivo possessivo + 1 You sing. (beautiful)
sostantivo, il pronome possessivo o il genitivo sassone:
It’s her bike./It’s hers./It’s Lauren’s (bike). 2 The children are playing. (happy)

2 Scrivi domande con Whose. Poi rispondi 3 George ate the pasta. (hungry)
usando il pronome possessivo corretto.
those / books? (suo, di lei) 4 Mum always works. (hard)
Whose books are those? They’re hers.
1 that / scarf? (mio) 5 You can speak French. (good)
2 these / bikes? (nostro)
3 this / car? (loro) 6 He asked the question. (nervous)
4 those / trainers? (suo, di lui)
5 this / burger?(tuo) Unit 9 Drill 2 page 114
102 one hundred and two


D Revision 7 Completa le frasi con i verbi nel riquadro.
9
have to has to doesn’t have to
Past simple di be (vedi Unit 1) don’t have to must mustn’t
Mum was at home last night.
She wasn’t at work. Josh has to wear a green school uniform.
We weren’t at home.
He hates it!
Was the party good? Yes, it was./No, it wasn’t.
1 You use your phone
Past simple dei verbi regolari e irregolari in lessons.
(vedi Unit 2 e 3)
2 Students in the UK can’t go home after
I visited my grandparents yesterday.
We didn’t have dinner. lunch. They stay at
Did you work yesterday? Yes, I did./No, I didn’t. school in the afternoon.
lots of/(not) much/(not) many, composti di some/ 3 My little sister is only three. She
any/no/every, like + -ing, preposizioni di luogo go to school.
(vedi Unit 4) 4 I don’t know when the school trip is.
There are lots of clubs. I ask the teacher.
I don't have much time. 5 We do this Geography
Did you go anywhere nice?
homework today. It isn’t for this week.
No one spoke Italian.
I like eating chips. 8 Completa il dialogo con il tempo corretto dei
Comparativo e superlativo (vedi Unit 5 e 6) verbi tra parentesi.
Ellie’s older than Katy.
Leah Hi, Meg. What are you doing (you / do)
Katy isn’t as old as Ellie.
later?
Thomas is the most intelligent boy in the class.
Meg I 1 (go) to the
must, mustn’t, have to, don’t/doesn’t have to
(vedi Unit 7) shopping centre. I 2
I must be careful. (have to) buy some new clothes for the
You mustn’t use your phone here. weekend. We 3 (go)
Isabelle has to speak to the teacher. to a wedding!
We don’t have to do any homework today. Leah Oh! Who 4
Present continuous con significato di futuro (get married)?
(vedi Unit 8)
Meg My aunt. I 5 (buy)
We’re moving house next month.
a new skirt last week, and last night I
I’m not going to the party tomorrow.
Are you coming tomorrow? Yes, I am./No, I’m not.
6
(decide) to buy a
new top to go with it.
Leah Where 7 (they / have)
6 Scrivi frasi usando il comparativo o il
the wedding?
superlativo degli aggettivi tra parentesi.
Meg In Cornwall. We 8
Spain (hot) Switzerland
(go) there last summer, and the journey
Spain is hotter than Switzerland. 9
(take) four hours!
1 Portugal (not big) Spain
We 10
(leave) at

seven o’clock next Saturday. We
2 The Vatican City (small) country in the world 11
(have to) get up

really early.
3 Russia (cold) Italy
Leah Ugh!

Meg But we 12 (stay) in a
4 The UK (not warm) Greece
hotel with a swimming pool on

Saturday night!
5 Istanbul (large) city in Europe
Leah Cool!

Workbook pages 182–183 one hundred and three 103


1 Scegli l’alternativa corretta per completare il dialogo.
9
Elsa I’m really excited. Is everything
ready for the party?
Callum No, it isn’t! Everyone
comes/’s coming at 8 o’clock
and the living room isn’t tidy.
We 1has to / have to tidy it
2
quick /quickly! 3Whose / Who’s
bag is this? Is it 4Mum / Mum’s?
Elsa No, it isn’t. 5Her / Hers is blue
and it’s 6bigger / more big than
this. I think this is Kelly’s. She
7
leaving / left it here last night.
Callum 8
Who / Whose jacket is this?
Elsa It’s Dad’s.
Callum And this phone? Is it Dad’s, too?
Elsa No, it isn’t. 9He’s / His is grey, and
it’s smaller 10than / of this.
Callum Just a minute – I think it’s
11
your / yours!
Elsa Let’s see. Yes, it is! And there’s a
tablet here…
Callum That’s 12mine / my.
Elsa What 13do / did Mum and Dad
decide to do? 14Are they going out/
Do they go out tonight?
Callum No, they 15aren’t / don’t.
16
They stay /They’re staying here.
Elsa Oh no!
2 Scrivi domande sul dialogo dell’es. 1.

What/Elsa and Callum / do / tonight? 4 When / she / leave it in the living room?
What are Elsa and Callum doing tonight?
1 What / happen / at 8 o’clock? 5 Whose / be / the tablet?

2 What / they / have to do / before then? 6 What / Callum and Elsa’s parents /
do / tonight?
3 Whose / be / the bag?

3 Pairwork A turno, fai le domande dell’es. 2 e rispondi. T

A What are Elsa and Callum doing tonight?
B They’re having a party.
104 one hundred and four Workbook page 184

Functions
Talking about feelings
VIDEO
9
1 3.45 Ascolta e leggi i dialoghi. Quali
sono le due brutte notizie? E quali sono
le due belle notizie?
1 Sam Hello, Hannah. What’s the

matter?
Hannah I’ve got a French test tomorrow.
It’s my worst subject.
Sam Can I help?
Hannah OK, thanks!
Later…
Sam You look happy!
Hannah I am! I passed my French test.
Sam Well done! That’s great!
2 Hannah Hi! You look excited!

Sam I am! I’ve got tickets for the
Chelsea match on Saturday.
I can’t believe it!
Hannah That’s fantastic!
Later…
Hannah What’s wrong, Sam?
Sam I can’t find the tickets for the
match!
Hannah Oh no! Never mind. Let’s look
for them together.
3 Scrivi i minidialoghi seguendo la traccia. ES Learn it! Use it!

1 Charlie Saluta Rob e chiede che cosa c’è che non va. Fare un commento sullo stato
Rob Dice che non ha il libro di scienze. Lo ha lasciato d’animo di una persona:
a casa. What’s wrong? / What’s the matter?
You look (aggettivo riferito a stati
Charlie Reagisce in modo appropriato. Suggerisce
d’animo)
a Rob di guardare nel suo.
Reagire a buone notizie:
2 Lee Saluta Becky e dice che sembra felice. Well done!
That’s great / fantastic!
Becky Conferma di esserlo. Spiega che ha vinto £100 a
Reagire a cattive notizie:
un concorso nel fine settimana.
Can I help?
Lee Reagisce in modo appropriato. Oh no. / Oh dear.
Never mind.
4 Pairwork Con un compagno recita questo dialogo. A turno,
fai la parte di A e di B, e scegli stati d’animo diversi. K
A Hello. You look happy / angry / excited / annoyed. Fast finishers
B Conferma come ti senti. Spiega che cosa è successo ieri.
Scrivi uno dei tuoi dialoghi
A Reagisci in modo appropriato. dell’es. 4.
Workbook page 185 one hundred and five 105


Skills and culture
Reading 1 Ryan
1 Before you read Osserva le foto di questi ragazzi. Che cosa I was really
stanno facendo? Perché? embarrassed on Children
in Need Day last year! My dad
and I collected money at our local
Children in Need Day shopping centre after school. Why was
I embarrassed? Because Dad wore a
Children in Need is a British charity. Every November, the
Pudsey Bear costume! Pudsey Bear is the
charity has a special day. They ask people to raise money for
mascot of Children in Need. I stood near
disadvantaged children. In the evening there is always a big TV
him with a bucket for the
programme. But Children in Need isn’t only a television event.
money. My friends came
There are lots of smaller local events, too. This is what four
and took photos of us –
teenagers did for Children in Need last year.
unfortunately!
2 Ellie
My friend and I made
some cakes for Children in
Need and we sold them at school in
break time. We made about a hundred
– that’s lots of cakes! We were really
busy the evening before. I was quite
nervous, but Mum can cook really well,
so she helped us. Our cakes weren’t
as good as hers – but we sold all
of them!
4 Alex
3 Amy
I did something unusual
for Children in Need. I did a
‘sponsored silence’! I didn’t speak
all day. All my friends and family paid
me 50p an hour for it and then I gave the
money to the charity. It was difficult, because
at school I had to answer the teachers
silently! I wrote things on paper or I used my
hands. People often sponsor their friends
when they do something for charity.
My sister did a sponsored swim
last year.
2 3.47 Ascolta e leggi. Poi rispondi alle domande. ES

Competences
1 When is Children in Need Day in the UK?

2 What did Ryan’s dad wear on Children in Need Day?
3 What did Ryan’s friends do?
Glossary
4 What did Ellie do for Children in Need? charity organizzazione di
5 How did she feel the evening before Children in Need Day? beneficenza
6 What did Amy do? raise money raccogliere soldi
7 How much did people pay her? disadvantaged svantaggiati,
in difficoltà
8 What did Alex do in the evening?
collected abbiamo raccolto
9 How much money did Children in Need Day raise?
sponsor danno soldi,
10 Whose idea for raising money was the best?
sponsorizzano
106 one hundred and six

9
Competences
1 Who sold something for Children in Need?
a Ellie b Ryan c Alex d Amy
2 Whose dads did something for Children in Need?
a Amy and Alex’s b Ryan and Alex’s c Ellie and Ryan’s d Amy and Ellie’s
3 Who did something at school for Children in Need?
a Ryan and Amy b Ellie and Amy c Alex and Ellie d Ellie and Ryan
Listening
4 3.48 Ascolta Rebecca parlare di come ha raccolto
soldi per Children in Need. Che cosa ha fatto?

1 Where did Rebecca and her friends sell things
for Children in Need?
2 When in the day did they sell the things?
3 Which of these things did they have? Tick (✓) the
correct items:
clothes shoes books toys a TV
computer games a laptop a football
a skateboard bags hats scarves a bike
4 What did Rebecca’s mum give them?

5 What did her friend’s dad give them?
6 How did Rebecca feel at the end?
Speaking
6 Pairwork Con un compagno, scegli un modo per raccogliere soldi per beneficenza: K
• make or sell things • ask people to sponsor you • collect money
A Let’s do a sponsored walk!
B No, why don’t we make some… ?
A That’s a good idea./No, I want to…
Ora discutete le vostre idee nei dettagli. Includete le seguenti informazioni:

• where? • when? • prices / money?
We can sell them for 5 euros. Writing competence
Come scrivere e parlare di somme di denaro
Writing Per parlare di denaro in un testo scritto, si
usano i numeri, non le parole. Si usa il punto
7 Scrivi un testo su una giornata in cui hai partecipato a per separare le sterline dai pence.
un evento o guardato un programma di beneficenza.
si dice: si scrive:
Includi le seguenti informazioni:
fifty p 50p
• which charity it was twenty-eight pounds £28 (NON £28.00)
• what happened / what people did forty-three pounds sixty £43.60
• how much money they made In inglese si usa la virgola, non il punto, per
I went to a big charity football match last year separare le migliaia dalle centinaia:
with my dad. It was… two thousand four hundred pounds = £2,400
Workbook pages 186–187__ one hundred and seven 107


Revision
Reading
1 Leggi l’inizio di un brano tratto da un giallo. Come si sente Nessa alla fine?
‘Whose bag is this?’ the teacher shouted loudly. Nessa stood up slowly. ‘Yes,’ she said calmly, ‘it is.
But I didn’t take that money!’ Then she ran out of the
‘Well, it isn’t mine,’ Jenny said quietly to her friend,
classroom, fast.
Nessa. But Nessa looked nervously at the floor. She
didn’t feel well. The bag was hers. She heard a voice. Someone called her
name, but she didn’t stop. Whose voice
Mrs Jacobs opened the bag angrily.
was that? It wasn’t Jenny’s. Maybe it
A diary fell on the table, and then,
was Tom’s; he was in the classroom
slowly, lots of banknotes fell to the
next to hers.
floor. ‘Nessa! Is this diary yours?’
Nessa got out her jacket quickly,
and ran out of the school. ‘Whose
money is it?’ she thought, ‘And
who put it in
my bag?’
Nessa stopped in
the park. She had an
apple in her jacket, and
she ate it hungrily. She sat on
a wall, and thought carefully. She
didn’t have any money, and she
was worried and frightened.
What now?
2 Rileggi la storia e rispondi

alle domande. ES There were two doors.
1 Whose bag was it? ‘Which one?’ Zina asked.
Lexor looked at the doors.
2 Who was Mrs Jacobs?
‘I don’t know,’ he said. ‘But
3 What was in the bag? we must go. They’re coming!’
4 Who was in the next Zina tried to open the door
classroom? on the left. ‘Where’s the key?’
5 Where did Nessa go? she asked. Then she hit the
door with her hand.
6 What did she do there?
Lexor tried the second door. It opened. He looked at Zina.
7 Where do you think the They walked out of the building and closed the door. Then
money came from? they ran!
They stopped at a café. They went inside. Zina put on a big
hat and sunglasses, and changed her jacket. Lexor put on
his false beard and moustache. They smiled, and then they
ordered two cups of coffee.
Writing
3 Riscrivi il brano tratto qui sopra nel tuo quaderno. Aggiungi gli avverbi di modo derivati
da alcuni degli aggettivi nel riquadro. Inseriscili nel brano in modo appropriato.
aggressive
bad calm careful
desperate easy fast
happy hard loud nervous quick quiet slow sudden
108 one hundred and eight


Level 2 Esercizi sommativi
Dialogue work 6 Pairwork Completa la tabella con
9
informazioni sul tuo compagno. A turno, fai
4 Completa il dialogo seguendo la traccia. ES domande e rispondi. K
Personal information
Name:
Date of birth: Place of birth:
Free-time activities At home
Likes / dislikes: Chores:
How often:
Last holiday Plans

Where / When: This evening:
Accommodation:
Weather: Next weekend:
Activities:
Charlie Hi, you look happy!
Erin Conferma. Spiega che va in vacanza
7 Presentazione orale Usa le informazioni
dell’es. 6 per parlare alla classe del tuo
domani.
compagno. ES
1
Translation
Charlie Fantastic! Where are you going?
Erin Risponde che va in Francia. 8 Traduci il dialogo in inglese.
2 Sara Di chi è questo libro? È tuo?
Charlie Oh! I went to France last summer. 1
Erin Chiede dov’è andato in Francia. Thomas No, non lo è. È di David.

3 2
Charlie I went to Paris. Sara David? È quello alto con i capelli ricci?
Erin Chiede com’era il tempo. 3
4 Thomas Sì. È il ragazzo più alto della scuola.

Charlie It was hot and sunny. Oh no! 4
Erin Chiede qual è il problema. Sara Ed è anche molto bello!

5 5
Charlie I’m late! I’m going to the cinema. Thomas Cosa? Non è bello quanto me!
I’m meeting Dan there at 8pm. 6
Erin Risponde che anche lei va al cinema. Sara Ma è più modesto di te! Ora devo
Dice che possono andare insieme. andare.
6
7
Thomas Dove vai?

Charlie Oh, good idea! Let’s go! 8
Sara Io e Jess andiamo al centro sportivo.

Speaking 9
Vuoi venire?
Talk to Amber! 10
Thomas Sì, grazie! Andiamo!

11
domande e rispondi ad alta voce.
one hundred and nine 109


Drills
UNIT 1 There was/There were

3 4.03 Trasforma le frasi dal Present
Past simple di be simple al Past simple. Segui l’esempio.
Forma negativa Ascolta: There’s a good film
1 4.01 Trasforma le frasi dal Present on TV.
simple affermativo al Past simple Trasforma: T
here was a good film
negativo usando le espressioni di tempo on TV.
tra parentesi. Segui l’esempio. Controlla: T
here was a good film
Ascolta: igger’s at school today.
D on TV.
(yesterday) Ripeti: here was a good film
T
Trasforma: D
igger wasn’t at school on TV.
yesterday. 1 There’s a new teacher in my class.
Controlla: Digger wasn’t at school 2 There are lots of people in the swimming
yesterday. pool.
Ripeti: Digger wasn’t at school 3 There aren’t any drinks on the menu.
yesterday. 4 There isn’t a cinema in the town.
1 He’s in the garden. (yesterday) 5 There are four people in the band.
2 I’m at home. (two hours ago) 6 There isn’t a shower in the bathroom.
3 We’re on holiday. (last week) 7 There’s a dog in the garden.
4 The students are in a Maths lesson. 8 There aren’t any interesting people at
(yesterday) the party.
5 You’re in my class. (last year) Student’s Book pages 14–15
6 Megan and her brothers are tired. (this
morning)
7 I’m happy. (an hour ago) UNIT 2
8 Mum’s in London. (last week)
Past simple
Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi Forma affermativa: verbi regolari
2 4.02 Formula risposte brevi. Segui
1 4.04 Formula frasi al Past simple.
l’esempio. Segui l’esempio.
Ascolta: as Jack at home
W Ascolta: Sara / play / tennis.
yesterday? (No)
Trasforma: Sara played tennis.
Rispondi: No, he wasn’t.
Controlla: Sara played tennis.
Controlla: No, he wasn’t.
Ripeti: Sara played tennis.
Ripeti: No, he wasn’t.
1 Anna / love / the film.
1 Was Jess here this morning? (No) 2 We / watch / TV.
2 Were your friends at the party? (Yes) 3 Tom and Luke / listen to / music.
3 Were you at home last night? (Yes) 4 My sister / cook / dinner.
4 Was I small when I was a baby? (No) 5 I / study / on Saturday.
5 Was Dad late for work? (No) 6 Mum / work / yesterday.
6 Were the boys at school last year? (No) 7 They / walk / to school.
7 Was Lucy on holiday last week? (Yes) 8 School / finish / at 3 o’clock.
8 Were you at the sports centre yesterday?
(No)
110 one hundred and ten


Drills
Forma affermativa: verbi irregolari Forme affermativa e interrogativa
2 4.05 Di’ il Past simple di questi verbi. 2 4.08 Formula domande. Segui
Segui l’esempio. l’esempio.
Ascolta: go Ascolta: T
he students watched a
Trasforma: went film in class.
Controlla: went Trasforma: D
id the students watch a
film in class?
Ripeti: went
Controlla: D
id the students watch a
1 see 3 do 5 leave
film in class?
2 have 4 come 6 get
Ripeti: Did the students watch a
3 4.06 Trasforma le frasi dal Present film in class?
simple al Past simple. Segui l’esempio.
1 You ate all the biscuits!
Ascolta: We have pasta for lunch. 2 They understood the lesson.
Trasforma: We had pasta for lunch. 3 Tim had pizza for lunch.
Controlla: We had pasta for lunch. 4 We finished our project.
Ripeti: We had pasta for lunch. 5 Lauren and Digger walked to school
this morning.
1 We speak French and German.
6 Mum and Dad went to that restaurant
2 Anna goes skiing.
yesterday.
3 Jake does his homework in the kitchen.
7 I passed the exam.
4 They drink milk.
8 You did your homework.
5 Miss Brown teaches French.
6 I sing in the shower. Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi
Student’s Book pages 24–25 3 4.09 Formula risposte brevi. Segui
l’esempio.
Ascolta: D
id you play football at the
UNIT 3
weekend? (Yes)
Past simple Rispondi: Yes, I did.
Forme affermativa e negativa Controlla: Yes, I did.

Ripeti: Yes, I did.
1 4.07 Formula frasi alla forma negativa
contratta. Segui l’esempio. 1 Did Dad go to university? (No)
Ascolta: We studied last night. 2 Did the girls enjoy the concert? (Yes)
3 Did Adam remember your birthday? (No)
Trasforma: W
e didn’t study last night.
4 Did Grandma have a job? (Yes)
Controlla: We didn’t study last night.
5 Did you see Ben last night? (Yes)
Ripeti: We didn’t study last night. 6 Did the party finish late? (No)
1 You left your jacket on the bus. 7 Did Alice make a cake? (No)
2 Lauren got up at eight o’clock. 8 Did Mark and Sam get up at 7am
3 They met their friends. today? (Yes)
4 Mum worked at the weekend.
Student’s Book pages 36–37
5 Digger bought a new T-shirt.
6 I gave my book to the teacher.
7 The boys went to school yesterday.
8 The film started at half past seven.
one hundred and eleven 111


Drills
UNIT 4 Comparativo di uguaglianza:

(not) as… as
lots of/(not) much/(not) many
2 4.13 Formula frasi con not as … as.
1 4.10 Trasforma le frasi alla forma Segui l’esempio.
negativa. Usa not much o not many al
Ascolta: Lisa is older than Joe.
posto di lots of. Segui l’esempio.
Trasforma: Joe isn’t as old as Lisa.
Ascolta: There are lots of students.
Controlla: Joe isn’t as old as Lisa.
Trasforma: There aren’t many students.
Ripeti: Joe isn’t as old as Lisa.
Controlla: There aren’t many students.
1 Lisa is taller than Joe.
Ripeti: There aren’t many students.
2 Lisa is more serious than Joe.
1 There are lots of pens. 3 Lisa is more intelligent than Joe.
2 There’s lots of traffic. 4 Joe is funnier than Lisa.
3 There are lots of films. 5 Joe is shorter than Lisa.
4 There’s lots of food. 6 Joe is noisier than Lisa.
5 There are lots of people.
How often… + espressioni di
like + -ing frequenza
2 4.11 Trasforma le frasi usando i verbi
tra parentesi. Segui l’esempio.
3 4.14 Formula risposte usando le
indicazioni tra parentesi. Segui l’esempio.
Ascolta: They like texting. (love)
Ascolta: How often does Digger go
Trasforma: They love texting. on holiday?
Controlla: They love texting. (twice a year)
Ripeti: They love texting. Rispondi: H
e goes on holiday twice
1 Annie loves playing tennis. (can’t stand) a year.
2 We hate doing homework. (not mind) Controlla: H
e goes on holiday twice
3 Mum likes watching films. (not like) a year.
4 I don’t like dancing. (quite like) Ripeti: e goes on holiday twice
H
5 Fred and Amy like studying. (hate) a year.
Student’s Book pages 46–47 1 How often does Lauren study English?
(3 times a week)
2 How often do you eat pasta?
UNIT 5 (every day)
3 How often does Mum work late?
Comparativo di maggioranza
(4 times a month)
1 4.12 Formula frasi al comparativo di 4 How often do the children do
maggioranza. Segui l’esempio. gymnastics?
Ascolta: A train / fast / a car (every week)
Trasforma: A train is faster than a car. 5 How often does Dave go swimming?
Controlla: A train is faster than a car. (once a week)
6 How often do you travel abroad?
Ripeti: A train is faster than a car.
(twice a year)
1 A car / noisy / a bike
2 A bike / quiet / a motorbike Student’s Book pages 58–59
3 A motorbike / exciting / a scooter
4 A scooter / slow / a train
5 A train / comfortable / a bus
112 one hundred and twelve


Drills
1 Katy has to lay the table.
UNIT 6
2 The boys have to be home at
Superlativo relativo half past ten.
3 We have to finish our project.
1 4.15 Formula frasi al superlativo
4 Mum has to do the washing.
relativo. Segui l’esempio.
5 William has to walk the dog.
Ascolta: Rome / big city / in Italy.
6 You have to tidy your room.
Trasforma: R
ome is the biggest city
in Italy. don’t/doesn’t have to
Controlla: Rome is the biggest city 2 4.18 Formula frasi con don’t /
in Italy. doesn’t have to. Segui l’esempio.
Ripeti: Rome is the biggest city Ascolta: t hey / buy their
in Italy. schoolbooks
1 John / bad student / in our class. Trasforma: T
hey don’t have to buy
2 The Vatican / small country / in Europe. their schoolbooks.
3 Jane / interesting person / in the room. Controlla: T
hey don’t have to buy
4 My mum / good cook / in our family. their schoolbooks.
5 That / difficult exercise / in the book.
Ripeti: They don’t have to buy
their schoolbooks.
How + aggettivo
1 we / study Spanish
2 4.16 Formula domande con How e le
2 Beth / do the ironing
parole date. Segui l’esempio.
3 the children / do any chores
Ascolta: high / Etna?
4 you / eat that apple
Trasforma: How high is Etna? 5 Mum / do the shopping today
Controlla: How high is Etna? 6 Thomas / pay for his new jacket
Ripeti: How high is Etna?
must/mustn’t
1 long / that film?
2 old / your grandad? 3 4.19 Formula la prima frase con
I must, e la seconda con I mustn’t.
3 big / Monte Bianco?
Segui l’esempio.
4 long / the Amazon?
5 far / the station? Ascolta: arrive early / be late
Trasforma: I must arrive early.
I mustn’t be late.
Controlla: I must arrive early.
UNIT 7 I mustn’t be late.
Ripeti: I must arrive early.
have to I mustn’t be late.
Forma affermativa e interrogativa 1 speak English in class / speak Italian
1 4.17 Formula domande con have to. 2 listen to the teacher / talk to my friends
Segui l’esempio. 3 leave my phone in my bag / use it
Ascolta: Tom has to go. 4 bring my book to class / leave it at home
5 do my homework / forget
Trasforma: D
oes Tom have to go?
Controlla: Does Tom have to go? Student’s Book pages 80–81
Ripeti: Does Tom have to go?
one hundred and thirteen 113


Drills
UNIT 8 Which one…?/Which ones…?

3 4.22 Rispondi alle domande usando
Present continuous con one/ones e i suggerimenti tra parentesi.
significato di futuro Segui l’esempio.
1 4.20 Formula frasi usando il Present Ascolta: Which is your coat? (on the
continuous e le espressioni di tempo chair)
futuro tra parentesi. Segui l’esempio. Rispondi: The one on the chair.
Ascolta: y cousins go skiing.
M Controlla: The one on the chair.
(next March)
Ripeti: The one on the chair.
Trasforma: M
y cousins are going
1 Which is Mary’s house? (near the park)
skiing next March.
2 Which are your books? (on the table)
Controlla: My cousins are going 3 Which is our bus stop? (near the bank)
skiing next March. 4 Which are your boots? (in the hall)
Ripeti: My cousins are going
skiing next March.
1 Pete gets up early. (tomorrow)
2 We go on holiday in June. (next year) UNIT 9
3 Maria has dinner at half past six.
(tonight) Pronomi possessivi
4 They have a party. (next Saturday) 1 4.23 Rispondi alle domande usando il
5 We go to the cinema on Friday. pronome possessivo. Segui l’esempio.
(next week) Ascolta: Is this Dad’s book? (Yes)
Rispondi: Yes, it is. It’s his.
Can (possibilità)
Controlla: Yes, it is. It’s his.
2 4.21 Formula frasi usando can/can’t.
Segui l’esempio. Ripeti: Yes, it is. It’s his.
Ascolta: I haven’t got a phone. 1 Is this Claire’s scarf? (No)

(I / not phone you) 2 Is this your phone? (Yes)
3 Is this Tom and Luke’s football? (No)
Trasforma: I can’t phone you.
4 Is this my drink? (No)
Controlla: I can’t phone you.
5 Is this Robert’s bike? (Yes)
Ripeti: I can’t phone you.
1 The shops are open. Avverbi di modo
(I / go shopping) 2 4.24 Trasforma l’aggettivo in avverbio.
2 It’s a beautiful day. Segui l’esempio.
(we / go to the park)
Ascolta: Clean your teeth. (careful)
3 I’ve got lots of homework tonight.
Trasforma: Clean your teeth carefully.
(I / not go out)
4 There’s no school today. Controlla: Clean your teeth carefully.
(we / go swimming) Ripeti: Clean your teeth carefully.
5 Sam’s listening to loud music. 1 Our team played. (bad)
(he / not hear you) 2 We solved the problem. (easy)
6 I’m not busy. 3 He’s running. (fast)
(I / help you) 4 She plays the piano. (beautiful)
5 You speak English. (good)
114 one hundred and fourteen


Workbook
Il materiale è registrato sullo Student’s MP3 disc
Contents Il materiale è disponibile sul DVD
ES Esame di Stato
Unit 1
Vocabulary �� 116 K Cambridge English: Key (KET)
Dialogue work�� 117 ★ Esercizio abbastanza impegnativo
Grammar�� 118
★ ★ Esercizio impegnativo
Grammar and vocabulary in action��120
Functions��121
Skills and culture��122
Unit 2 Unit 6
Vocabulary ��124 Vocabulary ��156
Dialogue work��125 Dialogue work��157
Grammar��126 Grammar��158
Grammar and vocabulary in action��128 Grammar and vocabulary in action��160
Functions��129 Functions��161
Skills and culture��130 Skills and culture��162
Unit 3 Unit 7
Grammar��134 Grammar��166
Unit 4 Unit 8
Grammar��142 Grammar�� 174
Unit 5 Unit 9
Vocabulary ��148 Vocabulary �� 180
Dialogue work��149 Dialogue work�� 181
Grammar��150 Grammar�� 182
Grammar and vocabulary in action��152 Grammar and vocabulary in action�� 184
Functions��153 Functions�� 185
Skills and culture��154 Skills and culture�� 186

1
unit
Vocabulary
The weather
1 Trova dodici aggettivi relativi al tempo atmosferico nel wordsearch.
F C O E E Z I W C A
R S U N N Y H I O T
E H F C S F A H O K
E O O L W R C O L D
Z R G O A O P T L S
I G G U R A I N Y N
N I Y W M R O G G O
G N B O I L I N G W
Z G O P C L O U D Y
W I N D Y O W Y S S

It’s boiling / freezing today! Please open the window.
1 Look at the rain / sun! Take your umbrella!
2 There’s snow / fog in the mountains. Let’s go skiing!
3 I’m wearing my coat because it’s cool / warm today.
4 I can’t see! It’s very cloudy / foggy.
5 Put on your hat and gloves. It’s quite cold / hot today.
6 It’s warm and snowy / windy. Let’s go sailing!
3 Picture dictionary Ripassa i nuovi vocaboli della sezione Extension

a pagina 222. Abbina le parole nel riquadro alle figure.
storm
dry
blizzard ice hail wet hurricane
blizzard 1 2 3
4 5 6
116 Student’s Book page 11


Dialogue work
1
1 Riascolta il dialogo a pagina 13 dello
Student’s Book. Decidi se le frasi sono vere (T)
o false (F).
Lauren lives in Blackpool. F
1 Lauren never goes to Swimming Club.
2 It’s half past four.
3 The new boy is in Jack’s class.
Video Presentation Unit 1
2 Before you listen Osserva la figura 4 Comprehension Correggi l’errore

e rispondi alle domande. in ognuna delle seguenti frasi.
1 Where are Beth and Jamie? Jamie and Beth are at a windsurfing
course.
2 Describe the weather. Jamie and Beth are at the cinema.
1 The weather is fantastic today.

2 It’s hot.

3 It’s half past five now.

4 The film is at 7 o’clock.

5 Zak’s early.

5 Learn it! Use it! Abbina le frasi (1–3)

alle traduzioni (a–c). Usa il dialogo
dell’es. 3 come aiuto.
3 Ascolta e leggi il dialogo.
1 What was the weather like?
Beth Hi, Jamie. Sorry I’m late! 2 Honestly!
Jamie That’s OK. How was your 3 What a (horrible day)!
windsurfing course yesterday?
a Che (giornata orribile)!
Beth It was fantastic! b Com’era il tempo?
Jamie What was the weather like? c Davvero!
Was it cold?
Beth No, it wasn’t. Honestly, it was 6 Think back Rileggi il dialogo dell’es. 3.
windy, but it was warm and sunny! 1 Cerchia le parole che descrivono
Jamie Really? The weather’s terrible today. il tempo atmosferico.
It’s freezing! 2 Sottolinea gli esempi del Present
Beth Yeah, what a horrible day! Oh look, continuous.
it’s 6 o’clock. The film’s starting.
Jamie But I’m waiting for Zak. Where is he?
Beth Zak? Er … well, he was on the
windsurfing course, and…
Jamie Look! He’s here!
Zak Hi, guys. Sorry I’m late. I was at
the hospital!
Student’s Book pages 12–13 one hundred and seventeen 117

Grammar
A Past simple di be 3 Completa il brano con la forma affermativa (✓)
o negativa (✗) del Past simple del verbo be.
Forma affermativa
1 Completa le frasi con was o were.
Our English teacher was new last year.
1 Sara and Alex at home an
hour ago.
2 Digger late for Drama Club
yesterday.
3 My grandparents on holiday
last week. We weren’t (✗) at school yesterday because it
4 My cousins at our house 1
(✓) a holiday, but it 2 (✗)
last Saturday. a good day! My mum works at the hospital,
5 The weather fantastic last so she 3 (✗) here. A football match
weekend. 4
(✓) on TV, so Dad and Josh
6 That book very interesting. 5
(✗) very good company. My
7 Our exams very difficult! best friend Alice 6 (✗) at home.
8 I tired after school yesterday. Matt and Megan 7
(✓) at the park,
but the weather 8 (✗) very good.
Forma negativa
It 9 (✓) very cold and cloudy.
2 Riscrivi le frasi alla forma negativa. What a terrible day! I 10 (✓) happy
Poi sostituisci le informazioni in grassetto to go to school this morning!
con le parole tra parentesi.
My sister was in the kitchen an hour ago. Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi
(living room) 4 Formula domande con il Past simple
My sister wasn’t in the kitchen an hour del verbo be.
ago. She was in the living room. 1 you / at the cinema / on Sunday afternoon?
1 My cousins were late this morning. Were you at the cinema on Sunday
(yesterday) afternoon?
2 the weather / sunny / yesterday?

2 The weather was hot and sunny at the 3 Sally / at home / at lunchtime?
weekend. (cold and rainy)
4 Sam and Ally / in your class / last year?

3 The film was at 8 o’clock. (7 o’clock) 5 your dad / a teacher here / two years ago?

6 you and Tim / at Drama Club?
4 Our holiday was fantastic! (terrible)

5 Abbina le risposte brevi (a–f) alle domande
5 We were at the cinema an hour ago. (park) (1–6) dell’es. 4.
a No, she wasn’t.
b Yes, he was.
6 My grandparents were at home at c No, I wasn’t. 1
lunchtime. (the supermarket) d Yes, we were.
e Yes, it was.
f No, they weren’t.
118 one hundred and eighteen


6 Leggi le risposte, poi formula domande 8 La settimana scorsa Simon è stato al centro
1
corrispondenti alle parole in grassetto. sportivo. Completa il dialogo con la forma
How old was your brother on his last corretta di There was / There were.
birthday?
My brother was 16 on his last birthday.
1 ?
Susie was at home yesterday afternoon.
2 ?
The film was at 7 o’clock last night.
3 ?
They were late because there was lots
of traffic.
4
?
My favourite subject at primary school
was Music.
5 ?
I was on holiday two weeks ago.
6 ?
They were on the number 27 bus.
7 ?
School was closed last week because it
was a holiday.
8 ?
My birthday party was in our garden.
Dad What was the sports centre like?
Was there a gym?
B There was/There were
Simon No, 1 , but
7 Scegli l’alternativa corretta. 2
a great
There was / were a good film on TV last night. swimming pool – and a lake!
1 There was / were three new students in our Dad So 3 swimming
class last year. lessons at the centre?
2 There was / were a terrible storm yesterday Simon Dad! No, 4 .
morning. We can all swim!
3 We were late, so there was / wasn’t any Dad Oh yes, of course! Sorry!
time for lunch. 5
windsurfing lessons?
4 It was a big party. There were / weren’t lots Simon Yes, 6 .
of people.
Dad Fantastic! And sailing and surfing
5 There wasn’t / weren’t any milk in the fridge
lessons?
this morning.
Simon No, because 7
6 It was very snowy yesterday, so there
any wind! But 8
were / weren’t any buses.
canoeing lessons on the lake.
7 There were / weren’t some nice people at
Dad And what about food?
Anna’s party.
8 There was / were lots of difficult questions in Simon Well, 9 a café, but
that exam. it was terrible. 10
any chips!
Student’s Book pages 14–15 one hundred and nineteen 119


1 ★ Completa il dialogo con was, wasn’t, 3 ★★ Completa il dialogo con la forma
1
were o weren’t. corretta dei verbi tra parentesi.
PC Pond So, Mr Watt, where were you at PC Pond Mr Watt, I’m arresting you!
9 o’clock last night? Mr Watt What? Why?
Mr Watt I 1
in the football PC Pond There weren’t (There / not be) any
stadium. goals at the match last night and
PC Pond 2
you alone? 1
(you / not be)
Mr Watt No, I 3
. My girlfriend in the stadium.
4
with me. Mr Watt That isn’t true! 2 (I / be)
PC Pond Which football match with my girlfriend!
5
it? PC Pond No, 3 (you / not be).
4
Mr Watt It 6 Arsenal and
Liverpool. (Your girlfriend / be) in the stadium,
PC Pond And 7 it a good match? but 5 (you / be)
8
there any goals? in the car park … in the Arsenal
Mr Watt Er … yes, there 9 . manager’s car!
The result 10 Arsenal 2, Translation
Liverpool 1.
4 Leggi il riquadro Translation competence.
Glossary Poi traduci il dialogo in inglese.
alone da solo
Translation competence
2 ★ Osserva il ritaglio di giornale In italiano l’ordine delle parole delle frasi

e rispondi alle domande. interrogative è spesso identico a quello delle
frasi affermative. In inglese, invece, per
formare una frase interrogativa con il verbo be
NEWS devi sempre mettere il soggetto dopo il verbo.

Were you at school yesterday?
Man takes Arsenal NON You were at school yesterday?
manager’s car
Arsenal 0 – Liverpool 0 Anna Dov’eri sabato? Eri allo stadio?
Marcus Sì.
Anna È stata una bella partita?
Marcus Non è stata male, ma non ci sono
stati gol.
Anna Quanta gente c’era?
Marcus C’erano tante persone! Era una
partita importante.
WHO IS THIS MAN? Anna Tuo fratello era lì?
He was in the stadium car park at Marcus No, lui non c’era. Era a Liverpool
6 o’clock. con i suoi amici. C’era un concerto.
Anna Ah sì! Mia sorella era a quel
1 How many goals were there at the match?
concerto.

Marcus E tu dov’eri?
2 Where was the car?
Anna A casa! Non ero con mia sorella
3 When was the man in the car park? perché i biglietti per il concerto
erano molto costosi!
120 one hundred and twenty Student’s Book page 16


Functions
Asking for descriptions 3 Ascolta e controlla.
1
1 Riascolta il dialogo dell’es. 1 Build a dialogue
a pagina 17 dello Student’s Book.
Rispondi alle domande. 4 Segui le fasi 1–2 per formare un dialogo.
1 Where was Lisa’s party?
Step 1: Remember!

2 What was the weather like? Completa le domande.

1 Chiedi com’è andato il fine settimana.
3 What type of music was there?
your weekend?

2 Chiedi com’era un luogo / un evento /
Video Functions Unit 1 il tempo, ecc.
What Oxford / the concert /
2 Formula domande con il Past simple the weather ?
del verbo be per completare il dialogo. 3 Chiedi com’era la musica / il cibo /, ecc.
What the music / the food /
?
4 Chiedi com’era la gente.
What the people
?
Step 2: Write it!
Sei appena tornato da uno scambio

culturale in Francia. Scrivi un dialogo con
Freya How was your weekend? il tuo amico Jay seguendo la traccia. ES
(How / your weekend?) Jay Ti saluta. Ti chiede com’era
Emma It was good, thanks. I was at a la Francia.
music festival with my cousins. You Saluta Jay. Rispondi che è stata
Freya Great! 1 fantastica.
(Where / the festival?) Jay Ti chiede com’erano le persone della
Emma It was in Oxford. My cousins live famiglia.
there. You Rispondi che erano molto amichevoli.
Freya Cool! 2 Jay Ti chiede com’era la loro casa.
(What / the music like?) You Rispondi che era enorme. C’erano
Emma It was fantastic. I love rock music! dieci stanze.
Freya 3
Jay Ti chiede com’è Parigi (Paris).
(What / the city like?) You Rispondi che è molto bella e molto
Emma It was really interesting. grande.
Freya And 4 Jay Ti chiede com’era il tempo.
(what / the weather like?) You Rispondi che era un po’ fresco
Emma It was great. It was hot and sunny. e coperto.
Freya 5
Jay Ti chiede com’è il cibo francese.
(What / the food like?) You Rispondi che non è male,
Emma It was terrible! There were hot ma preferisci il cibo italiano!
dogs and hamburgers, but I’m
a vegetarian!
Student’s Book page 17 one hundred and twenty-one 121


Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Osserva le foto. Quale tipo di gita preferiresti? Segna (✓) una casella.
1 A day at the coast 2 A visit to an animal park 3 A day in a historic city
2 Leggi e ascolta i brani. Abbina i titoli (1–3) dell’es. 1 ai brani (A–C).
A B C
GREAT We were in Whitby last Saturday.

Whitby is a small town by the sea,
Last Sunday it was the Youth Club
trip to York. There were 25 people
DAY OUT! on the north-east coast of England. on the trip: 23 teenagers and
My brother and I often go there 2 adults. It was really good. We were
A with Grandma. There was a Dracula on the bus for 2 hours and that was
Our last day out was to the festival in the town last weekend! a bit boring, but York was great. It’s
Cotswold Wildlife Park. It’s near Whitby was the inspiration for the a historic city. It’s got a big cathedral
Oxford, in the south of England. book Dracula and there’s a festival and lots of museums. The Jorvik
The journey was quite long and every year. There were lots of people Viking museum was fantastic! ‘Jorvik’
boring, but the park was great. in black clothes! They were funny! was the Viking name for York. We
It’s really big. There were lots were at the museum for 3 hours!
The weather in Whitby is usually
of amazing animals and birds, There’s a chocolate museum in York
terrible. It’s often rainy and windy,
and the insects were fantastic! too, but there wasn’t time to visit
but this year it was quite sunny
My favourite animals were the it. It was a shame, but I was happy
and warm. We were on the beach
meerkats. They’re really funny! The because there was time for cakes
for hours, but the sea was cold.
weather wasn’t great. It was cold and a drink at a famous café called
We always have fish and chips for
and very cloudy, but there was Betty’s Tea Rooms. The cakes were
lunch in Whitby. The town is
some really nice hot chocolate in delicious! It was a fantastic trip …
famous for Dracula, but also for
the café! We were at the wildlife but the weather was terrible! It was
its fish and chips!
park for 5 hours. At the end of the really wet and windy!
day, I was really tired! Joanna, 15
Dominic, 15
Matt, 14
Competences
3 Rileggi i brani e abbina le immagini del tempo (1–3) ai brani (A–C). Glossary
wildlife park
1 2 3
parco / riserva naturale
journey viaggio
insects insetti
meerkats suricati
beach spiaggia
sea mare
122 one hundred and twenty-two


1
Competences
1 Where is the Cotswold Wildlife Park? 7 How many people were there
2 Which were Matt’s favourite animals? on Dominic’s Youth Club trip?
3 How many hours was Matt there? 8 What was the Viking name for York?
4 Who was with Joanna in Whitby? 9 What were the cakes like
5 What type of festival was there in Whitby? at Betty’s Tea Rooms?
6 What food is Whitby famous for?
Listening
5 Ascolta Ryan e Jenny parlare di una gara. È stata un successo?
Yes / No
6 Riascolta Ryan e Jenny e decidi se le frasi

sono vere (T) o false (F). Correggi le frasi false.
1 The sports competition was last Thursday.

2 It was in a park.

3 The weather was freezing.

4 There were twenty schools in the competition.

5 Jenny was in the running team.

6 There were two teachers with the team.

Guided writing
7 Inventa i dettagli della gita per completare la descrizione di Ruth.
8 Scrivi un’e-mail (40–55 parole)
a un amico di penna inglese in
Hi Vicky
cui racconti di una gita recente.
Last Sunday (when?) I was on a trip to 1 Usa l’e-mail di Ruth come aiuto.
(where?). There were 2 (how many people?) on
ES K
the trip. The journey was quite 3
(adjective?): we were on the bus for 4 (how many
Writing competence check
hours / minutes?).
5
(where?) is really Segna (✓) la casella una volta
6
(adjective?). There are some verificato ciascun punto.
interesting 7 (what?). We were at Hai espresso il saluto iniziale?
8
(where?) for 9 Hai espresso il saluto finale?
(how many?) hours! I was happy because there was time to eat I tempi verbali sono giusti?
10
(what? / where?). Sei andato a capo in modo
The weather was 11 (adjective?). corretto?
It was 12 (what was the weather like?).
It was a great trip!
See you soon,
Ruth
Student’s Book pages 18–19 one hundred and twenty-three 123


2
unit
Vocabulary
Life events
1 Completa gli avvenimenti.
g e t m a r r i e d 1 m e h e 2 h e c n
3 g t a p t 4 b b n 5 l e h e
6 b y a c r 7 t l a d 8 r

Children in the UK usually start / leave school at 4 or 5 years old. Students
1
do / get exams at 16 and 18 years old, but some 2move / leave school at
16 and 3get / buy a job. Lots of students 4leave / get home and 5go / start to
university at 18 years old. At 17, they can 6go / learn to drive, and 7buy / travel
a car, but they need some money!

a pagina 224. Completa le definizioni.
When you are successful in a school test, you pass an exam.
1 When a husband and wife separate, they often g d .
2 When you are not successful in a school test, you f
an e .
3 When a boyfriend and girlfriend decide to get married, first they
g e .
4 When your life finishes, you d .
5 When you j ac , you become part of a group.
6 When you are first in a competition, you can w ap .
7 When you s music l , you learn to play an instrument.
8 When you meet nice new people, you m new f .


Dialogue work
2
Student’s Book. Rispondi alle domande.
Who is the website about?
John Lennon.
1 Where was he born?

2 What project are Jack and Digger doing?

3 Who is a fan of the Beatles?

2 Before you listen Osserva la figura Beth Aahh, that’s nice. What type of music
e scegli l’alternativa corretta. do they play?
1 Jamie and Beth are at home / on the bus. Jamie Er … oh, jazz. Yuk! I hate jazz!
2 They’re looking at a newspaper / a website. Beth What do you know about music?
You’ve got some terrible music on
your MP3 player!
Jamie Ha! You can talk!

Who is Mrs Robson?
She’s their Maths teacher.
1 Where was she last week?

2 Which musical instrument does she play?

3 Who is in the band with her?

4 What type of band is it?

Jamie Hey, look at this article. It’s about … 5 Learn it! Use it! Traduci le frasi.
Abby Robson! Usa il dialogo dell’es. 3 come aiuto.
Beth Abby Robson … Mrs Robson? But she’s 1 Si sa!
our Maths teacher!
Jamie We know that! But look, she was at 2 Fammi vedere, Vediamo.
Farm Hill Music Festival last week!
Beth Really? My cousins were at that festival. 3 Senti chi parla!

Jamie Yes, but she was in one of the bands!
Beth I don’t believe it! Mrs Robson? 6 Think back Rileggi il dialogo dell’es. 3.
Jamie Yeah. 1 Cerchia un avvenimento della vita.
Beth Let me see… Hey, look! She started 2 Sottolinea gli esempi del Past simple del
guitar lessons five years ago. verbo be.
Jamie Yeah, and she met her husband three
years ago and they formed the band!
Student’s Book pages 22–23 one hundred and twenty-five 125


Grammar
A Past simple dei verbi regolari 3 Riscrivi le frasi al Past simple. Sostituisci
le espressioni di tempo in grassetto con
Forma affermativa le parole tra parentesi.
1 Scrivi il Past simple dei seguenti verbi. We play football on Saturday afternoons.
(last Saturday afternoon)
start started
We played football last Saturday
1 travel
afternoon.
2 finish
1 I watch TV in the evening. (yesterday
3 retire
evening)
4 stop

5 listen
2 Josh lives in London now. (two years ago)
6 try

7 move
3 Sara walks to school every morning.
8 die
(yesterday morning)
2 Completa le frasi con il Past simple dei verbi
nel riquadro. 4 My brother helps with my Maths homework
after school. (last night)
prefer
close hate arrive
invent

pass play stay study

5 They visit their grandparents on Sundays.
(last Sunday)

6 We walk on the beach at the weekend.
(two weeks ago)

B Past simple dei verbi

irregolari
4 Completa la tabella.
forma base Past simple
Galileo invented the telescope.
meet met
1 That film was really boring. I it. 1
made
2 The train at 8 o’clock.
go 2
3 We in a beautiful hotel
get 3
in London. 4
had
4 John tennis last Monday. 5
came
5 Tom all his exams.
do 6
6 We were cold, so we 7
left
the window.
win 8
7 My mum French and German 9
ate
at university.
take 10
8 I the Dinosaur Museum
buy 11
because the Science Museum wasn’t 12
cost
very interesting.
126 one hundred and twenty-six


5 Completa il brano con il Past simple dei 7 Completa il cruciverba.
2
verbi tra parentesi. Across
Scrivi il Past simple dei verbi.
2 sleep 4 stop 6 drink 10 wake
11 give 13 pay 14 work
Down
Scrivi la forma base dei verbi.
1 rode 3 lost 5 played 6 drove 7 knew
8 fought 9 decided 12 spoke
1
R
2 3
I
D
4 5
E
Last year my cousin Laura won (win) the lottery! 6 7
She 1 (have) two tickets and she

8 9
2
(hear) the results on the radio.
She 3
(be) a millionaire! First, 10
she 4 (leave) her job and she 11

5
(go) shopping every day. She
12
6
(spend) lots of money on clothes.
She 7
(learn) to drive and then 13
she 8 (buy) a fast car! She also

9
(get) some pets: a horse and three
big dogs. She 10 (fly) around the
world in a private jet. She 11
(send) 14
me emails from the United States, Brazil and

Australia. My aunt 12 (speak) to her 8 Completa il brano con il Past simple dei
on the phone yesterday. She’s coming home … verbi nel riquadro.
because she hasn’t got any money now!
have be become want get married
6 Scrivi frasi al Past simple. grow up go leave meet get work
my dad / get / a new job / last week
My gran was born in 1946. She 1
My dad got a new job last week.
three brothers and two sisters and they
1 my aunt / buy / a new car / a month ago
2
in South London. Gran

3
school at 16 years old and she
2 we / make / a cake / yesterday
4
a job in the local market. She

5
at the market for five years,
3 they / do / their homework / after school
but she 6
to be a teacher. At

21, she 7 to university and she
4 Mum / grow up / in Bristol
8
a primary school teacher in 1970.

She 9
my grandad at school.
5 Alex / go / to university / last year
They 10
in 1975 and today

it’s their anniversary! Happy anniversary,
6 Mrs Watkins / teach / Art / ten years ago
Gran and Grandad!

Student’s Book pages 24–25 one hundred and twenty-seven 127


1 ★Completa il blog di Annie con il Present simple
2
o il Past simple dei verbi tra parentesi.
MY LIFE
Hi! I’m Annie. I ’m (be) 14 years old
and I 1 (live) in Cambridge with
my mum, my dad and my brother Tom.
I2 (be) born in Birmingham, on 3rd September.
My dad 3 (take) this photo in the hospital!
Dad 4 (get)
a new job here in Cambridge when
I 5 (be) two, so we 6 (move)
house. Mum 7
(be) happy because she
8
(grow up) in Cambridge.
One year later, my brother Tom 9 (arrive)!
He’s eleven years old now.
I 10 (start) school when I was four years old.
I 11 (make) lots of new friends and
I 12 (meet) my friend, Lucy, on my first day.
Lucy and I 13 (be) best friends now.
Last year I 14 (start) clarinet lessons

at school and I 15 (play) in the
orchestra at a school concert a month ago.
Translation

Poi traduci il brano in inglese.
2 ★★Completa le frasi sulla vita
Ricorda che in inglese al Past simple
di Annie con il Past simple dei verbi
non si usano gli ausiliari have e be.
nel riquadro.
Ho visto = I saw. Sono andato = I went.
have
be become
go
live play Non dimenticare di usare il pronome
personale soggetto prima del verbo.
Annie’s mum lived in Cambridge when
she was a child. Questo è mio cugino George. Ha
1 Tom born 11 years ago. ventiquattro anni. È australiano ma non è
2 Annie to school when nato in Australia. È cresciuto a Melbourne in
she was four. Australia, ma è nato in Inghilterra. Mia zia ha
3 Annie and Lucy friends at trovato un nuovo lavoro a Melbourne, così si
primary school. sono trasferiti in Australia. George è andato a
4 Annie her first clarinet lesson scuola a Melbourne e all’università a Sydney.
last year. Ha studiato biologia, ma all’università ha
5 Annie the clarinet at a concert iniziato lezioni di chitarra. Ora è un musicista
last month. famoso in Australia!
128 one hundred and twenty-eight Student’s Book page 26


Functions
Apologising Build a dialogue
2
1 Riascolta i dialoghi dell’es. 1
4 Segui le fasi 1–2 per formare un dialogo.
Decidi se le frasi sono vere (T) o false (F). Step 1: Remember!
1 Hannah went to the cinema.
2 Hannah forgot Sam’s History book. Completa le frasi.
3 Hannah was late for school. 1 Chiedi scusa a qualcuno.
Video Functions Unit 2
I’m really .
2 Accetta le scuse.
2 Completa il dialogo con le parole It’s .
nel riquadro. It doesn’t .
Don’t .
never forgot sorry really
Never .
it’s
left
missed ’m
Step 2: Write it!
James e Alex stanno parlando della

scorsa sera. Scrivi il dialogo seguendo
la traccia. ES
James Saluta Alex.
Alex Saluta. Chiede a James se ha
la console per videogiochi.
James Si scusa tanto. Risponde che l’ha
dimenticata a casa.
Alex Gli dice di non preoccuparsi ma gli
chiede di ricordarsela domani.
Carla Hi, I’m home! James Risponde di sì. Dice che lui (Alex)
Mum Carla! Grandma’s party starts at non era al cinema la sera scorsa e
4 o’clock! gli chiede perché.
Carla Yeah, I’m sorry, Mum. I 1 Alex Si scusa tanto. Risponde che non
the bus. stava bene.
Mum But I sent you a text ten minutes ago! James Dice che è un peccato. Dice che
gli ha mandato due SMS.
Carla Oh … I’m really 2 , Mum.
I 3 my phone. Alex Si scusa di nuovo. Dice che
il cellulare era al piano di sotto.
Mum Well, 4 mind, but don’t
forget it again! James Dice che non importa. Dice che
il film non era bello!
Carla OK, Mum.
Dad And Carla … where’s my tablet?
Carla Oh! Sorry, Dad. I 5 it
at Anna’s house.
Dad What?!
Carla I’m 6 sorry.
Dad Well, 7
OK, but go to
Anna’s house tomorrow and get
it. OK?
3 Ascolta e controlla.
Student’s Book page 27 one hundred and twenty-nine 129

Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Osserva le foto. Abbina i nomi degli sport (1–3) alle foto (A–C).
1 motor racing 2 diving 3 taekwondo
A B C
2 Leggi e ascolta i brani. Completa le frasi con il nome corretto.

1 won a gold medal at the Olympics.
2 became a world champion at 23 years old.
3 competed at the Olympics at 14 years old.
Sporting heroes
Lewis Hamilton is a British Jade Jones is an Olympic Tom Daley is a British diver.
Formula 1 driver. He won taekwondo champion. She’s He was born in 1994. He
the world championship from Wales and she went learned to swim when he was
in 2008. He was 23 years to my school! She was in a 3 years old and he started
old and it was a historic different year to me, but I to dive when he was 7. He
moment because he was met her because she visited participated in his first big
the first black Formula 1 our school after the Olympics. competition in 2004. In 2008,
champion. Lewis was born She showed us her gold Tom represented Britain
in 1985. When he was 6, his medal and she was really at the Olympics in Beijing,
dad gave him a go-kart for friendly. After that, I started China. He was only 14 years
Christmas. He was in lots taekwondo and I love it! old, the youngest diving
of races and he won lots competitor at the Olympics!
Jade was born in 1993. When
of prizes. In 1995, he met Tom competed, but he also
she was 16, she wanted to
the boss of an important studied and he passed all
concentrate on taekwondo,
Formula 1 team. Lewis said of his exams. Tom’s dad
so she left school. She was in
to him: ‘I want to be in your always encouraged him and
lots of competitions and she
team.’ He was only 10 years watched all the competitions,
won some medals. She joined
old! He joined their ‘young but in 2011, Tom’s dad
the British senior team in 2011
driver’ team after 3 years. died. In 2012, Tom won the
and she won the Olympic
He started in go-kart and Olympic bronze medal and he
gold medal in London
Competences
Formula 3 races and then dedicated it to his dad.

in 2012. It was amazing
he joined the Formula 1
because she beat the Chinese KATE
team in 2007. Lewis
champion. She was the first Glossary
Hamilton is my hero
person to win a gold medal
because he had a dream, driver pilota (sport)
for Britain in taekwondo.
and he realised his dream! races gare, corse
That’s awesome!
dream sogno
OLLY
BECKY beat ha battuto
diver tuffatore
youngest il più giovane
130 one hundred and thirty

3 Rileggi i brani a pagina 130. Decidi se le frasi sono vere (T)
2
Competences
o false (F). Correggi le frasi false. K
1 Lewis Hamilton became world champion in 1997.
2 He got a go-kart for his sixth birthday.
3 He joined a Formula 1 team when he was 13 years old.
4 Jade Jones is English.
5 She left school at 16 years old.
6 She won 2 gold medals at the Olympics in 2012.
7 Tom Daley started to dive at 3 years old.
8 He was the youngest diving competitor at the Olympics in 2008.
Listening
4 Ascolta la presentazione di Luke su David Beckham.
Perché Beckham è il suo eroe sportivo?

5 Riascolta Luke e abbina gli avvenimenti della vita

di Beckham (1–6) alle espressioni di tempo (a–f).
1 He was born in London. a In 1997.
2 He joined Manchester United. b In 2013.
3 He played for England for the first time. c
At 16 years old.
4 He met Victoria Adams. d In 1999.
5 He got married. e In 1975.
6 He retired from football. f At 21 years old.
Guided writing
6 Usa il factfile per completare la descrizione di David Beckham di Luke.
My sporting hero is David Beckham. David Beckham
is an English footballer. He 1 David Beckham
in 1975 and he always loved football. He joined
Manchester United when 2
Sport: football
years old, and he stayed there for 12 years. When
he was 21, 3 for England and Born: London 1975
he played 4
for England. In Career: Manchester United 1991–2003,
1997, Beckham met 5 and England from 1996 (115 games)
they 6
in 1999. They have four 2013: retired from professional football
children. In 2013 David 7
from
Family: married to Victoria Adams (1999),
professional football. He was 38 years old. He’s my 4 children
sporting hero because he was a fantastic footballer.
7 Scrivi un brano (40–55 parole) sul tuo eroe sportivo. Usa la descrizione
di David Beckham dell’es. 6 come aiuto.

Segna (✓) la casella una volta verificato ciascun punto.
Il tempo dei verbi è corretto (Present simple o Past simple)?
Lo spelling dei verbi regolari al Past simple è corretto?
Hai usato espressioni di tempo appropriate?
Student’s Book pages 28–29 one hundred and thirty-one 131


3
unit
Vocabulary
Films
1 Osserva i manifesti e completa i generi cinematografici.
comedy 1 h r film 2 l e s y
3 a n film 4 h l film 5 w film

Mamma Mia is a musical / silent film.
1 The Madagascar films are animated films / thrillers.
2 The James Bond films are westerns / spy films.
3 The Hobbit films are documentaries / fantasy films.
4 The Iron Man films are adventure films / historical films.
5 The Star Trek films are sci-fi films / musicals.

a pagina 226. Abbina le parole nel riquadro alle figure.
soundtrack
actor
lighting
set costumes props script camera
set 1 2 3
4 5 6 7


Dialogue work
3
Student’s Book. Decidi se le frasi sono vere (T)
o false (F). Correggi le frasi false.
1 Digger watched a musical last night.

2 Lauren and Jack went to the cinema.

3 Lauren likes musicals.

2 Before you listen Osserva la figura Jamie Which film? What did you see?
e rispondi alle domande. Beth Yours Forever. It’s a love story.
1 Where are Jamie and Beth? I really liked it!
Jamie Umm – which cinema did you go to?
2 Are they happy? Beth The Palace.
Jamie Oh no! I went to Filmworld. I saw
an action film.
Beth Did you like it?
Jamie No, I didn’t. It was rubbish!
Beth Good job I didn’t come with you!
Jamie You’re right! But good job I didn’t
come with you … because I hate
love stories!
4 Comprehension Completa le frasi con

il nome corretto.
Beth watched a love story last night.
1 was at the Palace cinema.
2 was at the Filmworld cinema.
3 watched an action film.
4 loved the film.
5 hated the film.
5 Learn it! Use it! Abbina le frasi (1–3) alle

traduzioni (a–c). Usa il dialogo dell’es. 3
come aiuto.
1 There you are a
Meno male
2 rubbish b Eccoti qua
3 Good job c schifezza
Jamie Hey, there you are, Beth! Where
were you last night? You weren’t at 6 Think back Rileggi il dialogo dell’es. 3.
the cinema! 1 Cerchia i generi cinematografici.
Beth I was there! But you weren’t! I went 2 Sottolinea gli esempi della forma
in at seven o’clock, when the film affermativa del Past simple.
started.
Student’s Book pages 34–35 one hundred and thirty-three 133


Grammar
A Past simple 3 Osserva la tabella delle attività che
le persone hanno o non hanno svolto
Forma negativa lo scorso fine settimana. Completa
le frasi con la forma corretta del Past simple.
James Georgia Leo
forma forma negativa
and Jo
affermativa
listened didn’t listen
ate didn’t eat ✗ ✓ ✓
liked 1
phoned 2 watch a film

came 3
saw 4
✓ ✗ ✗
spoke 5
visited 6 go swimming
made 7
paid 8
✓ ✗ ✓
studied 9
wrote 10
play video games
James didn’t watch a film.

2 Riscrivi le frasi alla forma negativa con 1 James video games.
le espressioni di tempo tra parentesi.
2 James swimming.
I met Alex last Tuesday. (yesterday ✗) 3 Georgia swimming.
I didn’t meet Alex yesterday. 4 Georgia video games.
1 We started at this school in 2013. (2012 ✗) 5 Leo and Jo a film.
6 Leo and Jo video games.

2 They got home from school at 4 o’clock. 4 Completa il brano con la forma corretta del
(5 o’clock ✗) Past simple dei verbi nel riquadro.
take ask be wait leave meet
phone be buy not have not come
3 Eva finished her homework this morning. not see not understand
(last night ✗)
Yesterday Matt asked Emily to go to the
cinema with him, but it 1 a disaster!
4 I bought a new skateboard in June. Matt 2 Emily at the bus stop,
(May ✗) but the bus 3 , so Emily
4
her dad and he 5
them
to the cinema in the car. They 6
5 Our cousins left on Sunday. late, so they 7 the start

(Saturday ✗) of the film and they 8
the story, so they 9 after an hour.

They 10
in a café for a bus, but they
6 We went to London yesterday. (last week ✗) 11
much money, so they
only 12
one drink!

134 one hundred and thirty-four


Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi 8 Completa il dialogo con la forma corretta del
3
5 Riordina le parole per formulare domande. Past simple dei verbi tra parentesi.
1 any biscuits did buy Mum ? Oscar Did you go out (you / go out) yesterday?

Did Mum buy any biscuits? Keira No, I 1 .
2 their the homework students did do ? I 2
(stay) at
home and I 3
3 like you programme that did ? (watch) football on TV, but I

4
(not enjoy)
4 did early get up Robert ? the game.
Oscar Why not?
5 9 o’clock the did finish at film ? Keira Because our team 5
(not win), of course! What 6
6 forget did your I birthday ? (you / do) yesterday?
Oscar I 7 (see)
Dragonquest at the cinema with Alice.
6 Abbina le risposte brevi (a–f) alle domande
(1–6) dell’es. 5. Keira Really? 8 (Alice / like) it?
Oscar Yes, 9
.
a Yes, it did.
That 10 (be) a surprise!
b Yes, they did.
She normally hates fantasy films.
c Yes, you did.
d No, he didn’t.
e No, she didn’t. 1 B Domande con Who… ?,
f No, I didn’t. What… ? e Which… ?
7 Leggi le risposte, poi completa le domande 9 Leggi le risposte, poi completa le domande
corrispondenti alle parole in grassetto corrispondenti alle parole in grassetto. A
con le parole interrogative nel riquadro e volte è necessaria una domanda sul soggetto,
il Past simple. altre volte una domanda sull’oggetto.
Who made that chocolate cake?
What When Where Who Why
Grandma made that chocolate cake.
Where did you go last Saturday? What did Grandma make?
We went to London. Grandma made that chocolate cake.
1 last night? 1 Who ?
They watched the England and Spain Maisie found a bag on the bus.
match. What ?
2 the party? Maisie found a bag on the bus.
She left the party at ten o’clock. 2 Who ?
3 after school? Mr Harris teaches the piano.
I met Lily and Daniel. Which instrument ?
4 ? Mr Harris teaches the piano.
They got married in Scotland. 3 Who ?
5 to bed early? Dad cooks curry on Saturdays.
Because we were really tired! What ?
6 last weekend? Dad cooks curry on Saturdays.
I bought some great clothes. 4 Which character ?
Mary Shelley invented Frankenstein.
Who ?
Mary Shelley invented Frankenstein.
Student’s Book pages 36–37 one hundred and thirty-five 135


1 ★ Scegli l’alternativa corretta. 3 ★★ Completa l’intervista della rivista
3
Moviefan con le domande mancanti.
Moviefan magazine asked three teenagers
about films. What types of films do they like?
What were / was the last film they saw?
What 1 they / did they think of it?
Moviefan So, Tess, what are your favourite

types of film?
Tess Love stories and historical films.
I saw a great film last night.
Moviefan 1 ?
I’m 15 and I love action films! I 2 see / saw Tess It was The Woman in Black.
a Fast and Furious film at the weekend.
Moviefan 2 ?
I love that series! I 3 didn’t / not watch it at
the cinema. I 4 watch / watched it at home Tess At home, on the computer.
with my dad. My mum 5 starts / started to Moviefan 3 ?
watch it, but she didn’t 6 see / saw the end. Tess Yes, I did. It was great!
She 7 go / went to bed after half an hour Moviefan 4 ?
because she didn’t 8 like / liked it! Tess Daniel Radcliffe was in it.
Moviefan 5

DAISY ?
Tess The special effects? They were
2 ★★ Completa il brano di Thomas sui fantastic!
film con la forma corretta del Past simple
dei verbi tra parentesi. Translation

Poi traduci il dialogo in inglese.
Ricorda che con il Past simple del verbo
be non si usa l’ausiliare did / didn’t.
The film wasn’t interesting.
My favourite films are sci-fi films. I saw (see) Was the film interesting?
a sci-fi film at the cinema two weeks ago, but it
1
(not be) Polly Che cosa hai fatto sabato sera?
a new film. It 2 (be) Mel Sono andata a casa di Sara. Abbiamo
an old Star Wars film – Return of the Jedi.
guardato un film.
Why 3 (they / show)
that at our local cinema? Because they Polly Cos’era?
4
(have) a sci-fi festival Mel Era una commedia. Non ricordo
there. They 5 (show) il nome.
all the Star Wars films in one day.
Polly Ti è piaciuta?
I6 (not go) to all of them
and I 7 (not wear) Mel No. Non era molto divertente!
a costume! Some people at the festival Non ho guardato la fine.
8
(come) in their favourite Polly Chi ha scelto il film?
characters’ costumes! Mel Il fratello di Sara. A lui è piaciuto
molto!
THOMAS
136 one hundred and thirty-six Student’s Book page 38

Functions
Permission and requests Build a dialogue
3
1 Riascolta il dialogo dell’es. 1
Segna (✓) le idee con le quali la mamma Step 1: Remember!
di Sam è d’accordo.
1 go to the cinema ✓ Completa le frasi.
2 have a pizza 1 Chiedi il permesso.
3 have some money Can / I go out tonight?
4 go in the car 2 Dai il permesso.
OK. / Yes, sure. / Yes, of .
3 Nega il permesso.
2 Scegli l’alternativa corretta. No, I’m , you .
4 Fai una richiesta.
Can / Could close the window?
5 Accetta una richiesta.
OK. / , sure. / ,
course.
6 Rifiuta una richiesta.
No, sorry.
Step 2: Write it!
Harvey sta parlando con sua madre.

Scrivi il dialogo seguendo la traccia. ES
Harvey Chiede a sua madre se può usare
il suo computer.
Mum Nega il permesso. Spiega che
lo sta usando lei al momento.
Harvey Le chiede se può usarlo dopo cena.
Joe Mrs Foster, could I / you leave
school early today? I’ve got a Mum Dà il permesso.
dentist’s appointment. Harvey Chiede a sua madre se può
Teacher Yes, of course / sure, Joe. Now –
1 comprargli un gioco su Internet.
Ellie, 2can / do you collect all the Mum Chiede che gioco è.
homework books, please? Harvey Dice che è un gioco di guerra.
Ellie Yes, 3course / sure, Mrs Foster. Mum Nega il permesso.
Oliver I haven’t got my homework, Mrs
Foster. 4Can / Do I do it tonight?
Teacher 5
Yes / No, I’m sorry, you 6can /
can’t. Talk to me after the class,
Oliver. Now, the test…
Charlotte Could 7I / you give us the results of
the test, Mrs Foster?
Teacher No, 8I / I’m sorry, Charlotte.
Not today. I wanted to explain…
Student’s Book page 39 one hundred and thirty-seven 137


Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Osserva le istantanee dei film. Rispondi alle domande.
1 Which of these films do you know?
2 What type of film are they?
From page Globally popular books often become globally popular
to screen
films. We talked to two readers and film-goers about their
favourite series.
The Hobbit / The Lord of the Rings

Number of books: 4
Author: J. R. R. Tolkien
Nationality: British
Number of films: 6
Type: fantasy
I read The Hobbit when I was at primary school, but I didn’t read The Lord of the Rings at that age.
I was 13 when I read those books. The Lord of the Rings is a trilogy. That means there are three
books. They showed all three Lord of the Rings films on TV one Christmas and I watched them with
my family. After that, I read the books. They’re very long, and quite complicated, but I didn’t give up
because I loved the story. Tolkien wrote the books in the 1950s. He created a complete fantasy world
called Middle Earth. Different characters in Middle Earth try to possess the One Ring – a ring that
gives people total power. The story is a battle between good and evil. The Lord of the Rings films are
quite old, but the sets and the special effects are epic! Connor, 15
The Hunger Games

Number of books: 3
Author: Suzanne Collins
Nationality: American
Number of films: 4
Type: sci-fi / action film
The Hunger Games are my favourite books. They’re about a country in the future.
Life is horrible there. People watch a violent game show on TV. In the show,
teenagers fight other teenagers. The survivor is the winner. The heroine’s name is
Competences
Katniss Everdeen. In the films, Jennifer Lawrence is Katniss. She’s my favourite

actress. She’s very talented. She won an Oscar in 2012 when she was only 21. Glossary
My favourite thing about The Hunger Games – the books and the films – are the didn’t give up non ho
plots. They’re really exciting. I saw the first film at home and the second film at the rinunciato, non mi
cinema with my friend. She didn’t enjoy it because it was an action film and she sono arreso
didn’t like the violence, but I think it’s an amazing series! Hayley, 15 ring anello
power potere
evil male
fight (v) combattono,
lottano contro
138 one hundred and thirty-eight survivor sopravissuto

2 Leggi e ascolta i brani a pagina 138. Completa le descrizioni con
3
Competences
i nomi dei film nel riquadro.
Lord of the Rings Hunger Games
1 The series is about a country where teenagers fight

and kill. Other people watch them on TV.
2 The series is about a fantasy world. The characters
look for something important and fight battles.
3 Rileggi i brani a pagina 138. Rispondi alle domande. ES
1 When did Connor read The Hobbit?

2 When did Tolkien write The Lord of the Rings?
3 What is Middle Earth?
4 Which actress played Katniss in The Hunger Games?
5 What did she win in 2012?
6 What did Hayley’s friend think of the second Hunger Games film?
Listening
4 Ascolta Amy parlare della serie Twilight. Quale delle due cose
ha fatto per prima? Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
She read the books / watched the films first.
5 Riascolta Amy e completa il factfile.
Twilight
Number of books: 4
Author: Stephenie Meyer
Nationality: 1
Dates of the books: from 2005–2
Number of films: 5
Dates of the films: from 2008–3
Type: 4 / fantasy /
5
Guided writing
6 Scrivi il riassunto (40–55 parole) di un libro che hai letto. Usa i brani dell’es. 1
a pagina 138 come aiuto. Includi le seguenti informazioni:
• What’s the title?
• Who’s the author?
• When did the author write it? Segna (✓) la casella una volta verificato ciascun punto.
• Describe the characters and Hai usato il Past simple correttamente?
Hai usato like o love correttamente?
the story.
Hai usato i pronomi he, she e it correttamente?
• Did you like it? Why? / Why not?
Hai usato because per spiegare perché?
• Is it also a film? Do you know
the film? Do you like it?
Student’s Book pages 40–41 one hundred and thirty-nine 139


4
unit
Vocabulary
Places in a town
1 Osserva le figure e completa il cruciverba con i nomi di luoghi in città.
1 2 3
Across B Down
A
2 3
4 1
N
K
4
5 6 7
6
5
7
8 9
8
9
10
11 12
11
10
13
12
13
2 Picture dictionary Ripassa 3 Completa i nomi di luoghi in città.

i nuovi vocaboli della sezione We didn’t have any food, so I went to
Extension a pagina 228. Abbina the supermarket.
le due parti per formare nomi
1 I bought some aspirin at the ch .
di luoghi in città.
2 I use the library, but I buy new books
1 bowling a park at the b .
2 skate b station 3 Tim arrived from London yesterday. I met
3 ice c alley him at the t s .
4 department d park 4 I went to the h
5 bus e hall on Saturday. My hair’s really short now!
6 tourist f store 5 Mum, I need some new pens. Can we go
information to the st ?
7 car g rink 6 We saw a musical at the t
8 town h office last weekend.


Dialogue work
4
1 What is Digger eating?

2 Was the food good at Digger’s last school?

3 What tickets has Jack got?

2 Before you listen Osserva la figura Jamie I suppose you got up late and you
e correggi l’errore in ognuna delle didn’t have breakfast.
seguenti frasi. Beth Everyone gets up late at the
1 Jamie is sitting on a chair. weekend!
Jamie But nobody has breakfast at half past
2 It’s snowing. eleven!
Beth I know, but lots of people have brunch.
Jamie Brunch?
Beth Yeah. Breakfast and lunch is brunch!

Where did Jamie go yesterday?
He went to the bowling alley.
1 What did he do last weekend?

2 Where does Beth want to go?

3 Why is she hungry?

4 What time is it now?

3 Ascolta e leggi il dialogo. 5 Learn it! Use it! Traduci le frasi.

Beth I’m bored! Let’s do something Usa il dialogo dell’es. 3 come aiuto.
different today. 1 Scherzi? / Stai scherzando?
Jamie Such as… ?
Beth What about the bowling alley? 2 Tipo…?

Jamie No, I went there yesterday with
3 Sto morendo di fame!
my family.

Beth Did you win?
4 Presumo…, Immagino…
Jamie No, I didn’t. My mum won everything!

Beth You’re kidding! Well, let’s go to the
ice rink. 6 Think back Rileggi il dialogo dell’es. 3.
Jamie No, I did that last weekend. 1 Cerchia i nomi di luoghi in città.
Beth OK. Let’s go to the new café. 2 Sottolinea la domanda, la risposta breve
I’m starving. e la frase negativa al Past simple.
Student’s Book pages 44–45 one hundred and forty-one 141


Grammar
A
lots of/(not) much/ B Composti di some/any/
(not) many no/every
1 Scegli l’alternativa corretta. 3 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
There aren’t much / many museums in It was my birthday yesterday. I didn’t go
our city. anyone / anywhere special because it was
1 I had much / lots of friends at my old school. a school day. After school, I came home, but
2 Josie didn’t eat much / lots of popcorn at there was 1no one / anyone in the house.
the cinema. 2
Everyone / no one was out. I wanted
3 Was there much / many snow in the 3
everything / something to eat, but there wasn’t
mountains? 4
nothing / anything in the fridge. My brother
4 There was many / lots of rain on our holiday. always eats 5everything / anything! There was
5 I haven’t got much / many games on 6
nothing / anything on TV, so I played some
my computer. computer games. Then, 7someone / no one
6 Our team won many / lots of prizes at called my name! I looked outside … and what a
sports day. surprise! 8Anyone / Everyone was in the garden!
7 There isn’t many / much cheese in It was a party … for my birthday!
this sandwich.
8 Were there much / many people
4 Completa i composti con one, thing o where.
at the concert? This town is boring! There’s nothing to do!
9 We haven’t got much / many information 1 I lost my MP3 player last week. I think
for our Art project. some took it.
10 There weren’t much / many computers at 2 My bedroom’s a mess! There are clothes
school when my parents were teenagers. every !
3 There was lots of snow last week.
2 Completa le frasi con lots of, much o many. No came to school.
He’s a millionaire. He’s got lots of money. 4 We didn’t go any on holiday last
1 We’re late! We haven’t got year. We stayed at home.
time. 5 I went shopping, but I didn’t buy any .
2 This town’s boring. There aren’t 6 Every was happy on the last day
interesting places. of school!
3 I’m starving! I didn’t have food
for lunch. C like + -ing
4 Alice has got homework.
5 Scrivi frasi al Present simple.
She can’t come to my party.
Emma / hate / cook
5 We moved here last month. I don’t know
Emma hates cooking.
people.
1 Zak / not like / watch / horror films
6 There are good shops in

this town.
2 my parents / love / eat / in restaurants
7 Are there sports clubs at

your school?
3 Anna and Rob / can’t stand / do / homework
8 There isn’t milk in the fridge.

9 You’ve got nice clothes!
4 I / not mind / study
10 Were there teachers at

the school disco?
5 they / quite like / travel / abroad

6 we / really like / listen to / the radio

142 one hundred and forty-two


6 Osserva la tabella e scrivi frasi.
4
= love = not mind
= really like = don’t like
= like = can’t stand
= quite like
Alice Tom 1 Vicky sits Ben and Sam.

play tennis
cook
get up early
watch TV
go to the cinema
Tom / watch / TV
2 There’s a cat the door.
Tom quite likes watching TV.
1 Alice / play / tennis

2 Tom / cook

3 Alice and Tom / go / to the cinema

3 I’m here! I’m the cinema!
4 Alice / cook

5 Alice / watch / TV

6 Alice and Tom / get / up early

7 Tom / play / tennis
4 I sat an old lady on the train.

D Preposizioni di luogo
7 Completa le frasi con le preposizioni
nel riquadro.
under behind between opposite
in front of near next to
5 We live the football stadium.
Witney is near Oxford. 6 Yuk! There’s a spider the bed!
Student’s Book pages 46–47 one hundred and forty-three 143


1 ★ Completa il blog di Jonny con hate quite anyone coming someone
4
le parole nel riquadro. doing lots of love much of to
We moved house last month and I started

a new school. It’s a sports academy! I love
coming here now, but my first day was
difficult because I didn’t know 1 .
There isn’t 2 time for sport in the
mornings, but we all do sport in the afternoon.
I love 3 sport. I 4
like swimming and I really 5
tennis – it’s my favourite sport. The
school’s got 6 sports facilities.
7
showed me everything on
the first day. It was incredible! In front
8
the gym, there’s a big swimming
pool and next 9 the gym there are
some tennis courts and
squash courts. I 10 Glossary
squash – it’s really difficult! courts campi da gioco
2 ★★ Amy frequenta la stessa scuola Translation

di Jonny. Completa la sua descrizione
con i composti di every, some o no e 3 Leggi il riquadro Translation competence.
la forma corretta dei verbi tra parentesi. Poi traduci il dialogo in inglese.
I don’t mind going (go) to this school.
1
’s really friendly, Translation competence
it’s quite near my house and I love Ricorda che everybody / everyone in funzione
2
(do) sport. Hockey’s di soggetto è seguito dal verbo alla terza
my favourite, but we don’t play it very persona singolare (-s).
Ricorda che like e verbi simili (hate, love, ecc.)
often because 3
sono seguiti dalla forma in -ing del verbo.
in my year likes it very much – only me!
I love 4 (swim), too. Liam Dov’è la tua nuova scuola?
We study other subjects, of course, and Louise È accanto al centro sportivo, di fronte
I quite like 5 (study) alla biblioteca.
English literature and History. We’ve got Liam Conosco qualcuno in quella scuola!
a modern computer lab at school, but Louise Davvero? Io non conosco nessuno!
I can’t stand 6 (do) ICT.
Liam Sì, un amico di mio cugino. Ti piace la
7
created a virus last
tua scuola?
week and all the computers crashed, so
Louise Sì! Adoro andare alla mia nuova
8
had ICT on Friday –
scuola. La musica è molto importante
I was so happy!
in questa scuola e ognuno suona uno
strumento musicale.
Liam Qual è la tua materia preferita?
Louise Mi piacciono tutte, ma musica è la
mia preferita. Mi piace tantissimo
suonare il pianoforte.
Liam Io odio andare alla mia scuola!
Non mi piace studiare!
144 one hundred and forty-four Student’s Book page 48

Functions
Asking for and giving directions Build a dialogue
4
Rispondi alle domande. Step 1: Remember!
1 Where does the woman want to go?
Completa le domande.
2 Is it on the right or the left? 1 Attira l’attenzione di qualcuno.
me.
2 Chiedi se c’è un bar nelle vicinanze.
Is there a café ?
2 Osserva le foto e completa i nomi degli 3 Chiedi dove si trova il parco.
oggetti raffigurati. the park?
4 Di’ di andare diritto.
Go .
5 Di’ di girare a sinistra / destra.
/ .
6 Di’ di prendere la prima / seconda
a crossroads 2 tr ff c l ghts strada a sinistra / destra.
/
road on the left / right.
Step 2: Write it!
1 the nd f 3 r d out Stai chiedendo indicazioni stradali. Scrivi

th r d un dialogo seguendo la traccia. ES
You Attira l’attenzione di qualcuno.
3 Metti le battute del dialogo nell’ordine Chiedi se c’è un cinema nelle
corretto (1–7). vicinanze.
A OK, and where’s the café? Woman Risponde di sì, che c’è. Dice che
A Where’s that? è vicino alla stazione dei treni.
1 A Excuse me, is there a café near You Chiedi dov’è.
here? Woman Risponde di girare a destra
A Thank you very much! al semaforo. Dice di passare
B Oh yes, sorry! Go past the library. davanti al grande magazzino
The café is on the right. It’s next to e prendere la seconda strada
a big bookshop. a destra. La stazione è sulla destra
e il cinema è di fronte.
B Yes, there is. There’s a café near the
library. You Ringrazia. Chiedi se c’è un bar
vicino al cinema.
B Turn left at the end of the road.
Go past the museum, then turn Woman Risponde di sì, c’è un bar accanto
right at the traffic lights. The library alla stazione.
is on the right. You Ringrazia.
Student’s Book page 49 one hundred and forty-five 145


Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Osserva la mappa e segna (✓) i luoghi che vedi.
park station theatre police station church
bank hospital sports centre post office library
Royal Shakespeare Theatre
Shakespeare’s Birthplace
River Avon
2 Leggi e ascolta il brano. Trova i luoghi in grassetto sulla mappa

e numerali da 1 a 4 nell’ordine in cui sono menzionati.
Welcome to Stratford-upon-Avon! [Design: Tourism web page. Note four places are in bold
as well as the underlined glossed items as usual.]
Stratford-upon-Avon was the home of Britain’s famous playwright, William Shakespeare.
It’s a very old town and there are lots of interesting and historic places to visit.
The first place that everyone visits in Stratford is Shakespeare’s Birthplace. It’s next to The
Shakespeare Centre, in Henley Street. Shakespeare was born upstairs in this house in 1564.
His father worked here. He made gloves! Near The Shakespeare Centre there’s a statue of
a jester. There are words from lots of Shakespeare’s plays under the statue.
Stratford is on the River Avon. Next to the river there are Stratford’s famous theatres:
the Swan Theatre and the Royal Shakespeare Theatre. Lots of people watch
Shakespeare’s plays at these theatres every week. The theatres are in a big park with
lots of cafés. Why not have an ice cream in the park or buy some tickets for the theatre?
Competences
At the end of Henley Street there’s a bank, but in Shakespeare’s time, this bank
was a market. Shakespeare’s daughter and her husband lived near here, in
High Street. Their house is now a shop called ‘The Trading Post’.
Glossary
playwright
In Chapel Street, there’s a black and white house called ‘Nash’s House’. drammaturgo
Thomas Nash was married to Shakespeare’s granddaughter. Now the house is birthplace luogo
a museum. Go past the museum, turn left and you come to a garden. di nascita
There was a house here in Shakespeare’s time and he died there in 1616, when jester giullare
he was 52 years old. You can visit Shakespeare’s tomb in Holy Trinity Church.
146 one hundred and forty-six


3 Rileggi il brano. Decidi se le frasi sono vere (T) o false (F). Correggi le frasi false. K
4
Competences
1 Shakespeare wrote plays.
2 He was born in the 13th century.
3 His father made coats and hats.
4 There are three theatres next to the river.
5 Shakespeare’s daughter was married.
6 Shakespeare’s granddaughter was the wife of Thomas Nash.
7 Shakespeare died in a garden.
8 His tomb is in a local church.
Listening
4 Ascolta Vicky e Alex che si sono persi a Stratford. Osserva la mappa a pagina 146.
Dove si trovano Vicky e Alex? Scrivi X. Dove vogliono andare? Scrivi Y.
The Trading Post Holy Trinity Church The Shakespeare Centre
The Swan Theatre Nash’s House The Royal Shakespeare Theatre
5 Riascolta Vicky e Alex e traccia il loro percorso sulla mappa a pagina 146.
Guided writing
6 Un amico di Elena, Leo, si è trasferito in una nuova città. Elena andrà
a trovarlo. Completa l’e-mail di Leo con le espressioni nel riquadro.
really like fun place on the right turn right

There’s a of the road It’s got lots second road
Hi Elena!
Thanks for your email. I’m looking forward to your visit! Otwell is a fun place.
I1 going to the town centre! 2
of really good shops and there are some great cafés. 3
cool market too. Bring lots of money !
Here are directions to my house. Come out of the station and
4
. Take the 5 on the left and
go past the sports centre on the right. At the end 6
turn right, then turn left into Shaw Street. My house is number 42.
It’s 7 .
See you on Friday!
Leo
7 Immagina che Elena venga a trovarti. Scrivile un’e-mail (40–55 parole)

per dirle dove vivi e darle indicazioni dalla stazione a casa tua.
Usa l’e-mail dell’es. 6 come aiuto. ES K

Hai usato verbi diversi (per esempio, have got, there is / are)?
Hai incluso degli aggettivi?
Mostra le indicazioni che hai annotato a un amico. Sono corrette?
Student’s Book pages 50–51 one hundred and forty-seven 147


5
unit
Vocabulary
Transport
1 Completa i nomi dei mezzi di trasporto. 1
2
3
4
5 6
7 1 helicopter
2 p
3 b
8
4 c
9
5 l
6 b
7 t
8 m
9 c
2 Completa la tabella con le parole nel riquadro.
van scooter
taxi
underground
bike
train
ferry
+
two wheels four wheels four wheels + no wheels
van

a pagina 230. Rispondi alle domande.
What do you buy before you travel on a train? a ticket
1 Where do you go if you want to buy it at the station?
the t o
2 Where do you get on the train? on the p
3 What do lots of people carry when they are travelling? their l
4 What does the person at the front of the train do?
he or she d the train
5 What do you do when you arrive at your destination?
you g o the train

travel by horse = ride / get out of
1 travel by plane = sail / fly
2 leave an airport in a plane = get out of / take off
3 arrive at an airport in a plane = land / get in
4 travel by bike = get in / cycle
5 travel by boat = sail / take off
6 take a car somewhere = take off / drive

Dialogue work
5
1 Riascolta il dialogo a pagina 57
dello Student’s Book. Completa il riassunto
con i mezzi di trasporto.
Lauren goes to school by bike or in her
dad’s 1 . Digger usually gets
the 2
. Digger, Lauren and Jack
decide to go to the city centre the next day.
They agree to go by 3 .
2 Before you listen Osserva la figura Jamie What about a taxi?

e scegli l’alternativa corretta. Beth Give me a break! I haven’t got
1 Beth and Jamie are looking at Jamie’s much money!
computer / mobile phone. Jamie Only joking! Let’s meet at the
2 They’re making plans for the underground station.
weekend / doing their homework.
4 Comprehension Decidi se le frasi sono
vere (T) o false (F). Correggi le frasi false.
Beth doesn’t want to go to the city
centre tomorrow.
F – Beth wants to go to the city centre
tomorrow.
1 Jamie loves shopping.

2 Beth hates shopping.

3 They want to go to a Dracula film.

4 Beth usually travels by bus.

5 They decide to meet at the underground
station.
Jamie Do you want to go anywhere
tomorrow? 5 Learn it! Use it! Abbina le frasi (1–3) alle
traduzioni (a–c). Usa il dialogo dell’es. 3
Beth Why don’t we go to the city centre?
come aiuto.
Jamie That’s a good idea. But I don’t like
1 Epic! a Scherzo
looking at the shops!
2 Give me a break b Fantastico!, Mítico!
Beth And I hate going shopping, too!
3 Only joking c Dacci un taglio
I want to go to the Dracula exhibition.
I’m sure it’s more interesting. 6 Think back Rileggi il dialogo dell’es. 3.
Jamie Epic! Shall we go by bus or on the 1 Cerchia i nomi di mezzi di trasporto.
underground? 2 Sottolinea il composto di any.
Beth I usually go on the underground. 3 Circonda con un riquadro due esempi di
It’s more expensive than the bus, verbi seguiti da verbi alla forma in -ing.
but it’s quicker.
Student’s Book pages 56–57 one hundred and forty-nine 149


Grammar
A Comparativo di 3 Osserva le figure e scrivi frasi usando
il comparativo di maggioranza degli
maggioranza aggettivi dati.
1 Scrivi il comparativo di maggioranza
di questi aggettivi.
popular more popular than
pretty 1
short 2
wide 3
serious 4
ugly 5
tall 6
expensive 7
far 8
/
good 9
quiet 10
interesting 11
big 12
2 Completa le frasi con il Present simple del

verbo be e il comparativo di maggioranza small The JX300 is smaller than the Slogo.
degli aggettivi tra parentesi. 1 old
2 large
3 modern

4 expensive

5 dirty
B Comparativo di uguaglianza:
(not) as … as
4 Riscrivi le frasi con l’aggettivo contrario
e not as … as.
Greg’s younger than Sophie.
Greg isn’t as old as Sophie.
Skiing is more dangerous than (dangerous) 1 Your house is more modern than our house.
football. Your house our house.
1 These trousers (cheap) 2 My exam results are worse than your exam
those trousers. results.
2 This Harry Potter film My exam results
(exciting) the book. your exam results.
3 The Geography lesson 3 Leanne’s shorter than her sister.
(early) the French lesson. Leanne her sister.
4 Your shoes (clean) mine. 4 Morocco is hotter than the UK.
5 I (young) my brother. Morocco the UK.
6 Classical music 5 Bread is cheaper than cheese.
(relaxing) pop music. Bread cheese.
150 one hundred and fifty


5 Osserva la figura e scrivi frasi usando C
How often + espressioni di
5
la forma comparativa corretta degli
aggettivi tra parentesi.
frequenza
7 Scrivi domande con How often. Poi abbinale
alle risposte (a–f).
Gemma 14 Megan 9
1 most people / clean their teeth?
How often do most people clean
their teeth? e
Goldie
2 you / have a birthday?

Tyson
3 the Olympic Games / happen?

Gemma (old) Megan
4 you / go to bed?
Gemma’s older than Megan.

Gemma (young) Megan
5 there / be / a month with only thirty days?
Gemma isn’t as young as Megan.

1 Megan (tall) Gemma

6 British students / eat lunch at school?
2 Megan (young) Gemma

3 Tyson (big) Goldie
a Five times a week. d Four times a year.
4 Goldie (friendly) Tyson b Every four years. e Twice a day.
c Every night. f Once a year.
5 Tyson (ferocious) Goldie
8 Riscrivi le frasi sostituendo le parole in
grassetto con le espressioni nel riquadro
in modo che la seconda frase abbia
6 Completa il dialogo con il verbo be
e la forma comparativa appropriata lo stesso significato della prima.
degli aggettivi tra parentesi con than, twice a day every year twice a week
as … as (✓) o not as … as (✗). once a month once a week three times a year
Zoe Have we got Science now?
Jack No, it’s German now. Harry does judo on Wednesdays and
Saturdays.
Zoe Oh no – I hate German. It’s as bad as
Harry does judo twice a week.
(✓ bad) French!
1 They go on holiday in April, in August and
Jack But it 1 (✗ bad)
in October.
Science. That’s terrible.
They go on holiday .
Zoe Really? I think Science 2
2 They play football on Tuesdays.
(interesting) languages.
They play football .
Jack But the German teacher 3 3 We visit our grandparents on the first
(nice) Mr Lane. She Sunday of every month.
4
(✗ serious) him. We visit our grandparents .
Zoe Yes. She 5 (funny) him, 4 Take this medicine at ten o’clock and at
but Mr Lane’s lessons 6
six o’clock.
(good). And Science homework Take this medicine .
7
(✗ difficult) 5 We do a school play in December.
German homework! We do a school play .
Jack Really? I think German 8
(easy) Science!
Student’s Book pages 58–59 one hundred and fifty-one 151

1 ★ Max è in gita scolastica in Francia.
5
Completa l’e-mail alla sua famiglia con
il comparativo di maggioranza degli
aggettivi tra parentesi.
Hi everyone!
Life here is very different from life in the
UK! I’m staying with a French boy, Luc,
and his family. Some things are better
(good) than the UK and some things are
1
(bad)! One bad thing: the
school day is 2 (long)! At
Luc’s school the day starts at 8.30 and it
finishes at 5 o’clock! The lessons here are
3
(difficult), of
course – because they’re in French! It’s
Saturday today, but there was school this
morning – can you believe it? School in
the UK is definitely 4 (easy)
than school in France! But it isn’t all bad.
We have lunch at school every day and
it’s 5 (nice) than the food at
our school!
Max
2 ★★ Completa l’e-mail di Max a sua

nonna con la forma comparativa corretta Translation
degli aggettivi tra parentesi.
Hi Grandma!
We arrived here late on Saturday evening.
We came here by ferry and by coach. It Ricorda che una volta si traduce con
was slower than (slow) a plane journey, once e due volte con twice. Per indicare
but it was 1 un numero di volte superiore a due, si usa
(interesting). Luc’s house is really nice. l’espressione three / four times, ecc.
It’s 2 (large) our
house and it’s 3 Abbiamo una nuova casa. A me piace
(modern), but the town is quite boring. davvero tanto. È grande quanto la vecchia
It isn’t 4 casa, ma è migliore. È più moderna e la
(interesting) our town. France is mia nuova stanza è fantastica. È più grande
5
(big) the UK, della mia vecchia stanza. La nuova casa è
but it’s 6 (quiet). anche più vicina alla mia scuola. Ora andiamo
There are lots of small towns.
a piedi a scuola quattro volte a settimana
The people seem OK. They’re as
7
(friendly) British e mamma ci porta in macchina una volta
people and lots of them speak English. a settimana, ogni venerdì. Il tragitto non
My French isn’t 8 è così lungo come il tragitto in autobus.
(good) their English!
Love from
Max
152 one hundred and fifty-two Student’s Book page 60


Functions
At the station Build a dialogue
5
1 How many tickets does Sam want?
Completa le frasi.
2 How much does he pay? 1 Chiedi un biglietto del treno.
A single / ticket to Bristol,
3 How long is the journey? please.
2 Chiedi quand’è il prossimo treno.
What is the
train to Bristol?
2 Completa il dialogo con le domande 3 Chiedi ogni quanto passa il treno.
nel riquadro. How do they go?
4 Chiedi quanto tempo ci vuole.
And how long does it take?
How does it take?
What time is the next train?
5 Chiedi da quale binario parte il treno.
Which platform does it leave from?
Which does it leave
How often do trains go to King’s Cross, please?
?
Single or return?
Step 2: Write it!
Guy è alla stazione. Scegli una destinazione

e scrivi un dialogo seguendo la traccia. ES
TRAIN INFORMATION
Train to Liverpool: Price

Journey
To (return Platform
Monday to Friday
time 9.30.
ticket)
Leeds 2 hours £24.99 3
York 4 hours £39.99 5
Helen Hello. How often do trains go to Sheffield 1 hour £15.99 1
King’s Cross, please? Lancaster 3 hours £29.99 7
Man Once an hour.
Guy Chiede a che ora è il prossimo
Helen OK. 1
treno per la città che hai scelto.
Man It’s at quarter past three.
Woman Risponde.
Helen 2
Guy Chiede quanto tempo ci vuole
Man It takes an hour and ten minutes.
per il viaggio.
Helen OK. Could I have a ticket, please?
Woman Risponde.
Man 3

Guy Chiede un biglietto di andata
Helen Single, please. e ritorno.
Man Certainly. That’s £12, please. Woman Chiede la somma dovuta.
Helen Thank you. 4 Guy Chiede da quale binario parte.

Woman Risponde.
Man Er, platform 2.
Guy Ringrazia.
Student’s Book page 61 one hundred and fifty-three 153


Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Osserva le foto che mostrano tipi di
mezzi di trasporto per andare a scuola. Leggi le frasi A e B
e segna (✓) la casella appropriata.
A My journey is different from these.
B My journey is like … Hazel’s Ben’s Alexander’s .
My journey to school
I live in a village in Yorkshire, in the north of England. I went to a primary
school in my village, but my secondary school is further from my home.
It’s in a different town, about 5 miles from my village. I go to school on
a special school bus every day. We don’t pay for it. Sometimes the bus
is quite late, and we arrive at school after the start of the school day! We
get into trouble, but it isn’t our fault! I don’t mind going by bus because I
can chat to my friends, but going by car is better, and quicker. I don’t go
by car very often because Dad leaves for work very early and Mum works
in a different town. Twice a week I stay at school for an after-school club:
orchestra on Tuesdays and netball on Thursdays. The bus doesn’t wait, so Hazel, 13
Mum picks me up in the car on those days.
I live in North London. We haven’t got a school bus because there’s lots of
public transport in London. I go to school on the underground. I’ve got an
Oyster card for under 16s. It’s a special pass for London transport. With my
Oyster card, tickets on the underground are cheaper and the buses are
free! I walk to Turnpike Lane underground station – that takes about 10
minutes – then I travel to Finsbury Park. It’s only two stops from Turnpike
Lane. The underground is quick, but it’s always crowded and it isn’t very
Ben, 15 comfortable. You can’t sit down, so I’m tired when I get to school! The bus
is better for travelling around London. It isn’t as fast as the underground,
but it’s more comfortable and the journeys are more interesting. But there
isn’t a direct bus to my school.
I live in a very remote part of the UK, so my journey to school is

unusual! I live on Jura. It’s an island in north-west Scotland. I go
to school on another island, Islay. Jura is as big as Islay, but only
200 people live there, so of course it hasn’t got a school. The
population of Islay is bigger. There are about 3,500 people there.
Every morning my dad takes me to the ferry port on our island. Alexander, 14
The journey to Islay only takes 5 minutes, but it isn’t much fun
in bad weather! Then I get a bus and travel another 10 miles to Glossary
Competences
school, so the bus journey is longer than the ferry journey! get into trouble
ci mettiamo nei guai
it isn’t our fault non è
colpa nostra
picks me up passa a
2 Leggi e ascolta i brani. Completa le frasi con il nome corretto. prendermi
1 travels by boat to school. pass (n) abbonamento,
pass
2 travels on special school transport.
stops (n) fermate
3 uses city transport to travel to school.
crowded affollata
154 one hundred and fifty-four

5
Competences
1 How much does Hazel pay for the school bus every day?
2 On which days does she come home by car?
3 How does Ben travel to school every day?
4 Which method of transport is free with his Oyster card?
5 Why doesn’t he travel to school by this method?
6 Where is Alexander’s school?
7 What methods of transport does he use on his journey?
8 Which method(s) of transport do you use on your journey to school?
Listening
4 Ascolta Lucy, Simon e l’addetto alle informazioni turistiche di Londra.
Segna (✓) i mezzi di trasporto che senti.
1 2 3 4
5 Riascolta Lucy, Simon e l’addetto alle informazioni turistiche.

Completa le frasi.
1 Lucy and Simon decide to travel to the London Eye by .
2 The number goes there.
3 The journey takes about .
4 You can use a one-day travelcard on the and the .
Guided writing
6 Scrivi un brano (40–55 parole) sul tragitto che fai per andare a scuola.
Usa i brani a pagina 154 come aiuto. Includi le seguenti informazioni:
• How often do you do the journey?
• What time do you leave home?
• What methods of transport do you use?
• How long does the journey take?
• Is the return journey the same?

Hai usato le espressioni di frequenza corrette?
Hai usato le espressioni di tempo corrette?
Hai usato le preposizioni corrette (by, on, ecc.)
con i mezzi di trasporto?
Student’s Book pages 62–63 one hundred and fifty-five 155


6
unit
Vocabulary
Physical descriptions
1 Trova dieci aggettivi che descrivono i capelli nel wordsnake e completa
la tabella.
s tr darklonggreycur
a igh v y s hort l yb
tredmediu -lengthwa lond
m e
lunghezza colore stile

straight
2 Osserva la foto e completa il brano.
Morticia Addams has got l o n g, 1 d k hair and green

2
e s. She’s very 3 s m. Her husband, Gomez, is
very 4 g d-l ng. He’s got short 5 h r and
a m
6
s e, but he hasn’t got a 7 b d.
Their son is called Pugsley. He’s a bit o 8
ght.
Pugsley’s sister is called Wednesday. She’s 9 sh t and she’s
got big eyes and a very small 10 n e. Her hair is long and
11
st t. Uncle Fester hasn’t got any hair – he’s
12
b d! He’s got dark eyes, and big 13 ea ! Lurch works
for the Addams family. He’s very, very t 14
l and he’s got
an enormous 15 h d!
3 Picture dictionary Ripassa i nuovi

vocaboli a pagina 232. Osserva la figura
e completa il puzzle. Scopri la parola
1 2
misteriosa e disegnala nella figura.
1
F A C E 3
2
3 7 8
4
4
5
5 6
6


Dialogue work
6
1 Who is Scott?
2 How old is he?
3 Where does he study?

Beth Oh … and look at this photo. Who’s

2 Before you listen Osserva la figura
e rispondi alle domande. this man with long hair?
1 Where are Jamie and Beth? Jamie No idea … oh, hang on, it’s Dad!
When he met Mum, he had long hair.
2 What are they looking at? Beth But … here’s a photo on the day they
got married and look, he’s got shorter
hair here.
Jamie That’s because Mum didn’t really like
long hair!
4 Comprehension Correggi l’errore

in ognuna delle seguenti frasi.
Jamie was six in the first photo.
Jamie was seven in the first photo.
1 He had short, dark hair in the photo.

2 Jamie’s cousins are American.

3 Jamie is taller than his cousins.

4 Jamie’s dad has long hair.

5 Jamie’s mum likes long hair.
Beth Hey, what’s that?
Jamie It’s a terrible photo of me.
Beth Let’s see! Oh! It’s nothing like you. 5 Learn it! Use it! Traduci le frasi.
Usa il dialogo dell’es. 3 come aiuto.
Jamie Well, I was younger. I was seven,
I think. 1 Non ti somiglia per niente!

Beth But you had wavy, blonde hair.
2 Molto spiritosa!
Jamie Yeah. And my hair was longer.

Beth It was better!
3 Non ne ho idea.
Jamie Very funny!
Beth Who are those two boys with you?
Jamie My Australian cousins. We were in 6 Think back Rileggi il dialogo dell’es. 3.
London. 1 Cerchia gli aggettivi per descrivere
Beth Are you the youngest? i capelli.
Jamie No! I’m the oldest, but they’re taller 2 Sottolinea le forme comparative.
than me.
Student’s Book pages 66–67 one hundred and fifty-seven 157


Grammar
A Superlativo relativo 4 Completa il dialogo con il superlativo
relativo degli aggettivi tra parentesi.
1 Trova sei aggettivi superlativi. Assistant Can I help you?
Man Yes, please. I want a new mobile
F S H O R T E S T
phone. Which is the cheapest
U H N Q B A U L G (cheap) phone?
N I I A I L O I O Assistant This one. It’s also 1
(simple) and 2
N G C R G L L M O
(easy) to use.
I E E F G E D M D Man Hmm … yeah, OK, but I think it’s
E A S Y E S E E W 3
(heavy), too!
S I T W S A S S O Assistant Er, probably, yes.
Man Which is 4
T H I N T J T T P
(small) and 5
Z G O F C L O U D (light)?
Assistant This one. It’s 6
2 Scrivi il superlativo relativo di questi aggettivi.
(recent) model in the shop. It’s got
rich the richest 7
(big) memory
tall 1
and 8
(good)
intelligent 2
camera.
good 3
Man That’s good. But I suppose it’s
exciting 4
9
(complicated)!
happy 5
Assistant No, not really! It’s simple, but it is
bad 6
10
(expensive)!
difficult 7
Man Typical!
far 8
/
5 Scrivi frasi usando il superlativo relativo
degli aggettivi.
3 Completa le frasi con il superlativo relativo
degli aggettivi tra parentesi. English / interesting / subject at school
Tom is the most serious (serious) English is the most interesting subject
boy in our class.
at school.
1 my dad / tall / person in our family
1 We live in (pretty)

house in our street.
2 I / young / student in my class
2 My aunt is (kind)

person I know.
3 London / exciting / tourist destination
3 I wanted
in Britain
(expensive) shoes in the shop.

4 French was (easy)

exam.
4 today / sunny / day of the year
5 Susanna is

(popular) girl in the school.
5 Mr Jones / friendly / teacher in our school
6 21st June is (long)

day of the year.

7 I think our town has
6 The Simpsons / funny / programme on TV
(bad) weather in the UK!

8 My mum makes

(delicious) cakes in the world!
158 one hundred and fifty-eight


6 Scrivi frasi con il superlativo relativo 7 Osserva la tabella e scrivi frasi con il superlativo
6
degli aggettivi dati. relativo degli aggettivi dati.
Yapper Northplace Westplace Eastplace

population 2,000 13,000 25,000
Basher maximum 15°C 22°C 10°C

temperature
Fido annual 10,000 2,300 6,500
visitors
1 light: Fido is the lightest.
interest –
heavy:
beauty
big: Eastplace is the biggest.

1 small:
2 boring:
3 beautiful:
4 warm:
5 interesting:
2 fast: 6 cool:
slow: 7 popular:
B How + aggettivo
1 How long / far is that table?
2 How long / tall is your dad?
3 How tall / long was the Maths lesson?
4 How far / high is your school from here?
3 cheap:
5 How far / old are you?
expensive:
6 How high / long is Mount Everest?
9 Abbina le risposte (a–f) alle domande (1–6)

dell’es. 8. Poi scrivi risposte complete.
a 50 minutes

b 15

4 far: c 1 2 metres
near: That table is 2 metres long.
d 1 metre 88

e 8,848 metres

f 2 kilometres

5 tall:
short:
Student’s Book pages 68–69 one hundred and fifty-nine 159


1 ★ Completa la descrizione del giro in bici Charlotte Cool. Was it 1
6 ?
di Ben con la forma corretta degli aggettivi Ben Yeah. Dad paid £899. But it wasn’t
tra parentesi. the 2 bike in the
shop. Some bikes were £3,000!
A terrible day Times LT Std 12 B I U
Charlotte Really? Well, it’s great. Your
I went for a bike ride with my cousins, Jim and other bike was about 100 years
Sara, on Saturday. It was the worst (bad) day 3
!
of my life! They bought new bikes last year, so
Ben Yeah, it was the 4
my bike was the 1 (old).
I’m 2 (young) than my cousins, but bike in the world! I think it was
I’m quite tall and my bike’s really big, so it was the 5 , too.
3
(slow) than their bikes, too. Jim’s My mum had an accident on it
bike was the 4 (new). It’s got all last month.
the 5 (recent) technology, Charlotte Really?
so it’s 6
(fast) than my bike. Sara’s
Ben Yeah. It was 6
bike is 7 (small) than Jim’s, but it’s
8
(light) than his bike, too. So was to ride, because it was very
the ride 9 (difficult) for 7
. It was
me than for my cousins? Yes, it was, because about … 5,000kg!
my bike was the 10 Charlotte That’s 8 than a car!
(uncomfortable)! Ouch! We cycled
Ben I’m joking! But this was the
30 kilometres and it took 3 hours. It was
the 11 (long) and the
9
bike in the
12
(difficult) bike ride of shop. It’s only about 18kg. Try it.
my life! I want a new bike! Charlotte Oh yes, that’s amazing. It’s
10
than my
2 ★★ Ben ha appena comprato una bike. In fact, I’d like a new bike,
nuova bici e la sta mostrando alla sua too! It’s my birthday soon…
amica Charlotte. Completa il dialogo
con la forma corretta degli aggettivi Translation
nel riquadro.
dangerous old light difficult
heavy
expensive heavy light old expensive
recent Translation competence
Ricorda di usare sempre l’articolo
determinativo the prima del superlativo
relativo dell’aggettivo.
It’s the best bike in the shop.
Ci sono quattro bici nel nostro garage, ma la

più vecchia è di mio padre. Era il regalo più
costoso che ha avuto per il suo compleanno
quando aveva 13 anni. Ha trent’anni in più
della mia bici e non è veloce come la mia bici
ma papà dice sempre: “Era la migliore nel
Charlotte Hey Ben, is that your new bike? 1989!” La bici di mio fratello è più piccola
Wow! della mia e la bici della mia sorellina è la più
piccola perché lei è la più giovane. La sua bici
Ben Yeah! I got it yesterday. It’s the
è del colore peggiore: è rosa!
XT157. It’s the most recent model –
it arrived in the shops last week.
160 one hundred and sixty Student’s Book page 70


Functions
Describing people Build a dialogue
6
Segna (✓) la foto di Alice. Step 1: Remember!
1 2 Completa le domande.
1 Chiedi com’è fisicamente qualcuno.
What he / she ?
2 Chiedi di che colore sono gli occhi
di qualcuno.
What has he / she ?
3 Chiedi di che colore sono i capelli
3
di qualcuno.
What has he / she
?
4 Chiedi quant’è alto qualcuno.
he / she?
5 Descrivi le caratteristiche fisiche di
Video Functions Unit 6 qualcuno.
He / tall / short / pretty /
2 Scrivi domande per completare il dialogo slim, etc.
usando le parole tra parentesi.
6 Chiedi se qualcuno porta gli occhiali,
Vicky I saw Jenny with her new boyfriend l’apparecchio, ecc.
yesterday! he / she glasses?
Elena Really? What does he look like? he / she braces?
(What / look like?)
Vicky Well, he’s quite good-looking. Step 2: Write it!
Elena 1
(What colour hair / got?) Shane e Jared sono all’aeroporto ad
aspettare l’arrivo della ragazza di Shane.
Vicky It’s black and it’s really long and wavy.
Scrivi un dialogo seguendo la traccia. ES
He’s got a ponytail!
Jared Chiede a Shane com’è fisicamente
Elena A black ponytail? Hang on!
la sua ragazza.
2

Shane Risponde che è molto bella.
(How tall?)
Jared Chiede quant’è alta.
Vicky Oh, he’s really tall, and slim.
Shane Risponde che è piuttosto alta
Elena 3
e snella.
(What colour / eyes?)
Jared Chiede di che colore sono i capelli.
Vicky I don’t know. Green, I think.
Shane Risponde che sono rossi e ricci.
Elena 4
(got freckles)? Jared Chiede se è quella ragazza con gli
occhiali.
Vicky Yes, he has.
Shane Risponde di no, non porta gli
Elena What’s his name?
occhiali.
Vicky He’s called Harry, I think. Why?
Jared Chiede se è quella ragazza con
Elena That’s my cousin!
le treccine.
3 Ascolta e controlla. Shane Risponde di sì.
Student’s Book page 71 one hundred and sixty-one 161


Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Abbina le foto (A–C) ai titoli.
The smallest house The tallest building The highest mountain
A B C
2 Leggi e ascolta i brani. Scrivi i titoli dell’es. 1 accanto ai brani (1–3).
GR E AT B R I T I S H

REC RDS
There aren’t many very high mountains in Britain. Ben Nevis is the highest mountain. It’s in the west
of Scotland and it’s 1,344 metres high. About 150,000 people go walking or climbing on Ben Nevis
every year. The most popular way to the summit is a pony track. People started using this in 1883
and they had ponies to carry their supplies. In winter, Ben Nevis is one of the coldest places in
Britain. The temperature at the summit is about 9°C colder than the temperature at the bottom!

The smallest house in Britain is in a town called Conwy, in North Wales. It’s a pretty, red house near
the sea and it’s tiny! It’s 1.8 metres wide and only 3.05 metres high. It’s got one room downstairs
and one room upstairs and it hasn’t got a toilet! For years, a local fisherman lived in the house. He
was nearly 2 metres tall – that’s taller than his living room! It wasn’t easy for him to walk around
the house. Nobody lives there now, but lots of tourists visit it.
A ‘tour’ of the house is only about 10 minutes long! Glossary
summit cima
pony track mulatteria
(sentiero di montagna
Competences
In February 2013, a new skyscraper in London officially opened to the

per animali da soma)
public. The Shard is 310 metres tall and has 72 floors. When it opened,
supplies provviste
it was the tallest building in Britain – and in Europe. It’s got offices,
at the bottom ai piedi
apartments, restaurants and a luxury hotel. Tourists can use some of the
(della montagna)
44 lifts to visit the top floors and look at incredible panoramic views of
tiny minuscola
London, but it’s very expensive! The architect of The Shard is the famous
fisherman pescatore
Italian, Renzo Piano.
lifts ascensori
162 one hundred and sixty-two


6
Competences
1 Where is Ben Nevis? 6 How long is a tour of the house?
2 How high is it? 7 When did The Shard open?
3 How many people visit Ben Nevis every year? 8 How tall is it?
4 What colour is the smallest house in Britain? 9 How many floors has it got?
5 How many rooms has it got? 10 Which place is the most interesting? Why?
Listening
4 Ascolta Connor raccontare a Jade che cosa ha fatto la scorsa settimana.
Quale posto a pagina 162 ha visitato?
5 Riascolta Connor e Jade e scrivi il nome corretto sotto ogni persona.
Bobby Tamsin Lauren Oliver Kerry
1 2 3 4 5
Guided writing
6 Completa la descrizione di Connor con 7 Scrivi un brano (40–55 parole) su un
le parole nel riquadro. membro della tua famiglia o su una
persona che hai incontrato di recente.
cousin friendliest
week husband quite
Usa il brano di Connor come aiuto.
long months twenty-five work Cardiff
children Writing competence check
Last week I met my dad’s 1 Kerry Segna (✓) la casella una volta verificato
and her family for the first time. 2 ciascun punto.
Hai usato il tempo corretto
years ago, she moved to the USA for
(il Present simple per le descrizioni,
3
. She met her 4 in il Past simple per gli avvenimenti passati)?
New York and they got married there. They’ve Hai messo gli avvenimenti passati
got three 5 : Lauren, Tamsin and in ordine cronologico?
Bobby. Two 6
ago they returned to Hai usato espressioni di tempo passato?
Wales. Now they live in 7
. Kerry Hai usato gli aggettivi correttamente?
is the 8
person I know. She’s got
9
straight, red hair. She’s very kind
and she’s 10 funny. In fact, she’s
very similar to my dad!
Student’s Book pages 72–73 one hundred and sixty-three 163


7
unit
Vocabulary
Household chores
1 Osserva la figura e completa i nomi dei lavori domestici.
1 m a k e the b e d
1 2 f the c
3 t the l r
4 h the l r
5 the d
6 the r o
4
3
2
6

Every week we have a big Sunday lunch and we all help with the chores.
Mum usually does / makes the cooking and my sister and I 1lay / put the
table. After the meal we 2clear / lay the table and Dad 3does / loads the
dishwasher. Later in the afternoon, Mum 4loads / unloads the dishwasher.
Sometimes we go to our grandparents’ house for Sunday lunch. They haven’t
got a dishwasher, so after lunch we 5do / load the washing-up!

a pagina 234. Leggi le frasi e cerchia l’intruso in ogni gruppo.
You do these chores in your bedroom.
make my bed lay the table clean my room
1 You use water for these chores.
hang out the washing do the washing wash the car
2 These chores are noisy.
do the washing sweep the floor hoover my room
3 You do these chores in the house.
wash the car clean my room do the ironing
4 You don’t usually do these chores in the house.
do the gardening do the shopping clean my room


Dialogue work
7
Student’s Book. Completa il riassunto.
Digger and Jack have got football practice. Digger
is looking for a football 1 . Digger’s
2
is waiting for them in the car. Jack
wants to buy a 3 after football practice.
He’s got some money because he does a lot of
4
at home and his 5 gives
him ten pounds a week.
2 Before you listen Osserva la figura Jamie Coming! I hate cleaning!

e rispondi alle domande. Beth Don’t worry. We can go out another
1 What is Jamie doing? day. Now I must go home and do
my homework! It’s Geography – my
2 Do you think he is happy? worst subject! And it’s late – as usual.
Jamie That’s bad! I think I prefer cleaning the
bathroom!
4 Comprehension Abbina le due parti

delle frasi.
1 Beth wants d
2 Beth doesn’t do
3 Beth’s parents
4 Jamie didn’t
5 Jamie’s
6 Beth’s
3 Ascolta e leggi il dialogo. a do his chores at the weekend.
Beth Hi, Jamie. Do you want to go out this b mum isn’t happy.
evening? c any chores at home.
Jamie I’m sorry, I can’t. I have to finish my d to go out this evening.
homework. Then I have to clean the e homework is late.
bathroom. f do all the chores.
Beth Clean the bathroom? Why do you
5 Learn it! Use it! Abbina le frasi (1–4) alle
have to do that? traduzioni (a–d). Usa il dialogo dell’es. 3
Jamie I didn’t do my chores at the weekend. come aiuto.
I didn’t tidy my room and I didn’t 1 Who knows? a Come al solito
take the rubbish out. Mum isn’t very 2 Coming! b Non preoccuparti
happy. 3 As usual c Arrivo!
Beth I don’t have to do any chores at home. 4 Don’t worry d
Chi lo sa?, Chissà!
Jamie Why not?
Beth Who knows? My parents do
6 Think back Rileggi il dialogo dell’es. 3.
everything! 1 Cerchia i nomi dei lavori domestici.
Mum Jamie! Come and clean this bathroom 2 Sottolinea il superlativo relativo
now! dell’aggettivo.
Student’s Book pages 78–79 one hundred and sixty-five 165


Grammar
Daniel / load the dishwasher?
A have to
Does Daniel have to load the dishwasher?
Forma affermativa Yes, he does.
1 Daniel / lay the table?
1 Completa le frasi con have to / has to
e i verbi nel riquadro.

work
wear
leave use walk speak make 2 Rebecca / walk the dog?

I can’t stay late. I have to leave at 7 o’clock.
1 We Spanish all the 3 Rebecca / feed the dog?
time in our Spanish class.
2 Sara her bed every day.
3 There isn’t a school bus, so my friends and I 4 Daniel and Rebecca / tidy their rooms?
to school.
4 Mum in London today.
5 Jack hasn’t got a tablet. He
his dad’s laptop. 5 Daniel and Rebecca / do the cooking?
6 You black shoes to school.

Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi

2 Completa le risposte brevi. 6 Daniel / feed the cat?
A Does Thomas have to do his homework?
B Yes, he does.
1 A Do I have to wait here?
B do. B don’t / doesn’t have to
2 A Do the girls have to wear a skirt?
B don’t. Forma negativa
3 A Does Mum have to get up early? 4 Completa le frasi con la forma negativa
B Yes, . corretta di have to.
4 A Do you have to work today? We don’t have to get the school bus.
B No, I . Mum takes us in the car.
5 A Does Dad have to go out tonight? 1 It’s Saturday night. I
B Yes, . go to bed early.
2 My dad work at
3 Osserva l’elenco di lavori domestici che la
the weekend.
mamma di Daniel e Rebecca ha lasciato loro.
Formula domande usando have to. 3 Gemma do
Poi rispondi con risposte brevi. the ironing.
4 The students do
Do these chores tonight, any homework in the holidays.
please!
5 You do many chores
Daniel: feed the cat
at home!
load the dishwasher
6 Nathan wash the car
tidy your room every Saturday.
Rebecca: walk the dog
7 Monday’s a holiday, so my brother and
hoover the living I go to school.
room
8 My little sister tidy
tidy your room
her room.
See you later!
Mum
166 one hundred and sixty-six


5 Leggi le informazioni sulla gita scolastica D
mustn’t e don’t / doesn’t
7
a Londra. Poi completa le frasi con la forma
affermativa o negativa di have to.
have to
8 Riscrivi gli avvisi usando You mustn’t o
NOTICE You don’t have to e le parole date.
Trip to London 17th May.
No photography in the gallery.
Be at school 8.30 am.
No school uniform, but bring a coat. take photos: You mustn’t take photos in
Bring a drink, but sandwiches not necessary. the gallery.
Trip photographer: Jake Hollins
REMEMBER! Free Internet here
All London projects to 1 pay: for the Internet.
Miss Harman by 30th May
Don’t use this door!
The students don’t have to be at school at
eight o’clock. 2 open: the door.
1 They wear uniform.
2 They have a coat. Sports shoes not necessary
3 Jake take his camera.
3 wear: sports shoes.
4 Everyone have a drink.
5 They take sandwiches. No ball games in the park
6 Everyone do a project
on London. 4 play: football in the park.
Buy sandwiches in the café

C must or bring a picnic from home
5 buy: food in the café.
Forme affermativa e negativa
6 Completa l’elenco di buoni propositi per No bags in the museum
l’anno nuovo con must e i verbi nel riquadro.
6 bring: bags into the museum.
tidy
do visit listen be help
9 Completa il brano con mustn’t o la forma
I must do more exercise. corretta di have to.
1 I nicer to my little brother. There are lots of rules in our house! For
2 I Mum with the chores. example, we mustn’t come home late or play
3 I my room every week. loud music. I 1 do lots of
4 I more in class. chores, too. Every day I 2
5 I Grandma more often. lay the table, load the dishwasher and feed
the dog. But I 3 do the
7 Completa le età legali minime per fare queste
attività nel Regno Unito. Usa mustn’t e washing or the ironing. My mum does those
i verbi nel riquadro. jobs. My brother 4
do many chores because he’s younger
have
drive
buy
work ride
than me. He 5 tidy
his bedroom once a week – that’s all! He
Under 13: You mustn’t work for money. 6
leave his clothes on
1 Under 16: You a scooter.
the floor – Mum hates that! On Saturdays
2 Under 16: You a pet from
we sometimes 7 help
a shop.
with the gardening, but on Sundays we
3 Under 17: You a car. 8
do any extra chores.
4 Under 18: You a tattoo.
Student’s Book pages 80–81 one hundred and sixty-seven 167

1 ★ Hayley ha trovato un lavoro in 3 ★★ Osserva la tabella. Scrivi frasi
7
un fast-food per l’estate. Completa che confrontano il lavoro di Hayley al
il regolamento del lavoro con have to fast-food e il lavoro di Craig in pizzeria.
o mustn’t.
Hayley Craig
(Burger (Pizza
TH E B UR G E R B A R Bar) Palace)
1 work on Sundays ✗ ✓
We open at 9.30. You have to arrive at 9 o’clock. 2 work in the
✓ ✗
You 1 wear your uniform. evenings
You 2
eat or drink at work. 3 cook the food ✗ ✓
You 3
use your phone 4 meet the
✓ ✗
at work. You 4
leave it in customers
your bag.
1 Hayley doesn’t have to work on Sundays,
You 5 be clean and tidy.
but Craig has to work on Sundays.
You 6
wash your hands
2 Hayley
before work.

.
2 ★★ Completa il dialogo con mustn’t 3 Hayley
o la forma corretta di have to.

Steph Hi! Do you want to come shopping? .
Hayley Sorry, I can’t. I have to work 4 Hayley
(work). I’ve got a job at The Burger
Bar. I’m going there now. .
Steph What’s it like? What hours 1
(you / work)? Translation
Hayley It’s OK. I 2
(work)
six hours a day, five days a week. 4 Leggi il riquadro Translation competence.
Steph My cousin Craig works at the Pizza
Palace. He 3 (wear) Translation competence
a uniform. 4
Ricorda che l’espressione non dovere
(you / wear) a uniform?
si può tradurre in due modi diversi in inglese.
Hayley Yes, I do. It’s really horrible! Per esprimere un divieto, si usa mustn’t:
Steph Why aren’t you wearing it now? Students mustn’t talk in class.
Hayley We 5 (take) Per esprimere mancanza di obbligo, si usa
our uniforms home after work. don’t / doesn’t have to:
We 6 (leave) Students don’t have to come to school
on Sundays.
them there.
Steph Send me a photo of it if it’s funny!
Mia sorella ha 20 anni. È una studentessa a
Hayley Well, we 7 Birmingham. Deve frequentare molte lezioni,
(use) our phones when we’re
ma non ha da fare i compiti tutti i giorni. Va
working. But I can take a photo
spesso in biblioteca. Deve leggere molti libri
during my break!
e una volta al mese deve fare un progetto.
Steph How often 8 Deve consegnarlo al suo insegnante l’ultimo
(you / work) in the evenings? giorno del mese. Il progetto non deve essere
Hayley Twice a week. Hey, come in and in ritardo.
have a burger some time!
168 one hundred and sixty-eight Student’s Book page 82

3

Functions
Finding similarities and 3 Ascolta e controlla.
7
differences Build a dialogue
Rispondi alle domande.
Step 1: Remember!
1 What’s Sam doing?
Completa la tabella.
2 Who has to help a brother or sister?
✓ = quando ✗ = quando
3 Who hasn’t got any money? c’è accordo c’è
disaccordo
frasi affermative
I’m from Scotland.
2 Completa il dialogo con le risposte ✓ So I. ✗ I’m .
nel riquadro. I’ve got a brother.
✓ I. ✗ I haven’t.
I live in London.
✓ So I. ✗ I don’t.
frasi negative
I’m not from Scotland.
✓ Nor / Neither I. ✗ I am.
I haven’t got a brother.
✓ / Neither I. ✗ I have.
Neither have I I am So do I
I don’t live in London.
I have Neither do I So am I
✓ Nor / I. ✗I .
Kieran I’m bored!
Zoe So am I! What shall we do? I haven’t Step 2: Write it!
got any money.
Kieran 1
. I’ve got Holly e Dan stanno decidendo che cosa
about ten pounds. What about going fare stasera. Scrivi un dialogo seguendo
to the sports centre? We can play la traccia. ES
tennis there. Holly Dice che non vuole uscire stasera.
Zoe OK. But I’m not very good at it! È stanca.
Kieran 2
. I’m fantastic! Dan Risponde ‘Anche io’.
Zoe Fantastic? Hmm … let’s do Holly Chiede che cosa c’è in TV.
something different, then! Dan Risponde che X Factor è alle otto in
Kieran They’ve got a swimming pool, too. punto, ma non gli piace.
Zoe That’s a better idea! I love swimming. Holly Risponde ‘Neanche a me’. Dice che
Kieran 3
. What are the vuole guardare un film.
opening times? Dan Risponde ‘Anche io’. Suggerisce di
Zoe I don’t know. guardare un film dell’orrore.
Kieran 4
. And I can’t call Holly Rifiuta. Dice che odia i film
because I haven’t got my phone. dell’orrore.
Zoe 5
. Let’s look on Dan Esprime sorpresa e dice che lui
the computer. invece no. Lui li adora!
Student’s Book page 83 one hundred and sixty-nine 169

Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Osserva le foto. Quali responsabilità pensi che abbiano
questi adolescenti?
1 Chloe has to .
2 Aidan has to .
Special responsibilities
What do you have to do every day? Do you have to clear the table, make your bed
or load the dishwasher? We talked to two British teenagers about their responsibilities.
Read about Chloe and Aidan and then decide: do you really have to do a lot of chores?
Chloe, 16 I live on a farm in the country. We’ve got a lot of animals: two horses, three
dogs and twelve chickens. The dogs and the chickens are my responsibility
and my sister and I look after the horses together. I have to get up at six
o’clock every morning and feed the animals before school. I feed the horses
first and then I have to feed the chickens and collect the eggs. After that,
I go back to the house and feed the dogs. I don’t have to walk the dogs in the
morning because my mum does that after breakfast. After school, my sister
and I have to groom and ride the horses, but that’s a nice chore! I mustn’t
forget my school work, so I do my homework in the evening, but I have
to walk the dogs before bedtime, too. Sometimes I have to do it in the dark!
I don’t mind doing all these chores because I love looking after the animals.
My ambition is to be a vet!
Aidan, 13 I live with my parents and my brother, Thomas. Thomas has got a disability
and he has to use a wheelchair. I have to help him with some of his daily
activities. For example, in the morning I give him breakfast and I put his books
in his schoolbag for him. Thomas goes to school in a special minibus for
wheelchair users. Mum and Dad go to work early, so I have to wait for the
minibus with Thomas. We don’t have to look after him during the day because
he stays at school until four o’clock. He comes home in the minibus again
and I look after him until five o’clock. That’s when Mum comes home.
After homework, I watch TV or I play computer games with Thomas. He usually
wins, because he’s much better than me! At weekends I go out and I meet my
friends. But I spend a lot of time with Thomas at the weekend, too –
because I want to, not because I have to. He’s one of my best friends!
Glossary
2
Competences
Leggi e ascolta i brani. Decidi se le frasi sono farm fattoria, azienda

vere (T) o false (F). K agricola
look after ci prendiamo
1 Chloe has to feed some animals before school. cura di, badiamo a
2 Chloe’s sister has to look after the chickens. collect raccogliere
3 Chloe has to walk the dogs in the evenings. groom (v) strigliare
4 Aidan has to give Thomas his breakfast. in the dark al buio
disability disabilità
5 Aidan has to take Thomas to school.
wheelchair sedia
6 Aidan has to spend all weekend with Thomas. a rotelle
170 one hundred and seventy

7
Competences
1 What animals has Chloe got? 5 What time does Thomas finish school?
2 Who looks after the horses? 6 What does Aidan do in the evenings?
3 How many times does someone 7 Have you got any special responsibilities
walk the dogs each day? at home?
4 How does Aidan help Thomas 8 What do you think about Chloe and
in the mornings? Aidan’s daily routines?
Listening
4 Ascolta Alice e Joe parlare di ciò che hanno da fare a casa.
Segna (✓) i lavori domestici che senti.
make my bed feed the dog clean my room
load the washing machine load the dishwasher do the ironing
wash the car clean the kitchen take the rubbish out
do the washing-up help with the cooking walk the dog
tidy my room
5 Riascolta Alice e Joe e completa le frasi con il nome corretto

e la forma corretta di have to.
Joe has to wash the car. 3 help with the cooking.
1 tidy her room. 4 take the rubbish out.
2 load the dishwasher. 5 walk the dog.
Guided writing
6 Chantelle è una star del cinema. Guarda
la sua agenda di oggi. Scrivi un brano sui Tuesday 14th April
suoi impegni del giorno.
5 a.m. get up!
6 a.m. arrive film studios,
meet Greg Harris (actor)
6 a.m. – 8a.m. (with Greg) try on costumes
for historical film
8 a.m. – 1p.m. on film set
2 p.m. – 5p.m. (with Greg) give interviews
8p.m. about new film
dinner with manager!
6.30 p.m. order pizza for dinner!
8 p.m. household chores!
10p.m.
Chantelle has to get up at five in the
morning because she has to…
Hai scelto il verbo corretto per esprimere un obbligo imposto
dall’esterno?
Hai usato le forme corrette?
Hai usato mustn’t o don’t have to in modo corretto?
Student’s Book pages 84–85 one hundred and seventy-one 171


8
unit
Vocabulary
Holidays
1 Osserva le figure e completa i nomi dei diversi tipi di alloggio per le vacanze.
campsite 1 s c et 2 f h e
3 h l 4 h d 5 s f-c g
v g v a
2 Completa il brano con le parole nel riquadro.

write
beach guided tour sightseeing sunbathes
swim souvenirs try visit photos
We usually go on holiday to France. In the morning we always go to the

beach. Dad and I 1 in the sea, but Mum 2
and reads. After lunch, we usually go 3 in a local city.
We often go on a 4
and we sometimes 5 a
museum. Dad always takes lots of 6 of Mum and me and I always
buy some 7 . In the evenings, we usually 8 the local
food in a restaurant and then I 9
postcards to my friends.
3 Picture dictionary Ripassa i nuovi vocaboli della sezione Extension a

pagina 236. Trova cinque tipi di alloggio per le vacanze e quattro attività
vacanziere con il verbo go. Poi completa la tabella.
aravan
n o rkellingho fin gc
ngs ste ur
n oei lh
ik fa st s
ca ing ak
ent cam
pe a ndbre
t rvanbed
accommodation tent, , ,
,
activities go , go ,
go , go

3

Dialogue work
8
Student’s Book. Completa le frasi.
1 Jack’s staying in a
in New York next month.
2 Lauren stays on a
in Whitby every summer.
3 Digger’s staying in a
in Whitby this summer
2 Before you listen Osserva la figura Beth That’s a pity. But I’m coming back
e completa le frasi con il nome corretto. on 16th August. We can hang out
1 is happy. together after that.
2 isn’t happy. Jamie Cool!
4 Comprehension Correggi l’errore

in ognuna delle seguenti frasi.
Beth is talking about her homework.
Beth is talking about her holiday.
1 It’s in July, for two weeks.

2 The hotel is in Italy.

3 There is a guided tour of the campsites.

4 The caravan is for the second week.

5 Jamie has to work in August.

Beth Guess what? I’m going to Egypt! 5 Learn it! Use it! Traduci le frasi.
Jamie Wow! I’m really jealous! When are Usa il dialogo dell’es. 3 come aiuto.
you going? 1 Non vedo l’ora!
Beth In August, for two weeks. I can’t
wait! We’re going sightseeing in the 2 Possiamo andare in giro insieme.
first week.
Jamie Are you visiting the pyramids? 3 Non è giusto!
Beth Yes, we’re going on a guided tour.
4 proprio invidioso
Jamie Are you staying in a hotel?

Beth Yes, we are. Then we’re going to a
holiday village for the second week. 6 Think back Rileggi il dialogo dell’es. 3.
Jamie Oh, that’s not fair! Two weeks in 1 Cerchia i nomi di attività vacanziere.
Egypt! We probably aren’t going
2 Sottolinea i tipi di alloggio per le vacanze.
on holiday this year. Mum and Dad
3 Circonda con un riquadro la frase che
have to work, so we’re staying
esprime obbligo.
at home.
Student’s Book pages 88–89 one hundred and seventy-three 173


Grammar
A Present continuous con 3 Riscrivi le frasi al Present continuous.
Sostituisci le espressioni di tempo
significato di futuro in grassetto con le parole tra parentesi.
1 Completa le frasi con il Present continuous
dei verbi tra parentesi. Usa la forma
contratta quando possibile.
We ’re doing (do) a Maths exam on Friday.
1 I (meet) my cousin at
half past three this afternoon.
2 Josie (not come) to
school tomorrow.
3 Mum and Dad (work)
on Saturday.
4 When (Tom / arrive)?
5 Who (you / invite) to
Annie had a party last night. (tonight)
your party?
Annie’s having a party tonight.
6 (your brother / go)
1 I did an exam last Monday. (next Monday)
on the school trip next week?

7 We (not play) tennis
2 I met Harry last weekend. (next weekend)
tomorrow.

8 Ryan (start) a new
3 I went to the cinema yesterday. (tomorrow)
school next month.

2 Scrivi frasi usando il Present continuous. 4 Luke played tennis last Friday. (next Friday)
Poi decidi se si riferiscono al presente (P)
o al futuro (F). 5 Mum worked yesterday. (tomorrow)
Mum / watch / TV in the living room at
the moment
4 Completa il dialogo con il Present
Mum’s watching TV in the living room
continuous dei verbi tra parentesi
at the moment. P e le risposte brevi.
1 Sam / not wear / school uniform!
Mum Are you inviting (you / invite) everyone?

Annie No, 1 .2
2 We / visit / Gran at the weekend
(I / invite) nine friends.

3 I / tidy / my room after school Mum 3
(you and your friends / have) any food?

4 Be quiet! Dad / sleep Annie Yes, 4 .5
(we / have) hot dogs.
5 Who / you / talk / to? Mum Oh ... I see. And 6
(you / go) shopping this afternoon?
6 you / go / on holiday in July? Annie No, 7 .8
(I / decorate) the living
room. Why?
Mum Because we haven’t got any
sausages! So 9
(you / buy) some at the supermarket
or 10 (you / not have)
hot dogs! You have to plan for a party!
174 one hundred and seventy-four


B can (possibilità) C
Which one… ? / Which
8
5 Abbina le situazioni (1–6) alle frasi (a–f). ones… ?
1 We’re going to Paris next week. d 8 Completa i minidialoghi con Which one
2 Please be quiet! o Which ones.
3 I’m busy tomorrow after school. A This is a photo of my mum and her
4 It’s a beautiful day! friends 20 years ago!
5 I’m having a party tomorrow. B Which one is your mum?
6 I won the lottery yesterday! 1 A My brother’s going to university.
a I can’t sleep! B is he going to?
b We can go to the beach. 2 A I tried lots of shoes!
c I can buy a new laptop! B did you buy?
d We can’t come to your party. 3 A Can I have a cake?
e I can’t work on the project with you. B Yes, of course.
f Can you help me with the food? do you want?
4 A I’ve got some books from the library.
6 Completa le frasi con can o can’t. B Oh? have you got?
Don’t stand there, Zak! I can’t see the TV! 5 A I did three exams last week.
1 Look, there’s a café. We have an B was the most
ice cream. difficult?
2 We haven’t got school tomorrow. 6 A I love the Harry Potter books!
We go to the park. B is your favourite?
3 Dad isn’t working tomorrow. He
take you to the party. 9 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
4 You haven’t got any money. You I saw a good film last week. It was the
buy those shoes. one / ones with Daniel Craig.
5 I meet you tomorrow. I have 1 Kate’s got three cats: two black one / ones
to study. and a grey one / ones.
6 There’s lots of snow in the mountains. 2 A Where’s my coat?
We go skiing. B Is it this one / ones?
3 You can have two of these sandwiches.
7 Decidi se le frasi si riferiscono ad abilità (A) o Which one / ones would you like?
a possibilità (P).
4 Our house is the big one / ones near
I can swim. A the park.
1 Can you come to our party? 5 My old phone was OK, but my new
2 Sara can speak French. one / ones is better!
3 We can’t visit Gran because she’s 6 A Do you like these sunglasses?
on holiday. B I prefer the brown one / ones.
4 Can you play the piano?
5 My mum can’t cook.
6 It’s good weather. We can have
a barbecue.
Student’s Book pages 90–91 one hundred and seventy-five 175


2 Leggi le risposte, poi completa
★★
8
le domande sul dialogo dell’es. 1.
Where’s Nathan going next weekend?
He’s going to Manchester.
1 Where ?
They’re taking him to Old Trafford.
2 What ?
He’s working.
3 Who ?
Nathan’s mum is buying him a new shirt.
1 ★ Completa il dialogo con le parole 4 When ?
nel riquadro. He can wear his new shirt on Sunday.
5 Why ?
taking are you doing ’s working
Because he wants a new United shirt, too!
can can can’t going old one
6 Who ?
’re watching ’s buying are you
Toby can have Nathan’s old shirt.
Toby What are you doing next weekend,

Translation
Nathan?
Nathan I’m 1 3 Leggi il riquadro Translation competence.
to Manchester. Poi traduci il dialogo in inglese.
Toby Why 2
going there? Translation competence

Nathan Mum and Dad are 3 Ricorda che can è seguito dalla forma
me to Old Trafford. base del verbo senza to.
I can’t come to your party.
Toby What? To the Manchester United
football club? Ricorda che per parlare di azioni programmate
nel futuro si usa il Present continuous.
Nathan Yeah! We 4
I’m flying to Manchester next week.
a match on Sunday! Dad’s got
tickets for us.
Ella Che cosa fai sabato?
Toby Epic! Are you going to Manchester
Lisa È il mio compleanno, così mamma mi
on Saturday?
porta a Londra.
Nathan No, we 5
Ella Vai in macchina?
go on Saturday because
Lisa No, andiamo in treno. Non possiamo
Dad 6 .
andare in macchina perché mamma
We’re going on Sunday morning.
non sa guidare.
Toby Oh, right, cool!
Ella Che cosa farai a Londra?
Nathan Mum 7
Lisa Visiteremo un museo nel pomeriggio.
me a new United shirt tomorrow.
Ella Quale?
I8 wear it at
the match on Sunday. Lisa Non so. Mamma dice che posso
scegliere, ma io non so decidere!
Toby I’m jealous!
Ella Soggiornerete a Londra?
Nathan What? Jealous of my shirt?
You 9 have my Lisa Sì. Staremo in un grande hotel.
10
! Ella E che cosa farete la sera?
Toby Ha ha, very funny! Lisa Andremo a un concerto di Jessie J!
Non vedo l’ora!
176 one hundred and seventy-six Student’s Book page 92


Functions
At the tourist information office Build a dialogue
8
1 Which museum does Hannah want
to visit? Completa le frasi.
1 Chiedi come puoi essere d’aiuto.
2 What time does it open and close? How you?
2 Di’ che vorresti delle informazioni
3 How much is it? sul museo.
I’d
the museum, please.
3 Chiedi che cosa vorrebbe sapere.
2 Completa il dialogo con le parole What to know?
nel riquadro. 4 Chiedi a che ora apre / chiude.
open / close?
5 Chiedi quanto costa.
How ?
6 Chiedi se è lontano da qui.
from here?
7 Ringrazia per l’aiuto.
your help.
8 Rispondi ‘Prego’.
You’re .
What would How Is it far How long
Where How much What time Step 2: Write it!
Man Good afternoon. How can I help you? Thomas vuole andare al museo delle cere,
Lucy Hello. I’d like some information about Bardon Waxworks Museum. Scrivi il dialogo
coach tours, please. seguendo la traccia. ES
Man
1
you like to know? Woman Saluta. Chiede come può essere
Lucy
2
is the tour? d’aiuto.
Man Tickets cost £6.50 for adults, £5.00 Thomas Saluta. Dice che vorrebbe delle
for students and £3.50 for children informazioni sul Bardon Waxworks
under 12. Museum.
Lucy
3
do the tours start? Woman Chiede che cosa vorrebbe sapere.
Man They start from Riverside Road. Thomas Chiede a che ora apre e a che ora
chiude il museo.
Lucy
4
from here?
Woman Risponde che apre alle 9.30 e chiude
Man No, it isn’t. Look, here’s a map.
alle 5.30 del pomeriggio.
Lucy Thanks. 5 are they?
Thomas Chiede quanto costa.
Man About an hour.
Woman Risponde che i biglietti costano £7
Lucy
6
is the first tour?
per gli adulti e £4 per gli studenti.
Man The first one’s at 10 o’clock.
Thomas Ringrazia e saluta.
Lucy Great. Thanks for your help!
Woman Ricambia il saluto.
Man You’re welcome.
Student’s Book page 93 one hundred and seventy-seven 177

Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Abbina le foto (1–3) alle gite scolastiche.
a German exchange a trip to an adventure park a visit to a museum
1 2 3
2 Leggi e ascolta i brani. Abbina i brani (A–C) alle foto (1–3) dell’es. 1.
School
School trips trips
A C
I’m not going to school tomorrow! We’re going on a We’ve got a big school trip next month.
school trip to the National Media Museum in Bradford. I’m studying German this year and our
In the morning we’re going on a tour of the museum. German teacher, Mrs Bauer, is organising an
Kyle Molly
There are lots of different exhibitions in the museum: exchange for our German class. There are
for example cinema, photography, television and digital 15 students in our class and Mrs Bauer is
media. There isn’t time for everything, so we have to coming with another teacher. We’re going by
choose. I love going to the cinema, so I’m going to the plane and the German families are meeting
cinematography exhibition first. It’s got everything us at the airport.
about the history of cinema. In the afternoon we’re I’m staying with a family called Weber.
doing a news workshop. We’re researching a news story, They live in a small town near Munich. Their
and then we’re preparing a television news report in daughter, Eva, is studying English at school
groups! They’re filming our report and we can have a and she’s 15. I’m staying with them for a
copy of it! There’s one problem. We’re going by train week and then Eva’s coming to England with
and Bradford is 2 hours from here, so we’re leaving at 7 me. I can’t wait to meet her, but I hope her
o’clock in the morning! I hate getting up early! English is better than my German.
My German isn’t very good!
B
We’re going on a school trip to the Lake District
next week. The Lake District is a National Park in the
north-west of England, with lots of lakes, forests and
Jasmin Glossary
mountains. We’re leaving on Saturday morning at 9
o’clock and we’re coming back next Friday. We’re going exhibitions mostre
by coach. news workshop
laboratorio di giornalismo
Competences
We’re staying in a big farmhouse near Lake Windermere.

We’re going walking on Monday and Wednesday – we’re researching faremo ricerche
I hope it isn’t rainy or cold! On Sunday we’re visiting the ropes and paths corde e sentieri
town of Windermere. Then on Tuesday we’re going on trees alberi
a boat on the lake and on Thursday we’re going to an swing oscilli, dondoli
adventure park! It’s called ‘Treetop Trek’. There are ropes like monkeys come scimmie
and paths in the trees, so you walk and climb and swing exchange scambio
from tree to tree, like monkeys! My brother, Ali, did it last
year. He says it’s epic!
178 one hundred and seventy-eight


8
Competences
1 When is Kyle going to Bradford? 6 What did Jasmin’s brother do last year?
2 What’s he doing in the afternoon? 7 How many people are going to Germany?
3 How’s he travelling? 8 How are they travelling?
4 How long’s Jasmin’s trip to the Lake District? 9 Where do the Webers live?
5 What’s she doing on Monday and Wednesday? 10 Which trip would you prefer and why?
Listening
4 Ascolta Molly parlare con sua madre 5 Riascolta Molly e sua madre
dello scambio culturale. Completa l’agenda e decidi se le frasi sono vere (T) o false (F).
della mamma di Molly. Correggi le frasi false.
1 Eva texted Molly this morning.
2 The family’s taking Molly to some
Molly’s exchange trip art galleries in Munich.
Leaving on 1
(date) 3 They’re going to a lake near the sea.
Meeting at 2
(place) 4 She’s visiting a city in Austria one day.
at 3 (time) 5 They’re travelling to Austria by coach.
Flight from airport at 6 Eva’s family are meeting Molly at
4
(time) the airport.
Eva arriving on 7 Dad’s working in July.
5
(date) 8 Molly doesn’t want to go to London
with Eva.
Guided writing
6 Completa il brano con le parole uided tour visiting getting home
g
nel riquadro. going on meeting leaving by coach
We’re 1 a school
trip to Bath next week. The city is called Bath
because it’s famous for its Roman Baths!
We’re 2 at school
at half past eight and we’re travelling
3
. In the morning
we’re going on a 4
of the city. In the afternoon we’re
5
the Roman Baths.
We’re 6 Bath at four
o’clock and we’re 7
at about half past five.
7 Scrivi un brano (40–55 parole) sulla tua

prossima gita scolastica. Puoi inventare
i dettagli. Usa i brani a pagina 178 come Segna (✓) la casella una volta verificato
aiuto. Includi le seguenti informazioni: ciascun punto.
• Where are you going? I verbi concordano con il soggetto?
Hai usato il Present continuous
• When are you going?
correttamente per parlare del futuro?
• How are you travelling? Hai usato lo spelling corretto delle forme
• When are you coming back? in -ing?
Student’s Book pages 94–95 one hundred and seventy-nine 179


9
unit
Vocabulary
Feelings
1 Osserva la figura e completa le frasi con il nome corretto.
Charlie George Danny
Ellie
Cassie
Alice
George is angry. 3 is nervous.

1 is bored. 4 is sad.
2 is excited. 5 is surprised.
2 Completa gli stati d’animo e unisci le due parti delle frasi.

1 I’m a n n o y e d a because my results were great.
2 Mum and Dad were very b when you watch horror films?
p c because my brother broke my phone.
3 I’m h d but now I can make friends easily.
4 Are you f e you can’t remember somebody’s
5 I was s when I was younger name?
6 Are you e f because we’re going on holiday next
when week.

a pagina 238. Completa le frasi con stati d’animo.
Lucy never panics. She’s always really calm.
1 The opposite of ‘shy’ is .
2 Megan can’t understand the teacher at all. She’s .
3 Oliver hasn’t got any friends at his new school. He’s .
4 Sasha’s friend has got an expensive new phone. Sasha wants that phone
too. She’s .
5 Sam has got lots to do and not much time. He’s .
6 Anna can’t believe the news about her friend. She’s .
7 Alex wanted a new bike for Christmas, but he didn’t get one. He was
.
8 Will was nervous about the Maths test, but he got a good result.
He’s .


Dialogue work
9
Student’s Book. Completa il riassunto.
Lauren and her friends are preparing for a party.
Lauren tells them that she is moving to Edinburgh
in 1 . Her 2 has got a new
job there. Lauren felt 3 yesterday and
today she feels 4
, but a bit sad. Her
friends promise to 5
her in Scotland.
2 Before you listen Osserva la figura Beth Great! So your summer plans are
e rispondi alle domande. more interesting now!
1 What are Jamie and Beth doing? Jamie Yes, there’s only one problem.
Mum says I have to speak French
2 What is Jamie pointing to? in France!
Beth Cheer up! You speak it really well.
You’re the best in the class!
Jamie Yes, but I want to relax on holiday –
not practise my French!
4 Comprehension Decidi se le frasi sono

vere (T) o false (F).
Jamie and Beth have to tidy the room
after a party. T
1 Mr Harris wasn’t embarrassed.
3 Ascolta e leggi il dialogo. 2 Jamie sees some food on the floor.
Beth Did you see Mr Harris at the party? 3 He finds Beth’s sunglasses.
Jamie Yes, I did. He dances really badly. 4 Jamie’s going on holiday.
And he wasn’t embarrassed! 5 Jamie wants to speak French
Beth I know! OK – let’s start the cleaning. on holiday.
Jamie Oh, gross! There’s some pizza on 5 Learn it! Use it! Abbina le frasi (1–3) alle
the floor … and whose are these traduzioni (a–c). Usa il dialogo dell’es. 3
sunglasses? Are they yours? come aiuto.
Beth No, they aren’t mine. 1 Gross! a Su con la vita
Jamie This room’s a mess! 2 Chill out b
Che schifo!
Beth Chill out, Jamie! Let’s finish this and 3 Cheer up c Rilassati
then it’s the summer holidays.
Jamie Hey, did I tell you? I’m not staying at
6 Think back Rileggi il dialogo dell’es. 3.
home all summer now! We’re going 1 Cerchia gli stati d’animo.
camping in France from Saturday to 2 Sottolinea un esempio di verbo
Monday at the end of August. I was che esprime:
really surprised, but that Monday is • il passato • un obbligo
a holiday, so Mum and Dad don’t • un programma futuro
have to work. 3 Circonda con un riquadro gli aggettivi alla
forma comparativa e superlativa.
Student’s Book pages 100–101 one hundred and eighty-one 181


Grammar
A Pronomi possessivi
pronome aggettivo pronome
soggetto possessivo possessivo
I my mine 2
you your 1
he 2 his
3 her 4
it 5 –
we our 6
you your yours

they 7 8 3

2 Riscrivi le frasi usando i pronomi possessivi.
C Avverbi di modo
It’s Rebecca’s jacket.
The jacket is hers. 4 Completa la tabella.
1 It’s your book.
The . aggettivo avverbio
2 They’re Dad’s shoes. proud proudly
The . confident 1
3 It’s our car. beautiful 2
The . 3 fast
4 They’re my pens. 4 well
The .
happy 5
5 It’s their house.
The . hard 6
7 easily
B Whose… ? nervous 8
3 Scrivi due domande per ogni figura con

Whose…? e this / that / these / those. 5 Riordina le parole per formulare frasi.
door angrily shut she the
She shut the door angrily.
1 room he the calmly entered

2 singing happily they’re

Whose is that house? Whose house is that? 3 finished I my quickly homework

4 copied carefully she picture the

5 sadly said goodbye we

6 football well you play
1

182 one hundred and eighty-two

D Revision 4 Chloe (tall) of the three
9

6 Completa il dialogo con il tempo corretto 5 Chloe’s hair (curly) Lottie’s hair
dei verbi tra parentesi.
Joe What are you doing (you / do) tonight, 6 Chloe’s hair (not long) Amy’s hair
Bradley? 1
(you / go) into town?
8 Osserva l’avviso nella sala computer della
Bradley No, I 2 .
scuola. Completa il regolamento con (don’t)
We 3
(go) out have to o mustn’t.
last night – Mum 4
(take) us to that new pizzeria in town.
Joe Really? What 5 SCHOOL
(it / be) like? COMPUTER
Bradley It 6 (be) OK. We ROOM
7
(have) a good
evening, but I 8
(not like) the pizzas very much.
Joe Why not?
At all times
Bradley They 9 (be) really No bags on the tables
small! My dad 10 (eat)
No food or drink
three of them, so it 11
• Ask Mrs Blake’s permission to
(cost) a lot of money! download anything
Joe That’s bad news! • Password for all computers =
Bradley Why? STUDY123
Joe We 12 (go)
Lunchtime
there tomorrow!
You can play games quietly, but
REMEMBER that some students are
7 Osserva la figura. Scrivi frasi usando doing homework!
il comparativo o il superlativo degli
aggettivi tra parentesi o not as … as. Homework Club
(Tuesdays and Thursdays)
• Put your name on Mrs Blake’s list.
No games
You have to put your bags on the floor.

1 You eat or drink in
the computer room.
Chloe Lottie Amy 2 You think of a
password for the computers.
Chloe (not old) Lottie 3 You do homework
Chloe isn’t as old as Lottie. at lunchtime.
1 Amy (young) Chloe 4 Students put their
name on the list for Homework Club.
2 Lottie (old) of the girls 5 You play games
at Homework Club.
3 Amy (short) Lottie 6 You ask Mrs Blake
for permission to download anything.
Student’s Book pages 102–103 one hundred and eighty-three 183


1 ★ Leggi la newsletter della scuola e scegli l’alternativa corretta.
9
GR AN TFOR D S CHO OL NEW S
This is the last newsletter before the summer
holidays. Thank you to Mr Adams for the Year 13
party last Friday – we all really enjoyed / enjoying
it! The Year 13 students 1left / are leaving the
school next week. We’re sad that 2you go /
you’re going, but good luck to all of you!
The end-of-year show last Friday 3was / is
a great success. Special congratulations to
Jordan Webster and Milly Grant. They acted
really 4well / good and they sang beautifully!
We’re very proud of the Year 10 netball team.
They 5confidently played / played confidently
at Saint Mary’s School last Tuesday and they
6
win / won their match 26–18! Our sports results
this term are 7more good / better than last term.
Well done! Let’s make next year the 8best / better! Translation
The last day of school is Wednesday, July 25th. 3 Leggi il riquadro Translation competence.
We 9have / ’re having a non-uniform day for Poi traduci il brano in inglese.
charity! You 10don’t have to / mustn’t wear school
uniform if you don’t want to. You can pay £1 and Translation competence
wear your normal clothes.
Per scegliere il tempo verbale corretto
Have a good holiday – come back in September da usare quando traduci, cerca le espressioni
relaxed and calm! di tempo quali:
Jonathan Grant often, always, ➡ Present simple
Head Teacher sometimes, ecc.
PS Someone left a phone and a tablet at the at the moment, ➡ Present continuous
Year 13 party. 11Whose / Who’s are they? this week, ecc.
Email Mr Adams if they are 12yours / your. yesterday, last week, ➡ Past simple
a year ago, ecc.
tomorrow, next year, ➡ Present continuous
ecc. con significato
2 Formula domande sugli
★★
di futuro
avvenimenti della scuola. Poi rispondi.
who / organise / the Year 13 party? Mio fratello maggiore Tom ha 18 anni e finirà
Who organised the Year 13 party? la scuola il mese prossimo. Viaggerà in India
Mr Adams organised the Year 13 party. ad agosto, ma non andrà in vacanza. Farà
1 when / the Year 13 students / leave? qualcosa di più interessante! Collaborerà
2 when / be / the school show? a un progetto in una scuola. Ha letto del
3 how / Jordan and Milly / sing / in the show? progetto in una rivista quattro mesi fa e ha
4 the Year 10 netball team / win / their match? mandato un’e-mail. Deve andare a Londra
5 the students / have to / wear / their uniform stasera e domani incontrerà qualcuno del
on the last day of school? progetto. È teso, ma è molto emozionato.
6 what / someone / leave / at the party?
184 one hundred and eighty-four Student’s Book page 104


Functions
Talking about feelings Build a dialogue
9
1 Riascolta i dialoghi dell’es. 1
1 What is Hannah nervous about?
Completa le espressioni.
2 What is Sam excited about? 1 Esprimi un commento sull’aspetto
di qualcuno.
Video Functions Unit 9 You sad.
2 Chiedi che cosa c’è che non va.
2 Scegli l’alternativa corretta. What’s the ?
What’s ?
3 Reagisci a una buona notizia.
great!
fantastic!
Well !
4 Reagisci a una cattiva notizia.
dear.
no.
Never .
1 Josh I had £20. Now I can’t find it! Can I ?
Dad That’s great! / Oh no. Can I help?
Step 2: Write it!
Ethan arriva a casa di Jessica e nota che

lei è di cattivo umore. Scrivi un dialogo
seguendo la traccia. ES
Ethan Saluta Jessica. Chiede se
sta facendo i compiti.
Jessica Risponde di sì.
Ethan Chiede che cosa c’è che non va.
2 Sophie I have to study tonight. I can’t Dice che lei sembra arrabbiata.
come to the film. Jessica Dice che il suo fratellino è a casa
Ollie That’s fantastic! / Oh dear. ed è molto rumoroso.
Ethan Reagisce alla notizia e chiede se
può aiutarla. Suggerisce di andare a
casa sua. È più silenziosa.
Jessica Accetta il suo suggerimento
e lo ringrazia.
3 Emily Look! I won a judo competition!

George Well done! / Never mind.
Student’s Book page 105 one hundred and eighty-five 185


Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Osserva le foto e i titoli dei brani. Completa le frasi con il nome corretto.
1 is talking about a good day.
2 is talking about a bad day.
Martha: The WORST day of my life
My first day at secondary school was horrible. I was happy at my primary school and
I felt really sad when I left. I felt nervous all summer about going to a different school.
I didn’t sleep at all the night before my first day, so I was really tired, too! I had to get up
early and go to the bus stop for the first time. The school was bigger than my primary
school. In fact, it was enormous! There were about 1,000 students, but I felt lonely
because some of my old friends weren’t there.
They were at different schools. The kids in my
new class were friendlier than I expected,
but I was very shy then, and I didn’t talk to
many of them. The worst moment was when
I got lost in one of the corridors. I started to
cry, but a teacher found me and took me to
the right classroom. I was very embarrassed!
Of course everything’s better now and I’ve
got lots of friends here. But I’m leaving next
year! I’m going to a different school to do my
A level exams. It’s a bit scary, but I’m feeling
more confident than last time.
Jason: The BEST day of my life
My friends and I play in a band together. We’re called The Rivermen and I’m the lead
singer. People say that we’re really good – and I’m not surprised! We practise really hard
at the weekends and in the holidays. Last month there was a competition at our Town Hall.
It was called Stars of Tomorrow. We decided to do it for fun. When we arrived at the Town
Hall, I was a bit surprised because the other bands were older than us. They seemed more
professional, too. The competition lasted all afternoon and evening. We had to wait for
about three hours for our turn, but I wasn’t bored. The other bands were really interesting.
When it was our turn, we played brilliantly. I never feel nervous when I’m singing and this
time we performed really confidently. At 10 o’clock, they announced the winners … and
it wasn’t us! We were third, but I wasn’t
disappointed. It was a great day and
I feel really proud of our band. We’re
doing the competition again next year –
Competences
and we really want to win!
Glossary
got lost mi sono persa
scary spaventoso
lead singer cantante /
voce principale / solista
seemed sembravano
lasted è durata
186 one hundred and eighty-six


2 Leggi e ascolta i brani a pagina 186. Rispondi alle domande. ES
9
Competences
1 How did Martha feel in the holidays before she started secondary school?
2 Why did she feel lonely?
3 Why didn’t she talk to the other students?
4 What happened when she got lost?
5 What is she doing next year?
6 What does Jason do in his free time?
7 When do they practise?
8 Why was Jason surprised when he arrived at Stars of Tomorrow?
9 How long did they have to wait for their turn?
10 What was the result of the competition?
11 How did Jason feel about it?
12 How did you feel on your first day at this school?
Listening
3 Ascolta Sarah parlare di un’esperienza ricca di emozioni.
Segna (✓) gli aggettivi che senti.
angry annoyed embarrassed frightened
happy nervous relieved shocked
4 Riascolta Sarah e rispondi alle domande.

1 Where did Sarah’s parents go that night?

2 What did Sarah and her sister watch?

3 How did they feel at the end?

4 Where did they sleep?

5 How did their parents feel when they found them?

6 How did Sarah feel?

Guided writing
5 Scrivi un brano (40–55 parole) in cui descrivi Segna (✓) la casella una volta verificato
una giornata in cui hai provato una delle
ciascun punto.
emozioni nel riquadro. Includi le seguenti Hai usato le forme corrette del Past simple
informazioni: irregolare nelle frasi affermative?
surprised frightened happy proud Hai usato le forme negative corrette del
Past simple?
embarrassed excited nervous
Hai usato gli avverbi di modo
correttamente?
• What happened? Why?
Hai usato gli aggettivi appropriati
• How did you feel? per esprimere le emozioni?
• How did other people react?
Student’s Book pages 106–107 one hundred and eighty-seven 187


Wordlist
(adj) = adjective aggettivo Il simbolo indica che la parola accanto è una delle parole chiave dell’elenco
(adv) = adverb avverbio Oxford 3000™. Quando ti dedichi allo studio dei vocaboli, ricordati di dare la
precedenza a queste parole, perché rappresentano la maggior parte di quello
(coll) = colloquial colloquiale
che diciamo e scriviamo – circa il 90% di una tipica conversazione, per esempio.
(n) = noun nome / sostantivo Conoscere bene queste parole ti aiuterà a capire e a comunicare in inglese. L’elenco
(v) = verb verbo completo Oxford 3000™ si trova sul sito web:
Per l’alfabeto fonetico vedi pag. 193. www.oxfordlearnersdictionary.com/wordlist/english/oxford3000/
called: be called /ˌbi ˈkɔːld/ chiamarsi

A B calm /kɑːm/ calmo, tranquillo
a bit / ə ˈbɪt/ u n po’ baby /ˈbeɪbi/ bambino / a, bimbo / a, camera /ˈkæmərə/ telecamera
a lot (of) /ə ˈlɒt (əv)/ m olto, un sacco neonato / a camper van /ˈkæmpə ˌvæn/ camper
(di) bad /bæd/ forte, intenso campsite /ˈkæmpsaɪt/ campeggio
about /əˈbaʊt/ circa, verso bag /bæg/ borsa Can I / Could I… ? /kən, ˈkæn aɪ, ˈkʊd
abroad /əˈbrɔːd/ estero baker’s /ˈbeɪkəz/ panetteria aɪ/ Posso / Potrei… ?
can’t stand /ˌkɑːnt ˈstænd/ non
accident /ˈæksɪdənt/ incidente bald /bɔːld/ calvo
sopportare
accommodation /əkɒməˈdeɪʃn/ band /bænd/ gruppo musicale cancelled /ˈkænsld/ annullato,
alloggio, sistemazione bank /bæŋk/ banca cancellato
act / ækt/ recitare banknote /ˈbæŋknəʊt/ banconota car /kɑː(r)/ automobile, macchina
action film / ˈækʃn ˌfɪlm/ film d’azione barbecue /ˈbɑːbɪkjuː/ barbecue, car park /ˈkɑː ˌpɑːk/ parcheggio
actor / actress /ˈæktə(r), ˈæktrəs/ grigliata caravan /ˈkærəvæn/ roulotte
attore / attrice be born /ˌbi ˈbɔːn/ nascere carefully /ˈkeəfəli/ con attenzione,
add /æd/ a ggiungere beach /biːʧ/ spiaggia con cura
admiral /ˈædmərəl/ ammiraglio beard /bɪəd/ barba castle /ˈkɑːsl/ castello
adventure film /ədˈvenʧə ˌfɪlm/ film because /bɪˈkɒz, bɪˈkəz/ perché cat /kæt/ gatto
d’avventura become /bɪˈkʌm/ diventare catch (a train) /ˌkæʧ (ə ˈtreɪn)/
adventure park /ədˈvenʧə ˌpɑːk/ before /bɪˈfɔː(r)/ prima prendere (il treno)
parco avventura begin /bɪˈgɪn/ cominciare cause /kɔːz/ causare
aeroplane /ˈeərəpleɪn/ aeroplano celebration /selɪˈbreɪʃn/
behind /bɪˈhaɪnd/ dietro
after / ˈɑːftə(r)/ dopo festeggiamento
believe /bɪˈliːv/ credere celebrity /səˈlebrəti/ celebrità, VIP
afternoon /ɑːftəˈnuːn/ pomeriggio best /best/ migliore centre /ˈsentə(r)/ centro
again /əˈgen/ di nuovo better /ˈbetə(r)/ migliore cereal /ˈsɪəriəl/ cereali
age /eɪʤ/ età between /bɪˈtwiːn/ fra, tra ceremony /ˈserəməni/ cerimonia
aggressive / əˈgresɪv/ aggressivo bike /baɪk/ bicicletta, bici certainly /ˈsɜːtnli/ certamente, di
ago /əˈgəʊ/ fa birth /bɜːθ/ nascita sicuro
agree /əˈgriː/ essere d’accordo birthday /ˈbɜːθdeɪ/ compleanno change /ʧeɪnʤ/ cambiare
album /ˈælbəm/ album blizzard /ˈblɪzəd/ bufera di neve character /ˈkærəktə(r)/ personaggio
alien /ˈeɪliən/ alieno blonde /blɒnd/ biondo cheeks /ʧiːks/ guance
alive /əˈlaɪv/ vivo blue /bluː/ azzurro, blu cheetah /ˈʧiːtə/ ghepardo
allergic /əˈlɜːʤɪk/ allergico boat /bəʊt/ barca chemist’s /ˈkemɪsts/ farmacia
alright: It’s alright /ˌɪts ɔːlˈraɪt/ boiling /ˈbɔɪlɪŋ/ torrido, bollente (coll) chicken /ˈʧɪkɪn/ pollo
Va bene, Tutto a posto bookshop /ˈbʊkʃɒp/ libreria chin /ʧɪn/ mento
also /ˈɔːlsəʊ/ anche chips /ʧɪps/ patatine fritte
bored /bɔːd/ annoiato
always /ˈɔːlweɪz/ sempre choose /ʧuːz/ scegliere
bowling alley /ˈbəʊlɪŋ ˌæli/ sala da
amazing /əˈmeɪzɪŋ/ i ncredibile Christmas /ˈkrɪsməs/ Natale
bowling
ancient /ˈeɪnʃənt/ antico church /ʧɜːʧ/ chiesa
boy /bɔɪ/ ragazzo
city /ˈsɪti/ città
angry /ˈæŋgri/ arrabiato boyfriend /ˈbɔɪfrend/ ragazzo, classical music /ˌklæsɪkl ˈmjuːzɪk/
animated film /ˈænɪmeɪtɪd ˌfɪlm/ film fidanzatino musica classica
di animazione braces /ˈbreɪsɪz/ apparecchio clean (my room) /ˌkliːn (ˌmaɪ ˈruːm)/
annoyed /əˈnɔɪd/ infastidito ortodontico pulire (la mia stanza)
another /əˈnʌðə(r)/ altro break (n) /breɪk/ pausa, periodo di clear the table /ˌklɪə ðə ˈteɪbl/
any: haven’t got any /ˈhævnt ˌgɒt riposo / vacanza sparecchiare la tavola
ˌeni/ non avere nessuno / a break (v) /breɪk/ rompere clever /ˈklevə(r)/ intelligente, sveglio
anyone / anybody /ˈeniwʌn, ˈenibɒdi/ bring /brɪŋ/ portare client /ˈklaɪənt/ cliente
qualcuno, nessuno Briton /ˈbrɪtn/ britannico close /kləʊz/ chiudere
anything /ˈeniθɪŋ/ qualcosa, niente broccoli /ˈbrɒkəli/ broccolo / i cloud /klaʊd/ nuvola
anywhere /ˈeniweə(r)/ da qualche brown /braʊn/ marrone cloudy /ˈklaʊdi/ nuvoloso, coperto
parte, da nessuna parte build /bɪld/ costruire clown /klaʊn/ clown, pagliaccio
apartment /əˈpɑːtmənt/ building /ˈbɪldɪŋ/ edificio coach /kəʊʧ/ pullman
appartamento bus /bʌs/ autobus coast /kəʊst/ costa
appointment /əˈpɔɪntmənt/ bus station /ˈbʌs ˌsteɪʃn/ stazione cold /kəʊld/ freddo, freddissimo (coll)
appuntamento degli autobus come /kʌm/ venire
apprehensive /æprɪˈhensɪv/ ansioso bus stop /ˈbʌs ˌstɒp/ fermata come back /ˌkʌm ˈbæk/ t ornare
arrive / əˈraɪv/ arrivare dell’autobus come home /ˌkʌm ˈhəʊm/ arrivare a
art gallery /ˈɑːt ˌgæləri/ g alleria d’arte casa
busy /ˈbɪzi/ affollato
artist /ˈɑːtɪst/ artista comedy /ˈkɒmədi/ commedia
but /bʌt, bət/ ma
as … as /əz ... əz/ tanto … quanto comfortable /ˈkʌmftəbl/ comodo,
butcher’s /ˈbʊʧəz/ macelleria confortevole
ask /ɑːsk/ chiedere buy /baɪ/ comprare competition /kɒmpəˈtɪʃn/ gara
astronaut /ˈæstrənɔːt/ astronauta by /baɪ/ per mezzo di (trasporto), complicated /ˈkɒmplɪkeɪtɪd/
attach /əˈtæʧ/ attaccare vicino, entro, per complicato
attraction /əˈtrækʃn/ attrazione concert /ˈkɒnsət/ concerto
author /ˈɔːθə(r)/ autore
autograph /ˈɔːtəgrɑːf/ autografo
C confident /ˈkɒnfɪdənt/ fiducioso
confused /kənˈfjuːzd/ confuso
awesome /ˈɔːsəm/ f antastico, café /ˈkæfeɪ/ bar congratulations /kəngræʧuˈleɪʃnz/
bellissimo call /kɔːl/ chiamare, telefonare congratulazioni, felicitazioni
188 one hundred and eighty-eight


connect / kəˈnekt/ collegare forget /fəˈget/ dimenticare,
cook /kʊk/ c ucinare E dimenticarsi
cool /kuːl/ fresco, freddino (coll) ear /ɪə(r)/ orecchio fort /fɔːt/ forte
cost /kɒst/ costare east /iːst/ est fossil /ˈfɒsl/ fossile
costume / ˈkɒstjuːm/ c ostume Easter /ˈiːstə(r)/ Pasqua freckles /ˈfreklz/ lentiggini
cottage /ˈkɒtɪʤ/ cottage, casetta, eat /iːt/ mangiare free time /ˌfriː ˈtaɪm/ tempo libero
villetta embarrassed /ɪmˈbærəst/ freezing /ˈfriːzɪŋ/ gelido, glaciale
country /ˈkʌntri/ c ampagna imbarazzato (coll)
cowboy /ˈkaʊbɔɪ/ cowboy end /end/ fine frequency /ˈfriːkwənsi/ frequenza
crazy /ˈkreɪzi/ stravagante enjoy /ɪnˈʤɔɪ/ divertirsi friend /frend/ amico
create /kriˈeɪt/ c reare enormous /ɪˈnɔːməs/ enorme, friendly /ˈfrendli/ amichevole,
immenso socievole
creature /ˈkriːʧə(r)/ c reatura
enter /ˈentə(r)/ iscriversi, prendere frightened /ˈfraɪtnd/ impaurito
crossroads /ˈkrɒsrəʊdz/ incrocio
parte frost /frɒst/ gelo
cry / kraɪ/ piangere
entertainment /entəˈteɪnmənt/ frosty /ˈfrɒsti/ gelato
curly /ˈkɜːli/ riccio animazione
cycle / ˈsaɪkl/ a ndare in bicicletta full (of) /ˈfʊl (əv)/ pieno (di)
especially /ɪˈspeʃəli/ specialmente,
fun /fʌn/ divertente
particolarmente
furious /ˈfjʊəriəs/ arrabbiato, fuori di
D estuary /ˈesʧuəri/ estuario
sé, furioso
evening /ˈiːvnɪŋ/ sera
dance (n) / dɑːns/ ballo furniture /ˈfɜːnɪʧə(r)/ mobili
event /ɪˈvent/ evento
dance (v) / dɑːns/ ballare further, -est / farther, -est /ˈfɜːðə(r),
every /ˈevri/ ogni
dangerous /ˈdeɪnʤərəs/ pericoloso -ðɪst, ˈfɑːðə(r), -ðɪst/ più lontano / il
everyone / everybody /ˈevriwʌn,
dark /dɑːk/ scuro più lontano
ˈevribɒdi/ tutti
day /deɪ/ giorno everything /ˈevriθɪŋ/ tutto
dead /ded/ m orto everywhere /ˈevriweə(r)/ dappertutto G
decision /dɪˈsɪʒn/ d ecisione evolution /iːvəˈluːʃn/ evoluzione
generous /ˈʤenərəs/ generoso
definitely / ˈdefɪnətli/ certamente, exam /ɪgˈzæm/ esame
sicuramente, senz’altro Geography /ʤiˈɒgrəfi/ geografia
excited /ɪkˈsaɪtɪd/ eccitato,
delicious / dɪˈlɪʃəs/ squisito, delizioso emozionato get a job /ˌget ə ˈʤɒb/ trovare (un)
lavoro
demonstration /demənˈstreɪʃn/ exciting /ɪkˈsaɪtɪŋ/ emozionante
Excuse me /ɪkˈskjuːz ˌmiː/ Mi scusi! get a pet /ˌget ə ˈpet/ p rendere un
dimostrazione
animale domestico
department store / dɪˈpɑːtmənt exotic /ɪgˈzɒtɪk/ esotico
get divorced /ˌget dɪˈvɔːst/ divorziare
ˌstɔː(r)/ grande magazzino expedition /ekspəˈdɪʃn/ spedizione
exploration /ekspləˈreɪʃn/ get engaged /ˌget ɪnˈgeɪʤd/
desperate /ˈdespərət/ disperato
esplorazione fidanzarsi
destination / destɪˈneɪʃn/ d
estinazione
eye /aɪ/ occhio get in /ˌget ˈɪn/ salire
detective / dɪˈtektɪv/ investigatore
eyebrows /ˈaɪbraʊz/ sopracciglia get married /ˌget ˈmærid/ sposarsi
diary /ˈdaɪəri/ diario, agenda
get off /ˌget ˈɒf/ scendere
die / daɪ/ m orire
get on /ˌget ˈɒn/ salire
different /ˈdɪfrənt/ diverso, differente F get out of /ˌget ˈaʊt əv/ scendere
dinner: school dinners / ˌskuːl ˈdɪnəz/
face /feɪs/ faccia girlfriend /ˈgɜːlfrend/ ragazza,
pranzi alla mensa scolastica
fact /fækt/ dato, fatto fidanzatina
director /dəˈrektə(r), dɪ-, daɪ-/ regista
fail (an exam) /ˌfeɪl (ən ɪgˈzæm)/ give /gɪv/ dare
dirty /ˈdɜːti/ sporco
non superare (un esame), essere glasses /ˈglɑːsɪz/ occhiali
disappointed /dɪsəˈpɔɪntɪd/ d eluso
bocciato (a un esame) go canoeing /ˌgəʊ kəˈnuːɪŋ/ andare in
disaster /dɪˈzɑːstə(r)/ disastro canoa, fare canoa
fall (over) /ˌfɔːl (ˈəʊvə)/ cadere
discover /dɪˈskʌvə(r)/ s coprire go hiking /ˌgəʊ ˈhaɪkɪŋ/ fare trekking
famous /ˈfeɪməs/ famoso
discovery /dɪˈskʌvəri/ scoperta go mountain-biking /ˌgəʊ ˈmaʊntən
fan /fæn/ fan
dislike /dɪsˈlaɪk/ non piacere, non ˌbaɪkɪŋ/ andare in mountain bike
fantastic /fænˈtæstɪk/ fantastico,
gradire, detestare go on a pedalo /ˌgəʊ ɒn ə ˈpedələʊ/
bellissimo
distance /ˈdɪstəns/ distanza fantasy film /ˈfæntəsi ˌfɪlm/ fantasy andare in pedalò
do exams / ˌduː ɪgˈzæmz/ fare gli far /fɑː(r)/ lontano go out (with) /ˌgəʊ ˈaʊt (wɪð)/ uscire
esami farmhouse /ˈfɑːmhaʊs/ casa colonica, (con)
do the cooking /ˌduː ðə ˈkʊkɪŋ/ casale go sightseeing /ˌgəʊ ˈsaɪtsiːɪŋ/
cucinare fashion /ˈfæʃn/ moda andare a fare un giro turistico
do the gardening /ˌduː ðə ˈgɑːdnɪŋ/ fast /fɑːst/ velocemente go skating /ˌgəʊ ˈskeɪtɪŋ/ andare a
fare il giardino favour /ˈfeɪvə(r)/ favore pattinare
do the ironing /ˌduː ðiː ˈaɪənɪŋ/ feed my pet /ˌfiːd ˌmaɪ ˈpet/ dare da go snorkelling /ˌgəʊ ˈsnɔːkəlɪŋ/ fare
stirare mangiare al mio animale domestico snorkelling (nuotare in superficie
do the shopping /ˌduː ðə ˈʃɒpɪŋ/ f are feel /fiːl/ sentirsi usando boccaglio e tubo aeratore per
la spesa feeling /ˈfiːlɪŋ/ sentimento respirare)
do the washing /ˌduː ðə ˈwɒʃɪŋ/ fare ferocious /fəˈrəʊʃəs/ feroce go straight on /ˌgəʊ ˌstreɪt ˈɒn/
il bucato ferry /ˈferi/ traghetto andare diritto
do the washing-up /ˌduː ðə ˌwɒʃɪŋ festival /ˈfestɪvl/ festa, sagra go surfing /ˌgəʊ ˈsɜːfɪŋ/ fare surf
ˈʌp/ lavare i piatti film /fɪlm/ filmare good-looking /ˌgʊd ˈlʊkɪŋ/ di
documentary /dɒkjuˈmentri/ film industry /ˈfɪlm ˌɪndəstri/ bell’aspetto
documentario industria cinematografica gorilla /gəˈrɪlə/ gorilla
dog /dɒg/ cane film-maker /ˈfɪlm ˌmeɪkə(r)/ regista gossip /ˈgɒsɪp/ sparlare, spettegolare
don’t / doesn’t mind / ˌdəʊnt, ˌdʌznt finalist /ˈfaɪnəlɪst/ finalista grand /grænd/ grande, grandioso
ˈmaɪnd/ n on dispiacere find /faɪnd/ trovare great /greɪt/ bello, splendido
download /daʊnˈləʊd/ s caricare fine: I’m fine /ˌaɪm ˈfaɪn/ Sto bene greengrocer’s /ˈgriːngrəʊsəz/
dragon /ˈdrægən/ drago first /fɜːst/ primo fruttivendolo
draw /drɔː/ disegnare flood /flʌd/ alluvione grey /greɪ/ grigio
dream /driːm/ s ogno fly /flaɪ/ volare grow up /ˌgrəʊ ˈʌp/ crescere
drive /draɪv/ guidare flying car /ˌflaɪɪŋ ˈkɑː(r)/ macchina guide /gaɪd/ guida
driving test / ˈdraɪvɪŋ ˌtest/ esame di volante guided tour: go on a guided tour
guida fog /fɒg/ nebbia /ˌgəʊ ɒn ə ˌgaɪdɪd ˈtʊə(r)/ fare una
drop /drɒp/ fare cadere foggy /ˈfɒgi/ nebbioso visita guidata
dry /draɪ/ a sciutto, secco forehead /ˈfɔːhed, ˈfɒrɪd/ fronte guitar /gɪˈtɑː(r)/ chitarra
one hundred and eighty-nine 189


Wordlist
(ˌfaɪv ˈmɪnɪts, ən ˈaʊə(r)/ fra (cinque lorry /ˈlɒri/ camion
H minuti / un’ora) lose /luːz/ perdere
hail / heɪl/ grandine in front of /ˌɪn ˈfrʌnt əv/ d avanti lots of /ˈlɒts əv/ un sacco di, un
hair /heə(r)/ capelli incredible /ɪnˈkredəbl/ incredibile mucchio di
hairdresser’s /ˈheədresəz/ influential /ɪnfluˈenʃl/ influente loudly /ˈlaʊdli/ a voce alta, forte
parrucchiere information /ɪnfəˈmeɪʃn/ informazioni love /lʌv/ amare, adorare
half an hour /ˌhɑːf ən ˈaʊə(r)/ insect /ˈɪnsekt/ insetto love story /ˈlʌv ˌstɔːri/ storia d’amore
mezz’ora inside /ɪnˈsaɪd/ dentro lucky /ˈlʌki/ fortunato
hall: concert hall /ˈkɒnsət ˌhɔːl/ sala instructions /ɪnˈstrʌkʃnz/ istruzioni luggage /ˈlʌgɪʤ/ bagaglio
concerti intelligent /ɪnˈtelɪʤənt/ intelligente Luxembourg /ˈlʌksəmbɜːg/
hamburger /ˈhæmbɜːgə(r)/ interview /ˈɪntəvjuː/ intervistare Lussemburgo
hamburger into /ˈɪntə/ in, dentro
hamster /ˈhæmstə(r)/ criceto
hang out the washing /ˌhæŋ ˌaʊt ðə
introduce /ɪntrəˈdjuːs/ introdurre,
aggiungere
M
ˈwɒʃɪŋ/ stendere il bucato invade /ɪnˈveɪd/ invadere mad /mæd/ pazzo
happen /ˈhæpən/ succedere, invite /ɪnˈvaɪt/ invitare magic /ˈmæʤɪk/ magia
accadere irritated /ˈɪrɪteɪtɪd/ irritato magical /ˈmæʤɪkl/ magico
happy /ˈhæpi/ felice irritating /ˈɪrɪteɪtɪŋ/ fastidioso, make /meɪk/ fare
hard /hɑːd/ d uramente irritante make (my) bed /ˌmeɪk (ˌmaɪ) ˈbed/
hate /heɪt/ detestare, odiare island /ˈaɪlənd/ isola fare il (mio) letto
have children /ˌhæv ˈʧɪldrən/ a vere man / men /mæn, men/
dei figli uomo / uomini
head /hed/ t esta
J map /mæp/ cartina, mappa
healthy / ˈhelθi/ salutare, sano jealous /ˈʤeləs/ geloso mark /mɑːk/ voto
hear / hɪə(r)/ sentire, udire job /ʤɒb/ lavoro market /ˈmɑːkɪt/ mercato
heavy / ˈhevi/ pesante join a club /ˌʤɔɪn ə ˈklʌb/ iscriversi a mascot /ˈmæskɒt/ mascotte
helicopter /ˈhelɪkɒptə(r)/ e
licottero un’associazione / un club match /mæʧ/ partita
help /help/ a iutare joking: You’re joking /ˌjɔː ˈʤəʊkɪŋ/ Maths /mæθs/ matematica
here /hɪə(r)/ qui Scherzi, Non ci credo matter: It doesn’t matter /ˌɪt ˈdʌznt
historical film /hɪˈstɒrɪkl ˌfɪlm/ fi lm journey /ˈʤɜːni/ viaggio, tragitto ˌmætə(r)/ Non importa
storico just /ʤʌst/ solo matter: What’s the matter? /ˌwɒts
History /ˈhɪstri/ storia ðə ˈmætə(r)/ Che c’è?, Qual è il
problema?
hit (n) /hɪt/ successo K meal /miːl/ pasto
hit (v) /hɪt/ c olpire
hobby /ˈhɒbi/ hobby key /kiː/ importante mean /miːn/ significare
holiday /ˈhɒlədeɪ/ vacanza kill /kɪl/ uccidere medicine /ˈmedsn/ medicina
holiday village / ˈhɒlədeɪ ˌvɪlɪʤ/ know /nəʊ/ sapere medium-length /ˈmiːdiəm ˌleŋθ/ di
villaggio vacanze lunghezza media
medium-sized /ˈmiːdiəm ˌsaɪzd/ di
home /həʊm/ casa
hoover (my room) /ˌhuːvə (ˌmaɪ
L misura media
ˈruːm)/ passare l’aspirapolvere (nella land /lænd/ atterrare meet /miːt/ conoscere
mia stanza) laptop /ˈlæptɒp/ computer portatile member /ˈmembə(r)/ membro
hope /həʊp/ sperare large /lɑːʤ/ grande, numeroso memorable /ˈmemərəbl/ memorabile
horror film /ˈhɒrə ˌfɪlm/ film last /lɑːst/ ultimo mess: a total mess /ə ˌtəʊtl ˈmes/ un
dell’orrore last night /ˌlɑːst ˈnaɪt/ ieri sera caos totale
hospital /ˈhɒspɪtl/ ospedale laugh /lɑːf/ ridere message /ˈmesɪʤ/ messaggio
hostel /ˈhɒstl/ ostello lay the table /ˌleɪ ðə ˈteɪbl/ midnight /ˈmɪdnaɪt/ mezzanotte
hot /hɒt/ caldo, caldissimo (coll) apparecchiare la tavola million /ˈmɪljən/ milione
hotel /həʊˈtel/ albergo lazy /ˈleɪzi/ pigro miss /mɪs/ perdere
hour /ˈaʊə(r)/ ora leader /ˈliːdə(r)/ leader, capo, guida mobile phone /ˌməʊbaɪl ˈfəʊn/
household chores / ˌhaʊshəʊld ˈʧɔːz/ learn /lɜːn/ imparare telefono cellullare
lavori domestici leave /liːv/ lasciare model /ˈmɒdl/ modello
How far? /ˈhaʊ ˌfɑː(r)/ Quanto leave home /ˌliːv ˈhəʊm/ andare via modern /ˈmɒdn/ moderno
lontano? da casa modest /ˈmɒdɪst/ modesto
How long? /ˈhaʊ ˌlɒŋ/ Q uanto tempo? leave school /ˌliːv ˈskuːl/ finire la moment: at the moment /ət ðə
How many? /ˈhaʊ ˌmeni/ Q uanti? scuola ˈməʊmənt/ al momento, ora
How much is it? /ˈhaʊ ˌmʌʧ ˈɪz ˌɪt/ less /les/ meno money /ˈmʌni/ denaro, soldi
Quant’è?, Quanto costa? lesson /ˈlesn/ lezione month /mʌnθ/ mese
How often? /ˈhaʊ ˌɒfn, ˌɒftən/ Ogni let’s go /ˈlets ˌgəʊ/ andiamo morning /ˈmɔːnɪŋ/ mattina
quanto?, Quanto spesso? letter /ˈletə(r)/ lettera mosquito /məˈskiːtəʊ/ zanzara
How old? / ˈhaʊ ˌəʊld/ Quanti anni? library /ˈlaɪbrəri/ biblioteca most: the most /ðə ˈməʊst/ il più
How tall / high? /ˈhaʊ ˌtɔːl, ˌhaɪ/ lie-in: have a lie-in /ˌhæv ə ˈlaɪ ˌɪn/ motorbike /ˈməʊtəbaɪk/ motocicletta
Quanto alto? stare a letto fino a tardi mountain /ˈmaʊntən/ montagna
How? /haʊ/ Come? life /laɪf/ vita moustache /məˈstɑːʃ/ baffi
hundreds /ˈhʌndrədz/ centinaia lighting /ˈlaɪtɪŋ/ luci mouth /maʊθ/ bocca
hurricane / ˈhʌrɪkən/ uragano lightning /ˈlaɪtnɪŋ/ fulmine move /muːv/ traslocare, trasferirsi
Hurry up! /ˌhʌri ˈʌp/ M uoviti!, likes and dislikes /ˌlaɪks ən ˈdɪslaɪks/ move house /ˌmuːv ˈhaʊs/ cambiare
Sbrigati! cose che piacciono e non piacciono, casa, trasferirsi
simpatie e antipatie museum /mjuˈziːəm/ museo
lion /ˈlaɪən/ leone musician /mjuˈzɪʃn/ musicista
I lips /lɪps/ labbra mysterious /mɪˈstɪəriəs/ misterioso
I’d like /ˈaɪd ˌlaɪk/ V orrei little /ˈlɪtl/ piccolo, minore
ice /aɪs/ ghiaccio live /lɪv/ abitare, vivere N
ice rink /ˈaɪs ˌrɪŋk/ pista di pattinaggio load the dishwasher /ˌləʊd ðə
sul ghiaccio ˈdɪʃwɒʃə(r)/ caricare la lavastoviglie national /ˈnæʃnəl/ nazionale
ICT /ˌaɪˌsiː ˈtiː/ tecnologia location /ləʊˈkeɪʃn/ posizione, nature /ˈneɪʧə(r)/ natura
dell’informazione e della ubicazione near /nɪə(r)/ vicino
comunicazione lonely /ˈləʊnli/ solo neck /nek/ collo
icy /ˈaɪsi/ ghiacciato long /lɒŋ/ lungo, tanto, molto need /niːd/ avere bisogno
imagine /ɪˈmæʤɪn/ immaginare look /lʊk/ guardare, sembrare nervous /ˈnɜːvəs/ teso
in (five minutes / an hour) /ˌɪn look for /ˈlʊk ˌfɔː(r), fə(r)/ cercare never /ˈnevə(r)/ mai
190 one hundred and ninety


Never mind /ˈnevə ˌmaɪnd/ Non pity: That’s a pity /ˈðæts ə ˌpɪti/
importa Peccato S
newsagent’s / ˈnjuːzeɪʤənts/ e
dicola place /pleɪs/ luogo, posto sad /sæd/ triste
next (adj) / nekst/ s uccessivo, plaits /plæts/ trecce safe /seɪf/ sicuro
seguente plan /plæn/ programma sail /seɪl/ andare in barca a vela
next (adv) /nekst/ dopo, poi plane /pleɪn/ aeroplano same /seɪm/ stesso
next to /ˈneks ˌtuː, tə/ a ccanto a planet /ˈplænɪt/ pianeta say /seɪ/ dire
nice /naɪs/ bello, buono plastic bag /ˌplæstɪk ˈbæg/ sacchetto school subject /ˌskuːl ˈsʌbʤɪkt/
night / naɪt/ notte di plastica materia scolastica
no one /ˈnəʊ ˌwʌn/ nessuno platform /ˈplætfɔːm/ binario sci-fi film /ˈsaɪ ˌfaɪ ˌfɪlm/ fi lm di
nobody /ˈnəʊbədi/ n essuno please /pliːz/ per favore fantascienza
Nor / Neither (am / do / have) I plot /plɒt/ trama scientific /saɪənˈtɪfɪk/ scientifico
/ˌnɔː(r), ˌnaɪðə(r) (əm, duː, həv) ˈaɪ/ police station /pəˈliːs ˌsteɪʃn/ scientist /ˈsaɪəntɪst/ scienziato
Neanch’io commissariato di polizia scooter /ˈskuːtə(r)/ motorino, scooter
normal /ˈnɔːml/ n ormale, tradizionale pony tail /ˈpəʊni ˌteɪl/ coda di cavallo script /skrɪpt/ copione
north /nɔːθ/ nord popular /ˈpɒpjələ(r)/ famoso sea /siː/ mare
north-west /ˌnɔːθ ˈwest/ nord- population /pɒpjuˈleɪʃn/ popolazione seat /siːt/ posto a sedere
occidentale port /pɔːt/ porto second /ˈsekənd/ secondo
nose /nəʊz/ naso possibly /ˈpɒsəbli/ forse secret /ˈsiːkrət/ segreto
not … many /ˌnɒt ... ˈmeni/ non molti post office /ˈpəʊst ˌɒfɪs/ ufficio see /siː/ vedere
not … much /ˌnɒt ... ˈmʌʧ/ non … postale self-catering apartment / villa
molto postcard /ˈpəʊstkɑːd/ cartolina /ˌself ˈkeɪtərɪŋ əˌpɑːtmənt, ˌvɪlə/
notebook /ˈnəʊtbʊk/ quaderno practise /ˈpræktɪs/ esercitarsi appartamento / villa con uso cucina
nothing /ˈnʌθɪŋ/ n iente present /ˈpreznt/ regalo sell /sel/ v endere
now /naʊ/ ora pretty /ˈprɪti/ carino, grazioso, bello semi-detached /ˌsemi dɪˈtæʧt/
nowhere /ˈnəʊweə(r)/ da nessuna price /praɪs/ prezzo bifamiliare, a schiera
parte primary school /ˈpraɪməri ˌskuːl/ series /ˈsɪəriːz/ serie
scuola primaria shocked /ʃɒkt/ scioccato
O Prime Minister /ˌpraɪm ˈmɪnɪstə(r)/
primo ministro
shop /ʃɒp/ negozio
short /ʃɔːt/ basso, corto
object / ˈɒbʤɪkt/ oggetto private /ˈpraɪvət/ privato show /ʃəʊ/ spettacolo
occasion / əˈkeɪʒn/ occasione prize /praɪz/ premio shy /ʃaɪ/ timido
of course /əv ˈkɔːs/ certo project /ˈprɒʤekt/ ricerca scolastica silence /ˈsaɪləns/ silenzio
offer /ˈɒfə(r)/ offrire, proporre props /prɒps/ materiale scenico, silent film /ˈsaɪlənt ˌfɪlm/ film muto
often /ˈɒfn, ˈɒftən/ spesso oggetti di scena silly /ˈsɪli/ sciocco
Oh dear / ˌəʊ ˈdɪə(r)/ Oh no prosperity /prɒˈsperəti/ prosperità, sing /sɪŋ/ cantare
on foot /ˌɒn ˈfʊt/ a piedi ricchezza
singer /ˈsɪŋə(r)/ cantante
once (a week) /ˌwʌns (ə ˈwiːk)/ u na proud /praʊd/ orgoglioso
single ticket /ˈsɪŋgl ˌtɪkɪt/ biglietto di
volta (a settimana) puppy /ˈpʌpi/ cagnolino sola andata
only /ˈəʊnli/ solo, solamente put /pʊt/ mettere sit /sɪt/ essere seduto
open /ˈəʊpən/ aprire skate park /ˈskeɪt ˌpɑːk/ parco per
open-top bus /ˌəʊpən ˌtɒp ˈbʌs/ Q skateboard
autobus scoperto senza tetto ski chalet /ˈskiː ˌʃæleɪ/ chalet, baita,
opposite /ˈɒpəzɪt/ di fronte quickly /ˈkwɪkli/ velocemente villetta di montagna
optional /ˈɒpʃənl/ facoltativo quiet /ˈkwaɪət/ tranquillo sleep /sliːp/ dormire
or /ɔː(r)/ o
, oppure quite: I quite like /ˌaɪ ˈkwaɪt ˌlaɪk/ mi slim /slɪm/ slanciato
order /ˈɔːdə(r)/ ordinare piace abbastanza smile /smaɪl/ sorridere
ordinary /ˈɔːdnri/ comune snow (n) /snəʊ/ neve
other / ˈʌðə(r)/ altro
outside /aʊtˈsaɪd/ f uori
R snow (v) /snəʊ/ nevicare
snowy /ˈsnəʊi/ nevoso
overweight / əʊvəˈweɪt/ s ovrappeso rabbit / ˈræbɪt/ coniglio so /səʊ/ così, quindi
rain (n) /reɪn/ pioggia So (am / do / have) I / ˌsəʊ (əm, duː,
rain (v) /reɪn/ piovere
P rainy /ˈreɪni/ piovoso
həv) ˈaɪ/ Anch’io
solo career /ˈsəʊləʊ kəˌrɪə(r)/ carriera
packed lunch /ˌpækt ˈlʌnʧ/ pranzo al real /ˈrɪəl/ vero da solista
sacco realistic /riːəˈlɪstɪk/ realistico some /sʌm, səm/ del/dei, della/delle,
pain: it’s a pain /ˌɪts ə ˈpeɪn/ è una really /ˈriːəli/ davvero, proprio qualche
scocciatura recent /ˈriːsnt/ recente someone /ˈsʌmwʌn/ qualcuno
paint /peɪnt/ d ipingere red /red/ rosso somebody /ˈsʌmbədi/ qualcuno
panther /ˈpænθə(r)/ p antera relationship /rɪˈleɪʃnʃɪp/ parentela something /ˈsʌmθɪŋ/ qualcosa
paper /ˈpeɪpə(r)/ carta relieved /rɪˈliːvd/ sollevato sometimes /ˈsʌmtaɪmz/ a volte,
park /pɑːk/ parco remain /rɪˈmeɪn/ rimanere qualche volta
part / pɑːt/ parte remember /rɪˈmembə(r)/ ricordare, somewhere /ˈsʌmweə(r)/ da qualche
party /ˈpɑːti/ festa ricordarsi parte
pass (an exam) /ˌpɑːs ən ɪgˈzæm/ represent /reprɪˈzent/ rappresentare song /sɒŋ/ canzone
superare (un esame) resort /rɪˈzɔːt/ località di villeggiatura sorry: I’m sorry /ˌaɪm ˈsɒri/ Mi
past /pɑːst/ p assato restaurant /ˈrestrɒnt/ ristorante dispiace
patient / ˈpeɪʃnt/ paziente result /rɪˈzʌlt/ risultato soundtrack /ˈsaʊndtræk/ colonna
pay for /ˈpeɪ ˌfɔː(r), fə(r)/ pagare per retire /rɪˈtaɪə(r)/ andare in pensione sonora
perfect /ˈpɜːfɪkt/ perfetto return ticket /rɪˌtɜːn ˈtɪkɪt/ biglietto di south /saʊθ/ sud
performer /pəˈfɔːmə(r)/ a rtista andata e ritorno south-west /ˌsaʊθ ˈwest/ sud-ovest
permission /pəˈmɪʃn/ permesso ride /raɪd/ corsa souvenir /suːvəˈnɪə(r)/ s ouvenir,
person / people /ˈpɜːsn, ˈpiːpl/ ride a motorbike /ˌraɪd ə ˈməʊtəbaɪk/ ricordo
persona / gente andare in moto special /ˈspeʃl/ speciale
pet /pet/ a nimale domestico ridiculous /rɪˈdɪkjələs/ ridicolo special effects /ˌspeʃl ɪˈfekts/ effetti
phone /fəʊn/ cellulare, telefono road /rəʊd/ strada speciali
photo / ˈfəʊtəʊ/ fotografia Romans /ˈrəʊmənz/ Romani spend (time) /ˌspend (ˈtaɪm)/
photographer /fəˈtɒgrəfə(r)/ roundabout /ˈraʊndəbaʊt/ rotatoria, trascorrere (il tempo)
fotografo rotonda sponsored /ˈspɒnsəd/ sponsorizzato
Physics /ˈfɪzɪks/ fisica run /rʌn/ correre sports centre /ˈspɔːts ˌsentə(r)/
piece / piːs/ pezzo run away /ˌrʌn əˈweɪ/ scappare centro sportivo
one hundred and ninety-one 191


Wordlist
spy film /ˈspaɪ ˌfɪlm/ film di thunder /ˈθʌndə(r)/ tuono
spionaggio ticket /ˈtɪkɪt/ biglietto W
star (n) /stɑː(r)/ stella, star ticket office /ˈtɪkɪt ˌɒfɪs/ biglietteria wait /weɪt/ aspettare
start school / ˌstɑːt ˈskuːl/ a ndare a tidy (adj) /ˈtaɪdi/ ordinato, in ordine wake (sb) up /ˌweɪk (...) ˈʌp/ svegliare
scuola tidy (my room) (v) /ˌtaɪdi (ˌmaɪ ˈruːm)/ (qualcuno)
stationer’s /ˈsteɪʃənəz/ cartoleria riordinare (la mia stanza) walk /wɔːk/ camminare, andare a
statue /ˈstæʧuː/ statua tiger /ˈtaɪgə(r)/ tigre piedi
stay / steɪ/ stare, soggiornare walk the dog /ˌwɔːk ðə ˈdɒg/ portare
time /taɪm/ volta, tempo
stop /stɒp/ fermare, fermarsi fuori il cane
tired /ˈtaɪəd/ stanco
storm /stɔːm/ temporale, burrasca want /wɒnt/ volere
today /təˈdeɪ/ oggi
stormy /ˈstɔːmi/ b urrascoso, war film /ˈwɔː ˌfɪlm/ film di guerra
tempestoso together /təˈgeðə(r)/ insieme
tomorrow /təˈmɒrəʊ/ domani warm /wɔːm/ temperato
straight /streɪt/ liscio wash the car /ˌwɒʃ ðə ˈkɑː(r)/ lavare
strange /streɪnʤ/ inusuale, strano tonight /təˈnaɪt/ stasera
la macchina
street / striːt/ s trada, via too /tuː/ anche
watch (n) /wɒʧ/ orologio da polso
stressed / strest/ stressato tooth / teeth /tuːθ, tiːθ/ dente / i watch (v) /wɒʧ/ guardare
strong /strɒŋ/ forte tour /tʊə(r)/ visita, giro, gita, wavy /ˈweɪvi/ mosso
studio /ˈstjuːdiəʊ/ studio escursione wear /weə(r)/ indossare
cinematografico tourist /ˈtʊərɪst/ turista weather /ˈweðə(r)/ tempo
study /ˈstʌdi/ studiare tourist information office /ˌtʊərɪst atmosferico
stuntman / stuntwoman ɪnfəˈmeɪʃn ˌɒfɪs/ ufficio informazioni website /ˈwebsaɪt/ sito web
/ˈstʌntmæn, ˈstʌntwʊmən/ turistiche week /wiːk/ settimana
controfigura tower /ˈtaʊə(r)/ torre weekend /wiːkˈend/ fine settimana
successful /səkˈsesfl/ di successo town /taʊn/ città weird /wɪəd/ strano
sudden /ˈsʌdn/ improvviso town hall /ˌtaʊn ˈhɔːl/ municipio Welcome (to)… ! /ˈwelkəm tə/
summer /ˈsʌmə(r)/ estate toy shop /ˈtɔɪ ˌʃɒp/ negozio di Benvenuto (in / a)… !
sun / sʌn/ sole giocattoli well (adj) /wel/ bene
sunbathe /ˈsʌnbeɪð/ prendere il sole
traditional /trəˈdɪʃənl/ tradizionale well (adv) /wel/ d unque
sunny /ˈsʌni/ s ereno
traffic /ˈtræfɪk/ traffico Well done! /ˌwel ˈdʌn/ Ottimo
supermarket /ˈsuːpəmɑːkɪt/
traffic lights /ˈtræfɪk ˌlaɪts/ semaforo lavoro!, Bravo!
supermercato
train /treɪn/ treno west /west/ occidentale
sure /ʃʊə(r), ʃɔː(r)/ sicuro, certo
train station /ˈtreɪn ˌsteɪʃn/ stazione western /ˈwestən/ western
Sure! (coll) /ʃʊə(r), ʃɔː(r)/
Certamente!, Come no! ferroviaria wet /wet/ umido, piovoso
surprise /səˈpraɪz/ s orpresa tram /træm/ tram What (does he / she) look like? /ˌwɒt
transport /ˈtrænspɔːt/ trasporto (dəz ˌhiː, ˌʃiː) ˈlʊk ˌlaɪk/ Che aspetto
surprised /səˈpraɪzd/ sorpreso
ha?
swap /swɒp/ scambio travel /ˈtrævl/ viaggiare
What (is / was) X like? /ˌwɒt (ɪz, wəz)
sweep the floor /ˌswiːp ðə ˈflɔː(r)/ tree /triː/ albero
... ˈlaɪk/ Come (è / era) X?
spazzare il pavimento trip /trɪp/ gita What about you? /ˌwɒt əˌbaʊt ˈjuː/ E
swimming pool /ˈswɪmɪŋ ˌpuːl/ true /truː/ vero tu?
piscina try the local food /ˌtraɪ ðə ˌləʊkl What colour… ? /ˈwɒt ˌkʌlə(r)/
ˈfuːd/ provare la cucina locale Di che colore… ?
T tunnel /ˈtʌnl/ galleria What time… ? /ˈwɒt ˌtaɪm/ A che
turn (left / right) /ˌtɜːn ˈleft, ˈraɪt/ ora… ?
tablet /ˈtæblət/ tablet girare (a sinistra / destra) What? /wɒt/ Che cosa?
take /teɪk/ prendere twice (a month) /ˈtwaɪs (ə ˌmʌnθ)/ What’s up? /ˌwɒts ˈʌp/ Che c’è?, Che
take off /ˌteɪk ˈɒf/ decollare due volte (al mese) succede?
take photos /ˌteɪk ˈfəʊtəʊz/ fare
type /taɪp/ tipo, genere When? /wen/ Quando?
fotografie
typical /ˈtɪpɪkl/ tipico Where? /weə(r)/ Dove?
take the (first) road on the
left / right /ˌteɪk ðə ˌ(fɜːst) ˌrəʊd ɒn ðə Which? /wɪʧ/ Quale / i?
Who? /huː/ Chi?
ˈleft, ˈraɪt/ prendere la (prima) strada U Whose? /huːz/ Di chi?
a sinistra / destra
take the rubbish out /ˌteɪk ðə ˈrʌbɪʃ underground /ˈʌndəgraʊnd/ Why? /waɪ/ Perché?
ˌaʊt/ portare fuori la spazzatura metropolitana win /wɪn/ vincere
talent /ˈtælənt/ talento, dote understand /ʌndəˈstænd/ capire, wind /wɪnd/ vento
talk /tɔːk/ p arlare comprendere windy /ˈwɪndi/ ventoso
tall /tɔːl/ alto unfortunately /ʌnˈfɔːʧənətli/ winter /ˈwɪntə(r)/ inverno
taxi /ˈtæksi/ taxi sfortunatamente with /wɪð/ con
teach /tiːʧ/ insegnare uniform /ˈjuːnɪfɔːm/ uniforme, divisa woman /ˈwʊmən/ donna
team /tiːm/ squadra university /juːnɪˈvɜːsəti/ università work /wɜːk/ lavorare
teenager /ˈtiːneɪʤə(r)/ adolescente unload the dishwasher /ʌnˌləʊd ðə world /wɜːld/ mondo
telephone /ˈtelɪfəʊn/ telefono ˈdɪʃwɒʃə(r)/ scaricare la lavastoviglie worried /ˈwʌrid/ preoccupato
tell /tel/ dire unusual /ʌnˈjuːʒuəl/ insolito worry /ˈwʌri/ preoccuparsi
tent / tent/ tenda use /juːz/ usare worse / worst / wɜːs, wɜːst/ peggiore,
test /test/ esame, verifica il peggiore
usually /ˈjuːʒuəli/ di solito,
text /tekst/ SMS write /raɪt/ scrivere
solitamente
than /ðən/ di wrong: What’s wrong? /ˌwɒts ˈrɒŋ/
theatre /ˈθɪətə(r)/ teatro Che c’è?, Cosa c’è che non va?
then /ðen/ poi V
there /ðeə(r)/ lì
vampire / ˈvæmpaɪə(r)/ vampiro Y
there is / there are /ˌðeər ˈɪz, ˈɑː(r)/
van /væn/ furgone year /jɪə(r)/ anno
c’è / ci sono
thin /θɪn/ magro vary /ˈveəri/ variare yesterday /ˈjestədeɪ/ ieri
thing / θɪŋ/ cosa vegetarian /veʤəˈteəriən/ You’re welcome /ˌjɔː ˈwelkəm/ Prego
think /θɪŋk/ p ensare vegetariano young /jʌŋ/ giovane
this afternoon /ˌðɪs ɑːftəˈnuːn/ Venus /ˈviːnəs/ Venere
questo pomeriggio very /ˈveri/ molto
this evening /ˌðɪs ˈiːvnɪŋ/ questa sera violent /ˈvaɪələnt/ violento Z
thousands / ˈθaʊzndz/ migliaia visit /ˈvɪzɪt/ visitare zombie / ˈzɒmbi/ morto vivente,
thriller /ˈθrɪlə(r)/ thriller voyage /ˈvɔɪɪʤ/ viaggio zombi
192 one hundred and ninety-two


Pronunciation
Vowels & Diphthongs Consonants
iː as in see /siː/ p as in pen /pen/
ɪ as in sit /sɪt/ b as in bad /bæd/
i as in happy /ˈhæpi/ t as in tea /tiː/
e as in ten /ten/ d as in did /dɪd/
æ as in hat /hæt/ k as in cat /kæt/
ɑː as in arm /ɑːm/ ɡ as in got /ɡɒt/
ɒ as in got /ɡɒt/ ʧ as in chin /ʧɪn/
ɔː as in saw /sɔː/ ʤ as in June /ʤuːn/
ʊ as in put /pʊt/ f as in fall /fɔːl/
uː as in too /tuː/ v as in voice /vɔɪs/
θ as in thin /θɪn/
ʌ as in cup /kʌp/
ð as in then /ðen/
ɜː as in fur /fɜː(r)/
s as in so /səʊ/
ə as in ago /əˈɡəʊ/
z as in zoo /zuː/
eɪ as in page /peɪʤ/
ʃ as in she /ʃiː/
əʊ as in home /həʊm/
ʒ as in vision /ˈvɪʒn/
aɪ as in five /faɪv/
h as in how /haʊ/
aʊ as in now /naʊ/
m as in man /mæn/
ɔɪ as in join /ʤɔɪn/
n as in no /nəʊ/
ɪə as in near /nɪə(r)/
ŋ as in sing /sɪŋ/
eə as in hair /heə(r)/
l as in leg /leɡ/
ʊə as in pure /pjʊə(r)/
r as in red /red/
j as in yes /jes/
w as in wet /wet/
Punctuation
A capital letter aaa italics
a lower case aaa bold
. full stop (period AmE) & ampersand (= and)
, comma * asterisk
‘ apostrophe # hash sign
; semicolon @ ‘at’
: colon
? question mark
! exclamation mark (exclamation point AmE)
- hyphen
– dash
… dots/ellipsis
/ slash
‘ ’ quotation / speech marks
“ ” double quotation marks (used more in AmE)
( ) brackets (parentheses AmE; formal)
[ ] square brackets (brackets AmE; formal)
one hundred and ninety-three 193


Grammar reference
Pronomi soggetto Alcuni sostantivi hanno una forma plurale irregolare.
person → people man → men
I you he she it we you they
child → children woman → women
In inglese, i pronomi soggetto vanno sempre
espressi. L’articolo
Articolo indeterminativo: a/an
Pronomi complemento
• Si usa a davanti a parole che iniziano con un
I you he she it we you they suono consonantico: s, b, g, ecc.
me you him her it us you them a map a student a school
I pronomi complemento si usano dopo un verbo o • Si usa an davanti a parole che iniziano con un
una preposizione. suono vocalico:
an apple an exercise book an MP3 player
Aggettivi e pronomi possessivi Articolo determinativo: the
my your his her its our your their • the è invariabile in genere e numero.
mine yours his hers — ours yours theirs • Si usa per indicare una persona o una cosa
specifica.
• Gli aggettivi possessivi sono invariabili in
genere e numero.
Il genitivo sassone
• Non si usa mai l’articolo davanti all’aggettivo
possessivo. • Per esprimere possesso in inglese si usa
• Gli aggettivi possessivi concordano sempre con questa costruzione:
il possessore. nome del possessore + ’s + cosa posseduta.
• I pronomi possessivi hanno le stesse singolare + ’s

caratteristiche degli aggettivi possessivi. Jenny’s mum la mamma di Jenny
• Non esiste il pronome possessivo plurale regolare + ’
corrispondente all’aggettivo possessivo its. the boys’ names i nomi dei ragazzi
• Gli aggettivi possessivi sono seguiti da un plurale irregolare + ’s
sostantivo, ma i pronomi possessivi non lo sono. the children’s dogs i cani dei bambini
(This is her bag.) This is hers. doppio soggetto + ’s
(Questa è la sua borsa.) Questa è sua. Evan and Lauren’s friend l’amico di Evan e Lauren
Whose… ? Preposizioni di luogo

La parola interrogativa Whose si usa per chiedere Le preposizioni di luogo in, on, under, next to,
a chi appartiene qualcosa e significa Di chi …? opposite, between, behind, near, in front of
Whose bike is it? Di chi è la bicicletta? si usano per indicare dove si trova un oggetto,
una persona o un luogo.
Il plurale dei sostantivi
La maggior parte dei sostantivi forma il plurale this/that/these/those
aggiungendo -s al sostantivo.
singolare plurale
cat → cats day → days
this these
Ai sostantivi che finiscono in -x, -s, -sh, -ch, -z, -o that those
si aggiunge -es.
bus → buses watch → watches I dimostrativi this, these, that e those si usano
sia per il maschile che per il femminile e sono sia
Ai sostantivi che finiscono in consonante più -y, si
pronomi che aggettivi.
elimina la -y e si aggiunge -ies.
baby → babies
194 one hundred and ninety-four


some/any lots of/(not) much/(not) many
• Some e any indicano una quantità • Lots of si usa con sostantivi numerabili e non
indeterminata. numerabili, soprattutto in frasi affermative:
• Si usa some con i sostantivi plurali alla forma There are lots of restaurants in my city.
affermativa. • Much si usa in frasi negative e interrogative
I’ve got some CDs. Ho dei CD. con sostantivi non numerabili.
• Si usa any con i sostantivi plurali alla forma I haven’t got much time.
negativa e interrogativa. Do you do much sport at school?
I haven’t got any CDs. Non ho CD. • Many si usa in frasi negative e interrogative
Have you got any CDs? Hai dei CD? con sostantivi numerabili plurali.
I haven’t got many songs on my MP3 player.
Sostantivi numerabili e non Have you got many cousins?
numerabili
Composti di some/any/no/every
• I sostantivi numerabili (countable nouns) si
riferiscono a cose che si possono contare. people places things
Hanno una forma singolare e plurale. some someone / somewhere something
a hamster three hamsters somebody
• Sono invece non numerabili (uncountable any anyone / anywhere anything
nouns) quei sostantivi che non si possono anybody
contare. Hanno solo la forma singolare. no no one / nowhere nothing
some water NON two waters, three waters… nobody
every everyone / everywhere everything
Which one… ?/Which ones… ? everybody
• Si usano i pronomi one e ones per non ripetere • I composti di some e any seguono le stesse
un sostantivo numerabile. regole dei partitivi some e any.
• Si usa one al posto di un sostantivo singolare. • Ricorda che i composti di no richiedono il verbo
A We saw a film. alla forma affermativa.
B Which film? / Which one? There’s nothing on TV. Non c’è niente in TV.
Quale film? / Quale? • Si possono aggiungere i suffissi one /
• Si usa ones al posto di un sostantivo plurale. body, thing e where anche a every in frasi
A I like those shoes? affermative, negative e interrogative.
B Which shoes? / Which ones? Everybody came to my party.
Quali scarpe? / Quali? Tutti sono venuti alla mia festa.
Is everything ready?
How much… ?/How many… ? È tutto pronto?
How much? (Quanto/a?) e How many? (Quanti/e?)
si usano per fare domande sulla quantità. Si usa
How much con i sostantivi non numerabili e How
many con i sostantivi numerabili plurali.
How much butter is there?
How many tomatoes are there?
one hundred and ninety-five 195


Grammar reference
Comparativo di maggioranza Superlativo relativo
Gli aggettivi monosillabici formano il Gli aggettivi monosillabici formano il superlativo
comparativo aggiungendo -er all’aggettivo. aggiungendo -est all’aggettivo.
old → older old → oldest
Se l’aggettivo termina in -e si aggiunge solo -r. Se l’aggettivo termina in -e si aggiunge solo -st.
fine → finer fine → finest
Se l’aggettivo termina in consonante preceduta da Se l’aggettivo termina in vocale + consonante, la
vocale, si raddoppia la consonante finale e si consonante finale raddoppia e si aggiunge -est.
aggiunge -er. sad → saddest
sad → sadder Gli aggettivi di due o più sillabe formano
Con gli aggettivi di due o più sillabe si usa il superlativo mettendo the most davanti
more davanti all’aggettivo. all’aggettivo.
beautiful → more beautiful beautiful → the most beautiful
Con gli aggettivi che terminano in -y preceduta da Con gli aggettivi che terminano in -y preceduta da
consonante si cambia la -y in -i e si aggiunge -er. consonante si cambia la -y in -i e si aggiunge -est.
happy → happier happy → happiest
Questi aggettivi formano il comparativo in modo Questi aggettivi formano il superlativo in modo
irregolare: good → better bad → worse irregolare:
far → further / farther good → the best bad → the worst
Questi due aggettivi bisillabici formano il far → the furthest / the farthest
comparativo con -er, non con more: Questi due aggettivi bisillabici formano il
quiet → quieter clever → cleverer superlativo con -est, non con most:
• Si usa il comparativo di maggioranza per dire quiet → the quietest clever → the cleverest
che una cosa o persona possiede una qualità in • L’aggettivo è preceduto dall’articolo the.
misura maggiore rispetto a un’altra. Mark is the tallest boy in our class.
• Il secondo termine di paragone è introdotto da Mark è il ragazzo più alto della nostra classe.
than. • Si usa il superlativo relativo per dire che una
The train is faster than the bus. cosa o una persona possiede una qualità in
Il treno è più veloce dell’autobus. misura massima rispetto all’insieme con cui
Marta is older than Tania. viene confrontata.
Marta è più vecchia di Tania. She is the best student in the school.
È la migliore studentessa della scuola.
Comparativo di uguaglianza
(not) as … as Present simple di be
• Si usa as + aggettivo + as per dire che due forma affermativa
cose o persone hanno la stessa qualità. I am (’m)
She is as intelligent as her sister. You / We / You / They are (’re) Italian.
È intelligente come sua sorella. He / She / It is (’s)
• Si usa not as + aggettivo + as per dire che due
cose o persone non hanno la stessa qualità: forma negativa
English isn’t as easy as French. I am not (’m not)
L’inglese non è facile come il francese. You / We / You / They are not (aren’t) Italian.
La forma negativa del comparativo di He / She / It is not (isn’t)
uguaglianza è più comune di quella affermativa.
forma interrogativa
Am I
Are you / we / you / they Italian?
196 one hundred and ninety-six Is he / she / it

risposte brevi Present simple
I am. forma affermativa
Yes, you / we / you / they are. I / You / We / You / They work.
he / she / it is. He / She / It works.
I ’m not.
No, you / we / you / they aren’t. forma negativa
he / she / it isn’t. I / You / We / You / They do not (don’t) work.
He / She / It does not (doesn’t) work.
There is/There are forma interrogativa
forma singolare plurale Do I / you / we / you / they work?
affermativa There’s There are Does he / she / it work?
negativa There isn’t There aren’t
risposte brevi
interrogativa Is there? Are there?
I / you / we / you / they do.
risposte brevi Yes, there is. Yes, there are. Yes,
he / she / it does.
No, there isn’t. No, there aren’t.
I / you / we / you / they don’t.
Quando si elencano più oggetti, si usa There’s se No,
he / she / it doesn’t.
il primo sostantivo è singolare e There are se è
plurale. Per formare la terza persona singolare (he, she, it)
There’s a pen and two books. della forma affermativa, si aggiunge -s al verbo.
Ci sono una penna e due libri. Regole ortografiche:
There are two books and a pen. Ai verbi che finiscono in -x, -s, -sh, -ss,-ch, -z, -o
Ci sono due libri e una penna. si aggiunge -es.
he teaches she goes it washes
Verbo have got (Present simple) Ai verbi che finiscono in consonante più -y, si
elimina la -y e si aggiunge -ies.
forma affermativa
she studies it flies he tidies
I / You / We / You / They have got (’ve got)
Ai verbi terminanti in -y preceduta da una vocale,
He / She / It has got (’s got)
si aggiunge -s:
forma negativa he plays
I / You / We / You / They have not got (haven’t got) • Il Present simple si usa per descrivere:
He / She / It has not got (hasn’t got) –– situazioni permanenti.
–– abitudini e routine quotidiane.
forma interrogativa
Have I / You / We / You / They got? Preposizioni di tempo
Has He / She / It got? • on si usa con i giorni della settimana, le date e i
giorni festivi.
risposte brevi
• in si usa con le parti del giorno, i mesi, le
I / You / We / You / They have.
Yes, stagioni e gli anni.
He / She / It has.
• at si usa con le ore e nelle espressioni con
I / You / We / You / They have not (haven’t).
No, at the weekend e at night.
He / She / It has not (hasn’t).
• Si usa have got per:
–– parlare di possesso
–– parlare di relazioni di parentela e amicizia
–– descrivere persone e animali.
• Non si usa mai got nelle risposte brevi.
one hundred and ninety-seven 197


Grammar reference
Avverbi di frequenza Present continuous
• Gli avverbi di frequenza always, usually, forma affermativa
often, sometimes, rarely, never si usano per I am (’m)
dire quanto spesso si compie un’azione. You / We / You / They are (’re) starting.
• Vengono messi fra il soggetto e il verbo, ma He / She / It is (’s)
con il verbo be si mettono dopo il verbo.
I often go to the cinema. forma negativa
He’s always at home at 7pm. I am not (’m not)
You / We / You / They are not (aren’t) starting.
Avverbi di modo He / She / It is not (isn’t)
Gli avverbi di modo si usano per descrivere il
forma interrogativa
modo in cui avviene l’azione espressa dal verbo
Am I
e sono posti sempre dopo il verbo o dopo il
Are you / we / you / they starting?
complemento oggetto se c’è.
Is he / she / it
They walked quickly to the bus stop.
risposte brevi
How often + espressioni di I am.
frequenza Yes, you / we / you / they are.
How often? Ogni quanto? he / she / it is.
Espressioni indicanti frequenza: I ’m not.
– every morning/day/month No, you / we / you / they aren’t.
– once a day/week/month he / she / it isn’t.
– twice a day/week/month
Osserva le variazioni ortografiche:
– three times a day/week/month
• Le espressioni di frequenza si usano di solito verbo look go come
in risposta a domande con How often e si -ing looking going coming
trovano sempre alla fine della frase.
Osserva le variazioni ortografiche:
How often do you go to the cinema?
verbo write shop get
I go to the cinema every Saturday.
-ing writing shopping getting
How + aggettivo • Il Present continuous si usa per parlare di

azioni in corso di svolgimento nel momento
domanda risposta
in cui si parla. Possono essere azioni in corso
How old is she? She’s 30 (years old).
adesso o azioni in corso in questo periodo, ma
How tall is she? She’s 1 metre 68 tall.
non in questo preciso momento.
How high is it? It’s 2 metres high. He’s reading a book. Sta leggendo un libro.
How long is (the table)? It’s 1 metre long. They’re studying the Romans this term.
(= lunghezza) Stanno studiando i romani questo trimestre.
How long is (the film)? It’s 2 hours long. • Il Present continuous si usa anche per parlare
(= tempo) di impegni futuri e programmati in precedenza,
How far is it (from here)? It’s 7 kilometres. specialmente quando il tempo e il luogo sono
Si usa How + aggettivo per fare domande su ben definiti.
quantità e dimensione. I’m playing football tomorrow.
Nelle risposte alle domande con How tall / long / Giocherò a calcio domani.
high si ripete l’aggettivo: • La forma interrogativa si usa per fare domande
How tall is Joe? He’s 1 metre 75 tall. su programmi futuri.
What are you doing this summer?
Che cosa fai / farai quest’estate?
198 one hundred and ninety-eight

• Con il Present continuous con significato Past simple : verbi regolari e
di futuro si usano le seguenti espressioni
irregolari
di tempo:
–– tonight, tomorrow forma affermativa
–– this afternoon / evening / weekend verbi regolari
–– next week / month / year I / You / He / She / It / We / You / They worked.
–– in five minutes / three hours / four days / a year verbi irregolari
We’re going to London this weekend. I / You / He / She / It / We / You / They slept.
Andiamo / Andremo a Londra questo fine settimana.
forma negativa
Past simple di be I / You / He / She / It / We / You / They
did not
work.
(didn’t)
forma affermativa
I / He / She / It was forma interrogativa
hungry.
You / We / You / They were Did I / you / he / she / it / we / you / they work?
forma negativa risposte brevi

I / He / She / It was not (wasn’t) Yes, I / you / he / she / it / we / you / they did.
hungry.
You / We / You / They were not (weren’t) No, I / you / he / she / it / we / you / they didn’t.
forma interrogativa • Il Past simple si usa per descrivere azioni o

Was I / he / she / it situazioni che sono iniziate e si sono concluse
hungry? nel passato.
Were you / we / you / they
I watched a James Bond film last night.
risposte brevi • Il Past simple della maggior parte dei verbi si
I / he / she / it was. ottiene aggiungendo -ed alla forma base del
Yes,
you / we / you / they were. verbo. Ricorda le variazioni ortografiche:
I / he / she / it wasn’t. forma base past simple
No,
you / we / you / they weren’t. start started
arrive arrived
• Il Past simple si usa per parlare di un’azione
study studied
che è iniziata e si è conclusa nel passato.
cry cried
• Il Past simple corrisponde all’imperfetto,
stop stopped
al passato prossimo e al passato remoto in
italiano. Le forme negativa e interrogativa del Past simple
• Con il Past simple si usano espressioni di si costruiscono allo stesso modo sia per i verbi
tempo come: regolari che irregolari.
– yesterday
– yesterday morning / evening Domande con Who/What/
– last night / Monday / year Which…?
– two days / a week / a year ago
• Si usano gli ausiliari do/does e did per fare
• Ricorda che per dire quando o dove qualcuno è
domande sull’oggetto dell’azione:
nato si usa il Past simple del verbo be.
What did you eat last night? I ate a salad.
When were you born? Quando sei nato?
• Per fare domande sul soggetto dell’azione
si usa: parola interrogativa (Who, What o
There was/There were
Which) + verbo alla terza persona singolare +
Al Past simple le forme sono there was, there complemento:
were alla forma affermativa e there wasn’t, there Who knows the answer? Chi sa la risposta?
weren’t alla forma negativa. NON Who does know the answer?
one hundred and ninety-nine 199


Grammar reference
like + -ing • Si usa have to per indicare che è necessario
fare qualcosa perché dei fattori esterni lo
I verbi che esprimono preferenze e simpatie, come
impongono.
love, like, enjoy, don’t mind, hate, ecc., sono di
You have to cross the road here.
solito seguiti da un altro verbo alla forma in -ing.
(Solo qui è permesso attraversare.)
I love going to the cinema.
• Si usa don’t have to per indicare che non c’è
I don’t mind tidying my room.
l’obbligo di fare qualcosa.
You don’t have to visit the museum.
can (Non è necessario ma se vuoi lo puoi fare.)
forma affermativa • Il Past Simple di have to/don’t have to è had
I / You / He / She / It / We / You / They can dance. to/didn’t have to.
forma negativa must

I / You / He / She / It / We / You / They can’t dance.
forma affermativa
forma interrogativa I / you / he / she / it / we / you / they must go.
Can I / you / he / she / it / we / you / they dance?
forma negativa
risposte brevi I / you / he / she / it / we / you / they mustn’t go.
Yes, I / you / he / she / it / we / you / they can. • must è un verbo modale e viene usato per
No, I / you / he / she / it / we / you / they can’t. esprimere un obbligo o una necessità.
• Si usa can per parlare di azioni che si è capaci • must è meno comune di have to e di solito si
di fare in generale. usa quando l’obbligo o la necessità sono sentiti
I can ski, but I can’t play tennis. come tali da chi parla.
• Si usa can per chiedere e dare permessi. I must wash my hair.
You can ask questions at the end of the lesson. Devo lavarmi i capelli. (= sento che devo farlo)
• Si usa can anche per dire che qualcosa è • must si usa anche in comunicazioni molto
possibile o non è possibile. formali scritte.
We can’t go to the cinema. It’s too late. Visitors must wait in the reception area.
I visitatori devono aspettare alla reception.
have to • Si usa mustn’t per esprimere divieto.
You mustn’t cheat in exams.
forma affermativa
Non devi copiare agli esami.
I / You / We / You / They have to
go. • Per fare domande su obblighi di solito si usa la
He / She / It has to
forma interrogativa con have to, non must.
forma negativa Do I have to go? Devo andare?
I / You / We / You / They don’t have to
He / She / It doesn’t have to
go. mustn’t e don’t/doesn’t have to
Nelle frasi negative mustn’t e don’t have to
forma interrogativa non hanno lo stesso significato: mustn’t esprime
Do I / you / we / you / they have to un divieto mentre don’t have to esprime una
go?
Does he / she / it have to mancanza di obbligo o di necessità.
You mustn’t swim after a meal.
risposte brevi
You don’t have to go to school on Sundays.
I / you / we / you / they do.
Yes,
he / she / it does.
I / you / we / you / they don’t.
No,
he / she / it doesn’t.
200 two hundred


Irregular verbs
Base form Past simple Past participle Base form Past simple Past participle
be was / were been let let let
become became become lose lost lost
begin began begun make made made
bite bit bitten mean meant meant
blow blew blown, blowed meet met met
break broke broken pay paid paid
bring brought brought put put put
build built built read /ri:d/ read /red/ read /red/
burn burnt, burned burnt, burned ride rode ridden
buy bought bought ring rang rung
catch caught caught run ran run
choose chose chosen say said said
come came come see saw seen
cost cost cost sell sold sold
cut cut cut send sent sent
do did done set set set
draw drew drawn shine shone shone
drink drank drunk show showed shown, showed
drive drove driven shut shut shut
eat ate eaten sing sang sung
fall fell fallen sit sat sat
feed fed fed sleep slept slept
feel felt felt smell smelt, smelled smelt, smelled
fight fought fought speak spoke spoken
find found found spell spelt, spelled spelt, spelled
fly flew flown spend spent spent
forget forgot forgotten spin spun spun
forgive forgave forgiven spread spread spread
get got got stand stood stood
give gave given steal stole stolen
go went gone swim swam swum
grow grew grown take took taken
have had had teach taught taught
hear heard heard tell told told
hit hit hit think thought thought
hold held held throw threw thrown
hurt hurt hurt understand understood understood
keep kept kept wake woke woken
know knew known wear wore worn
learn learnt, learned learnt, learned win won won
leave left left write wrote written
two hundred and one 201


Extra Book
Contents
CLIL
A Maths Graphs and charts 203
B Science The heart and the circulatory system 204
C Art Perspective 205
D Geography Two European countries 206
E History The Tudor period: the English Renaissance 207
Culture VIDEO
A The British monarchy: royal villains 208−209

B Welcome to Scotland! 210−211
C The Swinging Sixties 212−213
D Multicultural Britain 214−215
E The Great British Seaside 216−217
Festivals
A Bonfire Night (5th November) 218
B New Year’s Eve (31st December) 219
C Spring festivals (February–April) 220
D Notting Hill Carnival (August) 221
Picture dictionary
1 The weather 222−223
2 Life events 224−225
3 Films 226−227
4 Places in a town 228−229
5 Transport 230−231
6 Physical descriptions 232−233
7 Household chores 234−235
8 Holidays 236−237
9 Feelings 238−239

CLIL Maths
A
Graphs and charts
1 5.01 Osserva i grafici. Ascolta e leggi il brano. Poi scrivi il tipo di grafico
sotto ogni figura.
Museum visitors Sarah’s daily activities The weather in London last month
1 2 3
Bar graphs use bars to show quantity. The

3 Segui le istruzioni per disegnare
different heights of the bars represent different l’istogramma Pets in our class.
quantities. 1 Ask your classmates which pets
Line graphs use a line to show how something they have got. Count the totals for
changes over a period of time (minutes, days, the different types of pet.
years). 2 Draw the X and Y axes for
Bar graphs and line graphs have two axes. The your graph.
X axis is horizontal, and the Y axis is vertical. On 3 Divide the X axis into equal
a line graph, the X axis usually represents time. sections for each type of pet. Write
Pie charts are round. Pie charts show the the type of pet under each section.
share of something. The ‘portions’ represent a 4 Write the number of students in
percentage of the total. The total of the portions
your class on the y-axis. Write each
is always 100%.
number at equal intervals.
Glossary 5 Draw (and colour!) bars to
heights altezze represent the number of each pet.
axis / axes asse /assi
share quota, parte
2 Osserva di nuovo i grafici e rispondi alle

domande. ES
1 In which year did the museum have the
most visitors?
2 How many visitors did the museum have
in 2011?
3 How long does Sara spend at school?
4 How much free time does she have?
5 What was the weather usually like in
London last month?
6 How many sunny days were there in
London last month?
two hundred and three 203

Go Live 2 SBWB pp202-240.indd 203 21/01/2016 14:38

CLIL Science
B
The heart and the circulatory system
1 5.02 Ascolta e leggi il brano. Poi completa la figura del cuore con le parole
nel riquadro.
atria veins ventricles arteries
THE HEART is a muscle. It pumps blood 2 3

and sends it to all the parts of your body.
Blood contains oxygen. It helps the different
parts of your body to function.
4
Blood goes through the heart and around
the body. Then it returns to the heart. This Every contraction of the heart is a
is called circulation. The heart is divided heartbeat. Your heart rate is the number
into four parts. The top two parts are called of heartbeats you have in one minute.
the left and the right atria. The two parts Your heartbeat is fast when you do
under the atria are called the left and the exercise because your body needs more
right ventricles. Blood enters the atria and oxygen. When you aren’t moving, your
passes to the ventricles. The heart contracts heartbeat is slower.
and pushes the blood out of the ventricles. When you put your finger on a large
Arteries and veins are small tubes. They artery, for example in your neck, you can
are attached to the heart and they take the feel your pulse. This is the movement of
blood around the body. Arteries take blood your blood with every heartbeat.
away from the heart and veins take blood to
the heart on its return journey.
Glossary
pumps blood pompa il
sangue
2 Abbina le parole (1–7) alle definizioni (a–g). through attraverso
1 circulation a how fast your heart goes top superiori
2 atria b the contraction of your heart pushes spinge

heartbeat battito cardiaco
3 ventricles c small tubes that take take blood from the heart
heart rate pulsazioni
4 veins d the movement of blood around the body
finger dito
5 arteries e the bottom two sections of the heart
6 heartbeat f the top two sections of the heart
7 heart rate g small tubes that take blood to the heart
3 Fai questo esperimento. Procurati un orologio o un timer.

1 With your finger, find the pulse in your neck.
2 Count how many times your heart beats in a minute.
3 Jump up and down for a minute.
4 Find and count your pulse again. What is the difference?
204 two hundred and four


C
a
CLIL Art
Perspective
1 Osserva le due opere d’arte e
rispondi a queste domande. b
1 Which picture do you think is
the oldest?
2 Which do you think seems
more realistic?
2 5.03 Ascolta e leggi il brano. Poi rispondi alle domande. ES
In medieval times, artists usually represented religious buildings and icons.

The pictures were two-dimensional. But in the Renaissance (15th–18th
centuries), artists started to represent the three-dimensional world around
them. Their pictures seemed more realistic.
People believe that the Italian architect Filippo Brunelleschi (1377–1446)
‘discovered’ the concept of perspective. This discovery had an enormous
influence on artists. Lots of Italian artists started to use perspective, including
Michelangelo, Piero della Francesca, Botticelli and Raphael. Artists continue Glossary
to use the technique today. discovered scoprì
Artists use linear perspective to create an illusion of three-dimensional space. space spazio
Objects in the foreground appear bigger than objects in the background. The foreground primo piano
lines of perspective in a picture meet or converge at a point. This point is vanishing point punto di fuga
called the vanishing point. Some pictures have more than one vanishing point.
1 What did artists usually paint in 3 Who was Filippo Brunelleschi?

medieval times? 4 Which picture from Ex. 1 is ‘in
2 How did this change in the perspective’?
Renaissance?
3 Segui le istruzioni per fare un

1 2 3
disegno in prospettiva centrale.
Step 1 Draw a straight, horizontal
line across the page.
Step 2 Identify a single point
on the line. This is your
‘vanishing point’. Mark it 4 5
with your pencil.
Step 3 Draw a straight line from
the vanishing point to each
corner of the page.
Step 4 Draw trees or buildings
between the lines on the
left and right of the page.
Step 5 Add detail to your picture.
Be creative!
two hundred and five 205


CLIL Geography
D
Two European countries
The UK
Geography: The United Kingdom is a group of islands in north-
west Europe. The area of the UK is 245,000 square kilometres. Most
of the UK consists of hills, but there are mountains in Scotland
and Wales. The UK’s longest river is the Severn (338km long). The
UK has a maritime climate. It is mild and wet, with no particular
extremes of temperature.
Population: The population of the UK is 62 million. 90% of
people live in towns and cities, but 75% of the land in the UK
is agricultural.
Political system: The UK is a constitutional monarchy. The king
or queen is the head of state, but parliament makes laws. The head
of government is the prime minister.
France
Geography: France is in western Europe. The area of France is
550,000 square kilometres. A lot of France is hills and mountains,
including the Alps, the Pyrenees and the Vosges mountains.
Mont Blanc, on the border of France and Italy, is the highest
mountain in Europe. France’s longest river is the Loire (1,020km).
France’s climate is quite varied. The north of the country has warm
summers and cold winters, but the south has hot summers and
cool winters.
Population: The population of France is 57 million. 75% of people
live in towns and cities, and 53% of the land is agricultural.
Political system: France is a democratic republic. The head of
state is the president of the republic, and the head of government
is the prime minister.
Glossary
1 5.04 Ascolta e leggi i brani su Regno Unito e Francia. area superficie
Poi scrivi appunti sugli argomenti nel riquadro. square kilometres chilometri
quadrati
location area highest mountain longest river
hills colline
population political system head of state
mild mite, temperato
Ora trova le stesse informazioni sull’Italia. varied vario
2 Scrivi frasi confrontando Regno Unito, Francia e Italia. Usa questi

suggerimenti come aiuto.
• area (large / small) • population (large / small)
• river (long / short) • climate (warm / cool / wet / dry)
The UK is smaller than France.
206 two hundred and six

CLIL History
E
The Tudor period: the English Renaissance
1 Osserva le foto. Di quale secolo pensi si tratti?
2 5.05 Ascolta e leggi il brano. Poi trova i nomi di:
• two Tudor monarchs • an explorer • a writer
The period 1485–1603 is called the Tudor period in English history. The five English monarchs
of that period came from the Tudor family. It was a time of enormous change in England.
Religion Before King Henry VIII, England was a Catholic country. Henry wanted to divorce his first
wife, Catherine of Aragon, and marry Anne Boleyn, but the Pope didn’t permit it. So, in 1534, Henry
changed the religion in England. England became a Protestant country. The Pope didn’t have any
power over Protestant countries, so Henry got his divorce. There were lots of Catholic monasteries in
England at that time. They were very rich. Henry closed the monasteries, and took their treasures and
their land. Today there are ruins of abbeys and monasteries in many parts of England.
Exploration During the reign of Elizabeth I, the navy was very important. It defended England in a
war with Spain. Elizabeth also paid her navy captains to discover new territories, new products and
treasure. Sir Walter Raleigh was one of these explorers. He sailed to America in 1578 and claimed land
there. People called Elizabeth ‘The Virgin Queen’, and Raleigh named a part of America, Virginia, in her
honour! He brought home gold and other presents from his expeditions. He also brought potatoes
and tobacco to England for the first time. But Raleigh wasn’t popular after the Tudor period: in 1618,
the new monarch executed him!
Culture Art, architecture, music and literature were all important in the Tudor period. The theatre
was very popular with rich and poor people. There were lots of theatres in London. The Globe, next
to the River Thames, was one of the most popular. William Shakespeare was an actor and a writer
there. Elizabeth I loved the theatre and gave a lot of money to artists and writers. She was a fan of
Shakespeare and she often watched his plays. Shakespeare was rich and famous when he died in
1616. A lot of people think that he is the best writer of all time.
Glossary
3 Rispondi alle domande. ES Pope Papa
1 Why did Henry VIII change England’s religion? treasures tesori, ricchezze
2 What did he do to Catholic monasteries in England? land terra
3 What food did Walter Raleigh bring to England for the first time? ruins rovine
4 How did he die? abbeys abbazie
5 What was the name of Shakespeare’s theatre? navy marina
6 Which Tudor monarch helped Shakespeare? claimed reclamò, rivendicò
executed giustiziò
4 Trova queste informazioni sull’Italia nel sedicesimo secolo:
• find out the names of famous Italian leaders, explorers or writers
• choose one and write a paragraph about him / her. Write details of his / her life
and why he / she is famous / important
two hundred and seven 207

Culture VIDEO
The British monarchy: royal villains
A JO H N I (1
The
199–1216)
greedy king
Britain has had a monarchy King John asked
the people of En
for more than a thousand of taxes. It wasn’ gland for lots
t fair because pe
years. Today, the British poor. There was ople were very
a civil war. The re
parliament, not the monarch, and the king sign bels won the war
ed a document ca
Carta’. The Mag lled the ‘Magna
controls the country and na Carta gave m
people, and it lim ore power to the
makes laws; the monarch’s ited the power of
It was the start of the monarch.
position is symbolic. But in modern British la
John is a famous w! Today, King
the past, some monarchs had character in the
stories. In these Robin Hood
total power over the country. stories, he is alw
ays the villain.
Lots of kings and queens
were very popular with the
British people… but others
had terrible reputations!
B R IC H A R D II I
(1 4 8 3 –1 4 8 5 )
The secret murderer
rd
1483. His brother Richa
King Edward IV died in ns . Bu t
ward’s young so
promised to protect Ed
He put his nephews in
Richard didn’t do this!
London. Then the boys
prison in the Tower of
rd became king! Did
disappeared and Richa d,
of people were shocke
Richard kill them? Lots He die d
st King Richard.
and a war started again rie d him in
h and they bu
at the Battle of Boswort rd’s
ha eologists found Richa
Leicester. In 2012, arc
body under a car park!
C M A R Y I (1
Bloody Mary
553–1558)
Queen Mary was
the oldest daught
and she was very er of Henry VIII,
serious. Mary was
England was now a Catholic, but
a Protestant coun
the Protestant re try. Mary hated
ligion and she was
tortured and kille n’t popular. She
d hundreds of Pr
them at the stake! otestants. She bu
The people hated rnt
called her ‘Blood her and they
y Mary’.
208 two hundred and eight


A
1 Osserva le figure e indovina perché questi monarchi
britannici furono impopolari.
2 5.06 Ascolta e leggi i brani (A–D). Poi completa le

frasi con il nome del monarca corretto.
1 and wanted lots of money from
the people.
2 believed that God gave him his power.
3 died in battle.
4 fought a war against parliament.
5 gave power to the people in an important
document.
6 killed lots of people for religious motives.
7 possibly killed his nephews.
8 , and had to fight civil
wars.
Presentazione orale
3 Research Trova le informazioni per rispondere a
queste domande. ES
1 Who is the present British monarch?
2 Can you name any other members of the British Royal
Family?
3 Which other countries in Europe are monarchies?
D CH AR LE S I 4 When did Italy become a republic?
(1 62 5– 16 49 ) 5 Who was the last king of Italy?
The king who lost his head 6 Would you like to have a monarchy in Italy? Why/ Why
Charles I believed that his power not?
came from God, so he didn’t hav
e
to listen to the people! He also 4 Usa le risposte dell’es. 3 per fare una presentazione
spent lots of the country’s money. orale sulle monarchie. ES
Parliament didn’t like this, so ther
e
was a civil war. Half of the country
fought for the king, and the other
half fought for parliament. Glossary Did you know… ?
The king lost the civil war and Nel 1936 nel Regno Unito ci furono tre
laws leggi
parliament executed him. For re diversi. Nel gennaio 1936 George V
about ten years Britain was a power potere
taxes tasse morì e suo figlio, Edward VIII, divenne re.
republic, but in 1660 the people
Ma Edward era innamorato di una donna
wanted a new monarch. So civil war guerra civile
Charles I’s son became King americana divorziata, Wallis Simpson.
signed firmò
Charles II! Voleva sposarla, ma sapeva che non
villain cattivo, malvagio sarebbe stata accettata come regina.
prison prigione Abdicò nel dicembre 1936 – l’unica
buried seppellirono abdicazione nella storia del Regno Unito
burnt them at the stake – e suo fratello divenne re con il nome di
li bruciò sul rogo George VI.
fought (fight) combattè
(combattere)
two hundred and nine 209


Culture VIDEO 2
Welcome to Scotland!
Hi! I’m Ian, I’m fourteen years old, and I’m from
Scotland. Edinburgh is our capital, but I live in
Glasgow. Glasgow is the biggest city in Scotland.
It’s got a population of about 600,000 people. It’s
famous for its two football teams: Rangers and
Celtic. Me? I’m a Celtic fan!
A C
Scotland is in the north of Great Britain. It’s got a population of Scotland’s national dish is haggis. Haggis is similar to an
5,295,000 people. Today Scotland is part of the United Kingdom, enormous sausage. We usually eat it on special occasions, for
but for many years there were battles for independence. The example at Hogmanay and on Burns Night. Burns Night is my
Kingdom of Scotland became independent in medieval times, favourite Scottish festival. It’s in January and we celebrate the
but in 1707 Scotland and England united and became the Scottish poet, Robert Burns. Before we eat the haggis, there’s a
Kingdom of Great Britain. special ceremony. Someone plays the bagpipes while another
person reads Robert Burns’ poem, Address to a Haggis. Yes!
Scotland is in Britain, but we have our own parliament. The
There’s a special poem for the haggis! We eat our haggis, and
Scottish Parliament is in Edinburgh, in a big, modern
then people dance. There are lots of traditional Scottish dances.
building. Our education system is separate, too. Our schools
I hate dancing, so I usually watch!
are quite different from English and Welsh schools. These days,
some Scottish people want Scottish independence, but not D
everyone. I’m not sure! I’m proud to be Scottish, but I like being At festivals and on special occasions, Scottish men often wear
British, too! their kilts. A kilt is a tartan skirt. Tartan is a traditional, checked
B material. There are thousands of different tartans. Every historic
Scottish family, or ‘clan’, has its own tartan. My surname is
Scotland is beautiful! There are lots of lochs and mountains.
‘Murray’. There are two Murray clans, so there are two different
‘Loch’ is the Scottish word for lake. The most famous loch is
tartans. Our tartan is red, green and blue. My dad and I always
Loch Ness. A legend says that there’s a monster in Loch Ness,
wear our kilts at weddings, at Hogmanay, and on Burns Night.
called Nessie! It’s an interesting story, but I don’t believe it! The
highest mountain in Scotland is called Ben Nevis, and it’s
1,344m high. Lots of tourists visit Scotland. They go walking,
5
climbing and skiing. Some tourists visit Scotland because they
hope to see Nessie!
210 two hundred and ten


3
A
B
1 5.07 Ascolta e leggi i brani (A–E). Poi abbina le
didascalie nel riquadro ai brani corretti.
Traditional clothes Beautiful Scotland! Famous Scots

Past and present Food and festivities
2 Abbina le parole in grassetto nei brani (A–E) alle

foto (1–6).
3 Rileggi i brani e rispondi alle domande. ES

1 Which city is the biggest in Scotland?
2 How many people live in Scotland?
3 What happened in 1707?
4 Where is the Scottish parliament building?
5 Why is Loch Ness famous?
6 What is Ben Nevis?
7 What is the national dish of Scotland?
8 Who was Robert Burns?
E
9 What colours is Ian’s ‘Murray’ tartan?
Scotland is famous for lots of important
10 Name six famous Scottish men. What are they
inventions and discoveries. For example,
did you know that television was a famous for?
Scottish invention? John Logie Baird
invented it in 1923. In 1748, another Presentazione orale
Scottish man, William Cullen, invented 4 Research Prepara una presentazione orale sulla
the fridge, and in 1775 Alexander regione in cui vivi. Completa la tabella per organizzare
Cummings invented the flush toilet! le informazioni. ES
There are lots of important Scottish
medical discoveries, too. For example, Name of region
Alexander Fleming discovered Penicillin Location
in 1928. Oh, and don’t forget the famous History
detective, Sherlock Holmes! He isn’t
Food and
Scottish, of course, but the Scottish
festivities
writer Arthur Conan Doyle created him!
Population
Scotland is a very small country, but
there are lots of great Scots! Countryside
Famous people
6
5 Usa le informazioni dell’es. 4 per fare una
presentazione orale alla classe. ES
Glossary
Did you know… ?
own proprio
Il tartan è fatto di fili di lana colorati e intrecciati.
lake lago I primi esempi di tartan di cui si ha traccia
flush toilet sciacquone risalgono a circa 3000 anni fa! Sono stati trovati
in luoghi dove avevano abitato i celti. I celti
sono gli antichi abitanti della Scozia.
two hundred and eleven 211


Culture VIDEO
The Swinging Sixties

1 Osserva le foto (a–e). Conosci il nome di qualcuna delle
persone o delle cose raffigurate? a
2 5.08 Ascolta e leggi il brano. Poi trova i nomi di:

1 two British pop groups
2 a British fashion designer
3 a British hairdresser
4 a British car designer
5 three famous streets in London
3 Rileggi il brano e rispondi alle domande. ES

1 Where did the idea of ‘teenagers’ originate?
c
2 What was the name of the best-selling British
band in history?
3 When did the Beatles move to London?
4 Where were their recording studios in London?
5 Who invented the miniskirt?
6 Where did the miniskirt get its name from?
7 When did Issigonis invent the Mini car?
8 How long was it?
9 Why did he design a really small car?
10 When did production of the Mini stop?
Presentazione orale d
4 Research Trova informazioni e scrivi appunti sui

seguenti argomenti: ES
• some Italian pop singers from the 1960s
• Italian films, film stars or film directors from the 1960s
• famous Italian icons of the 1960s (cars, etc.)
5 Usa gli appunti dell’es. 4 per fare una presentazione

orale sugli anni ’60 in Italia. ES
Did you know… ?

In una famosa scena del film The Italian Job, e
un film inglese del 1969, alcuni rapinatori
inglesi usano le Mini per fuggire durante un
inseguimento dopo una rapina milionaria di
lingotti d’oro a Torino.
212 two hundred and twelve


b
A
C
The idea of ‘teenagers’, with their own style of clothes

Glossary
and music, originated in the USA in the 1950s. Rock
and Roll was born there, and Elvis Presley was the first screaming urla
global rock star. People all around the world are still swinging vivace, dinamica,
interested in American music, films and celebrities. alla moda
But in the 1960s, Britain, not the USA, was the centre recording studios
of the world’s pop culture! studi di registrazione
wide ampie
fashion designer stilista
Music
freedom libertà
The Beatles were the best-selling British band in history and
hairstyle taglio (di capelli)
their influence on modern music is enormous. They were
hairdresser parrucchiere
international superstars in the 1960s and they had millions of
petrol benzina
fans. It was often impossible to hear the music at Beatles’
concerts because of the screaming! But there were lots of
other very successful British pop groups in that decade and
the trendiest place in the world was ‘Swinging’ London. The UK’s capital city was the
home of the Rolling Stones and lots of other pop stars. The Beatles moved there from
Liverpool in 1963 and worked at the famous recording studios on Abbey Road.
Fashion
The biggest fashion invention of the 1960s was the miniskirt. Girls in the 1950s wore
long, wide skirts, but in 1964 everything changed. The British fashion designer Mary
Quant designed a very short skirt – the miniskirt. It gave girls more freedom to move
and dance. Lots of people thought the miniskirt was shocking, but it quickly became
popular all over the world! Mary Quant had shops in Carnaby Street and the King’s
Road in London. These streets became world-famous for their fashion designers and
clothes shops. The most fashionable hairstyle was a short, geometric style by British
hairdresser Vidal Sassoon.
Design
The 1960s was a creative decade in Britain for other types of design – for example,
books, furniture and vehicles. The inventor of the Austin Mini was Alec Issigonis.
Issigonis was born in Greece, but he took British nationality. He invented the Mini
in 1959, when petrol was very expensive in Britain. The Mini was very economical.
It was only 3 metres long, but it had space for four people. The Mini became the
coolest car of the 1960s! Pop stars, models and members of the Royal Family all
had a Mini – and guess where the miniskirt got its name from! Production of the
Mini stopped in the year 2000, but they are still very popular cars.
two hundred and thirteen 213


Culture VIDEO
Multicultural Britain
Great Britain is a multicultural In the 19th century, Britain had an enormous empire. It controlled large
society. Its people come from a large parts of Asia, the Caribbean and Africa. Britain’s ethnic diversity today
number of different countries and reflects its past empire. The biggest groups come from Asia (for example,
regions in the world. About 20% of India and Pakistan), the Caribbean (for example, Jamaica) and Africa (for
people who live in Britain are from example, Nigeria). There are also large communities from many other
ethnic minority groups. Most of countries, including Ireland, Poland, Italy, Turkey and China.
them have British citizenship, and Britain’s food, festivals, music and languages reflect its diversity. British
many were born in Britain. Their people love all types of food! They regularly eat Indian curry, Chinese stir-
parents or grandparents came to fry and Italian lasagne. People celebrate traditional British festivals, but
Britain years ago. many people also celebrate other festivals, like the Indian festival of Diwali
and Chinese New Year.
My grandfather came here from India, in 1961. Britain needed

young workers for its factories. He went to Bradford, in the
north of England. Life was difficult. He spoke English, but some
British people didn’t like immigrants. He worked a lot, but he
didn’t have much money. It was easier for my dad. He went to
university and became a dentist. My mum’s family came from
India, too. Mum and Dad met at university. Now my grandfather
is 73 years old. He stayed in Bradford and we live there, too!
There is a big Asian community here. It’s great because we
can celebrate weddings and religious festivals like Diwali with
everyone in the community.
Suprit, 14
I come from a mixed-race family. My mum is

white, and my dad is black. Mum was born near
Manchester. My great-grandad came to Britain
from Jamaica. Lots of men from the Caribbean
fought for Britain during World War II, including
my great-grandad. After the war, the government
gave permission for ex-soldiers to work in Britain.
My great-grandad lived in Notting Hill, in North
London. There were lots of West Indians in that part
of London at the time. We live in South London
now, but in August we always go to the Notting Hill
Carnival, London’s Caribbean festival. It’s awesome!
Dexter, 15
We came to Britain from Poland eight years ago. There weren’t

many jobs in Poland at the time, so Dad came here for work. I
was seven years old. My dad’s a bus driver, and Mum’s a teaching
assistant. I didn’t like it here at first. We didn’t speak English and I
didn’t have any friends. But I made friends at school. I learnt English
and now I love being in England. I always speak English at school,
and with my friends, but we speak Polish at home. My grandparents
sometimes visit us, and we usually go to Poland in the summer
holidays. Mum and Dad want to return to Poland one day, but I
don’t want to! I’d like to stay here and finish school, and then I want
to go to university.
Kasia, 14
214 two hundred and fourteen

D
A
1 Osserva le foto. Di quali paesi sono Suprit, Dexter e Kasia secondo te?
2 5.09 Ascolta e leggi il brano. Poi scrivi un elenco dei paesi di origine della
popolazione britannica.
3 Rileggi il brano e completa le frasi con il nome corretto: Suprit, Dexter o Kasia.
1 wasn’t born in Britain.
2 lives in the north of England.
3 is from a mixed-race family.
4 doesn’t speak English at home.
5 ’s father is a dentist.
6 ’s father drives a bus.
7 goes to the Notting Hill Carnival.
8 celebrates Diwali.
Presentazione orale
4 Research Trova le informazioni per rispondere a queste domande. ES
1 How many people in your class come from a different country?
2 Where were they born?
3 What nationality are their parents?
4 What language(s) can they speak?
5 What percentage of people in Italy come from another country?
6 Which cities or regions in Italy have the highest number of people from different
countries?
5 Usa le informazioni dell’es. 4 per fare una presentazione orale sulla multietnicità
nella tua classe e in Italia. ES
Did you know… ?
In Gran Bretagna ci sono più minoranze etniche
nelle grandi città che nelle campagne. La città
più multietnica è Londra, dove vive il numero
maggiore di persone di origini etniche diverse.
In alcune zone della città, più del 60% della
popolazione appartiene a una minoranza etnica.
Il 9% degli studenti di scuola superiore a
Londra non parla inglese a casa.
Glossary
ethnic minority groups
gruppi etnici minoritari
citizenship cittadinanza
empire impero
factories fabbriche
mixed-race (di) razza mista
at first all’inizio
two hundred and fifteen 215


Culture VIDEO
The Great British Seaside

1 Rispondi a queste domande con i numeri nel riquadro. Poi controlla le risposte
nel brano A. Hai risposto correttamente? Qualche risposta ti ha sorpreso?
3 million 1,000 12,000
1 Approximately how many islands are there in Great Britain?

2 How long (km) is Britain’s coast?
3 How many people visit the seaside in Britain every year?
2 5.10 Ascolta e leggi i brani (A–D). Poi abbina i tipi di testo (1–4) ai brani corretti.
1 a postcard from the seaside
B
2 a page from a book about the history of the British
seaside
3 a school project about Great Britain
Welcome to
4 tourist information about Brighton Brighton!
3 Rileggi i brani B, C e D e rispondi alle domande. ES
1 Where is Brighton?
2 How old is Brighton Pier?
3 What can you do on the pier?
4 How old is the Royal Pavilion?
5 What does the tide depend on?
6 What is Ben doing tomorrow? Brighton is a famous British
seaside resort on the south coast
7 When did British people start to go on holiday to
of England. It’s one of Britain’s
the seaside? most popular resorts!
8 When were holiday camps popular?
• Visit Brighton’s historic pier! It’s one
9 Why did people start to go abroad in the 1970s and 1980s? of Britain’s prettiest piers, and it’s
10 According to the text, why did some people prefer Spain, more than 100 years old. You can
Italy and Greece for their holidays? buy souvenirs and eat fantastic fish
and chips. There’s something for
everyone. You can play games and
go on rides, and in the evening there
are concerts and comedy shows.
A
GREAT BRITAIN • Don’t forget the Royal Pavilion!
Great Britain has more than 1,000 This royal palace is more than 200
years old. You can visit this beautiful
islands, and its coast is approximately
building and its gardens, and learn
12,000 kilometres long. But Britain is
about its history.
quite small, so you are never more
than two hours by car from the sea. • Brighton has lots of colourful
beach huts – a symbol of the British
Every year, about 3 million people
seaside! You can use them to get
visit the seaside in Britain. There are
changed… or to escape from the rain!
lots of resorts around the coast, with
hotels, bed and breakfasts, campsites
and holiday villages. Some people
go to the seaside for their summer
holidays, and lots of people go for
the day or for the weekend. They go
to the beach, go sunbathing, buy
souvenirs and eat fish and chips!
216 two hundred and sixteen


A
E
Presentazione orale
4 Research Trova le informazioni per rispondere a queste domande. ES
1 How long is Italy’s coast?
2 Name some of Italy’s most popular seaside resorts. Where are they?
3 Which Italian islands are popular for holidays?
4 How many people in your class go to the seaside for their holidays?
5 Where do they go and what do they do there?
5 Usa le risposte dell’es. 4 per fare una presentazione orale alla classe. ES
Hi, Luke! Did you know… ?

C We’re ha
ving a gr Le cabine sulla spiaggia di Brighton sono
Weston. We arri eat time in
ve molto famose. Nel 2012 una cabina è stata
morning we went d yesterday. This
we had a shock! to the beach, but
acquistata per £215,000, circa 250.000 euro!
and at low tide It was low tide, 2nd
sea… only an en you can’t see the
or D
says the tides de mous beach! Dad
and gravity. This pend on the moon
high tide, the se afternoon, at
Luke Barnett
42 Green Street
Taunton
A t the end of the 19th century, with the
invention of trains, it was easier and
cheaper to visit the coast. People started to go to
a
the beach disapp came back and Somerset the seaside to escape from dirty, industrial cities.
eared.
Tomorrow morning They visited the piers and went for walks, but
to the pier. Then we’re going they didn’t sunbathe. It wasn’t fashionable!
swimming… at hi we’re going
gh tide, of cour In the 1950s, people had more money and
See you soon, se!
seaside holidays became very popular. Families
Ben often stayed in big holiday camps.These were
holiday villages with entertainment, organised
activities and sports.
In the 1970s and 1980s, plane travel became
much cheaper, so holidays abroad became more
popular than holidays in Britain. People went to
Spain, Italy and Greece because the weather was
better.These days, lots of people go abroad, but
there are still lots of people who enjoy a day or a
week at the Great British Seaside!
Glossary
rides montagne russe
beach huts cabine sulla spiaggia
get changed cambiarvi
low tide bassa marea
high tide alta marea
fashionable chic, elegante
two hundred and seventeen 217


Festivals
A
Bonfire Night: 5th November
1 Before you read Osserva le foto. Ci sono festività
in Italia con festeggiamenti come questi?
In the UK, 5th November is called Bonfire Night or

Guy Fawkes’ Night. On that night, British people
celebrate an event from 400 years ago.
In 1603, King James VI of Scotland became the king of
England. He was a Protestant. He made laws against
Catholics, and British Catholics became angry.
In 1605, a group of Catholics decided to kill King
James. They planned to blow up the king and the
Houses of Parliament on 5th November – the day of
parliament’s opening ceremony. One of the group,
Guy Fawkes, was an expert in explosives. He put
gunpowder in the Houses of Parliament. Today, we
call this event the Gunpowder Plot.
Some Members of Parliament found Guy Fawkes
with his gunpowder. They tortured him and he told
them the names of the others in the group. The king
decided to execute all of them.
Today, people in the UK celebrate with big bonfires
on 5th November. There is often a barbecue, and
sometimes traditional Bonfire Night food, for
example parkin (a dark cake). It is traditional to
burn a guy – a figure of Guy Fawkes – on the bonfire.
People make guys from old clothes and newspaper.
Fireworks are a traditional part of Bonfire Night.
They are colourful and very loud!
Glossary
2 5.11 Ascolta e leggi. Poi rispondi alle domande. ES bonfire falò

against contro
1 When is Bonfire Night?
blow up far saltare in aria
2 Who became King of England in 1603?
gunpowder polvere da sparo
3 Why was Guy Fawkes important to the Gunpowder Plot?
plot complotto
4 What happened to Guy Fawkes and the others in the group?
fireworks fuochi d’artificio
5 What do British people do on Bonfire Night?
6 What traditional food do people eat on Bonfire night?
3 5.12 Ascolta la tradizionale filastrocca di Bonfire Night.

Poi prova a recitarla.
Remember, remember the fifth of November
Gunpowder, treason and plot
I see no reason why gunpowder treason
Should ever be forgot
4 What about Italy? A turno, fai domande e rispondi. T

1 Which Italian festivals celebrate historic events?
2 What do people do on those days?
3 When do you have bonfires or fireworks in Italy?
218 two hundred and eighteen


Festivals HAPPY
NEW B
New Year’s Eve: 31st December YEAR
1 Before you read Osserva le foto. Quali città
britanniche riconosci?
A
On New Year’s Eve, 31st December, British people

often have parties. At midnight they listen to
Big Ben on the radio or TV, and they drink
champagne. They celebrate all night and go to
bed early on 1st January. People often celebrate
in the streets. In London, there are always
thousands of people in Trafalgar Square, and
near the River Thames. At the London Eye there B
are fantastic fireworks.
New Year is a very important celebration in
Scotland. Both the 1st and 2nd of January are
public holidays there. New Year’s Eve is called
Hogmanay. At midnight everyone sings the
song Auld Lang Syne, by Scotland’s national
poet, Robert Burns. The words of Auld Lang Syne
are about memories of the past and old friends.
People in other English-speaking countries also
sing this song at New Year.
C
‘First footing’ is an old tradition in the north of
England and Scotland. A superstition says that
if the first visitor to your house on New Year’s
Day is a man with dark hair, he brings good luck
for the rest of the year. People sometimes ask
a friend with dark hair to knock on their door
after midnight, because they want good luck!
The man traditionally brings presents of food
and whisky… and some coal!
Glossary
knock bussare
2 5.13 Ascolta e leggi. Poi rispondi alle domande. ES
coal carbone
1 What do British people listen to at midnight on New Year’s Eve?
2 Where do people go in London on New Year’s Eve?
3 Where is 2nd January a public holiday?
4 What is the Scottish word for New Year’s Eve?
5 What is Auld Lang Syne?
6 What does a ‘first footer’ traditionally bring to your house?
3 5.14 Ascolta le parole di Auld Lang Syne. Poi prova a cantarle.

Should old acquaintance be forgot For auld lang syne, my dear
And never brought to mind For auld lang syne
Should old acquaintance be forgot We’ll take a cup of kindness yet
And auld lang syne For auld lang syne

1 How do Italian people celebrate New Year?
2 Are there any local traditions?
3 What do people eat and drink?
two hundred and nineteen 219

Festivals
C
Spring festivals: February–April
1 Before you read Osserva le foto. Riconosci qualcuna di queste festività?
Pancake Day
(February)
Pancake Day or Shrove Tuesday
is a Christian festival. It is the
day before the start of Lent (the
forty days before Easter Sunday).
In medieval times, Christians
didn’t eat any meat, fat or sweet
Valentine’s Day food in Lent. So, the day before, Mother’s Day
they used the ingredients that (March–April)
(14 February)
th
were forbidden in Lent. Today, in
Saint Valentine’s Day is 14th February. the UK, it is traditional to make Mother’s Day is a Christian
The Romans executed Saint Valentine on pancakes on this day, using flour, festival on the fourth Sunday
this day in the third century because of eggs and milk. Pancake Day is in Lent. It started many
his Christian beliefs. There was already always a Tuesday. In some villages years ago, when people had
a Roman festival, Lupercalia, on 15th and schools in the UK they have a servants in their houses. On
February. At Lupercalia, Roman girls wrote pancake race. You have to run and Mother’s Day the servants
anonymous love letters and put them in toss a pancake at the same time! had a holiday. They went
a bag. Young men took a love letter and home to visit their mothers,
tried to guess who the writer was. After and they took presents of
many centuries, Saint Valentine’s Day spring flowers for them.
and Lupercalia became the same festival. Churches in the UK have
Valentine’s cards are very popular today. a special service on this
In the UK nobody writes their name in a day, and people give their
Valentine’s card: the sender of the card is mothers cards and presents.
always a mystery!
2 5.15 Ascolta e leggi. Poi rispondi alle domande. ES Glossary

1 What happened to Saint Valentine? beliefs fede
2 What was Lupercalia? pancake crespella
3 What is mysterious about Valentine’s cards in the UK? Lent Quaresima
4 What are the ingredients of pancakes? fat grassi
5 On what day of the week is Pancake Day? forbidden proibiti
6 Who, in the past, always had a holiday on Mother’s Day? toss far saltare in padella
servants servitori
3 5.16 Ascolta la poesia di San Valentino. Poi prova
service funzione, servizio
a recitarla.
religioso
Roses are red, violets are blue,

Sugar is sweet, and so are you.

1 What happens in Italy on Shrove Tuesday?
2 Is there any special food for Shrove Tuesday or Lent in Italy?
3 Is there a special day for mothers in Italy? When is it?
220 two hundred and twenty


Festivals
D
Notting Hill Carnival: August
1 Before you read Osserva le foto. Dove pensi che si svolga questo carnevale?
is in west London. On the last Sunday and

Monday of August there is a big street festival there. At the Notting Hill Carnival,
people from the African and Caribbean communities in London celebrate their
culture. Everyone is welcome to come and watch. It’s the second biggest street
festival in the world, after the Carnival in Rio, Brazil.
From the 1940s to the 1960s, lots of Caribbean people moved to the UK. Street
carnivals were a big part of their culture. In 1964 there was a festival of Caribbean
music in London, with lots of Caribbean bands. People listened to the bands and
danced in the streets. This music festival was the start of the Notting Hill Carnival.
Today, hundreds of musicians play steel drums – a traditional instrument from the
Caribbean – and other percussion instruments in the streets.
The Sunday carnival is for children, and the Monday carnival is for adults. There
is Caribbean music, dancing and lots of noise! There are always big parades with
decorated lorries, called ‘floats’, and colourful costumes. The costumes for Carnival
are large and elaborate. People start preparing their costumes in the spring!
About a million people come to Notting Hill every year to hear the music, to watch
the parades and to eat typical Caribbean food: rice and peas, mangoes, and coconuts.
The Notting Hill Carnival is a celebration of the UK’s different cultures. There’s
something for everyone!
Glossary
the second biggest il secondo
2 5.17 Ascolta e leggi. Poi rispondi alle domande. ES più grande
steel drums tamburi d’acciaio
1 Where is Notting Hill?
coconuts noci di cocco
2 Which cultures does the Notting Hill Carnival celebrate?
3 When did lots of people from the Caribbean come to the UK?
4 When was the first Caribbean music festival in London?
5 Which instruments do they play at the Carnival?
6 What is the difference between the Sunday carnival and the Monday carnival?
7 How many people usually come to the Notting Hill Carnival?
8 What are the names of some Caribbean food?

1 When is Carnevale in Italy?
2 Which places celebrate Carnevale with a street festival?
3 What do you (or your town / city) do at Carnevale?
two hundred and twenty-one 221

Picture dictionary
The weather
sun / sunny rain / rainy cloud / cloudy wind / windy snow / snowy fog / foggy
boiling hot warm cool cold freezing
Extension
storm / stormy ice / icy frost / frosty
wet dry hurricane
blizzard thunder and lightning hail
Look!
Si usano i sostantivi (sun, rain, ecc.) così:
I love the sun. Si usano gli aggettivi (sunny,
rainy, ecc.) così: I love sunny weather.
222 two hundred and twenty-two


Exercises
1
1 5.18 Ascolta e ripeti le parole della sezione Extension a pag. 222.
2 Scrivi gli aggettivi riferiti a queste temperature.

boiling 40°C 3 -1°C
1 5°C 4 31°C
2 24°C 5 13°C
3 Trova gli aggettivi riferiti al tempo atmosferico nel wordsnake. Usa le lettere in più per scoprire
l’aggettivo nascosto.
Hidden adjective
w r a i ny i s
4 Scrivi i sostantivi relativi agli aggettivi dell’es. 3. y y fo g n
sun
c g
sunn
ow t o
1 5
d yd i
y yfr
2 6
3 7
ys
4
y
5 Leggi le definizioni e completa le parole. K
o st
You usually hear it when there’s a storm. th u n d e r u rmy n c l o
1 You often see it when there’s a storm. l _ _ _ _ _ _ _ g
2 This is a very bad snow storm. b _ _ _ _ _ _ d
3 This is a very strong wind. h _ _ _ _ _ _ _ e
4 An adjective to describe a day with no rain. d _ _
5 An adjective to describe a rainy day. w _ _
6 You can go skating on i _ _.
7 This is icy rain. h _ _ l
6 Scrivi le parole al posto giusto nel mind map.

boiling
hail storm dry freezing frost hot snow rain
4
Sunny
Wet weather 5
weather 6
Weather
1 hail
2
3 7
Cold
weather 8
9
7 Your turn Rispondi alle domande.

1 What type of weather do you like / dislike?
2 What do you usually do in sunny weather?
3 What do you usually do in rainy weather?
4 What do you usually do in snowy weather?
Student’s Book page 11 two hundred and twenty-three 223


Picture dictionary
Life events
be born buy a car do exams get a job get a pet
get married go to university have children learn to drive leave home
leave school move house retire start school travel abroad
Extension
die fail exams get divorced get engaged grow up
join a club make new friends pass exams start (music) lessons win a prize
224 two hundred and twenty-four


Exercises
2
2 Abbina i verbi (1–8) alle parole (a–h) per formare espressioni complete.
1 get a children
2 travel b exams
3 join c married
4 move d to drive
5 have e school
6 learn f abroad
7 start g house
8 do h a club
3 Numera gli avvenimenti nell’ordine in cui si verificano di solito nella vita.

start school leave school get a job be born
go to university retire have children learn to drive
4 Trova l’intruso.
go to university abroad school h ome
1 get a job engaged a pet a club
2 leave home abroad school a job
3 start school music lessons a house a job
4 have a job children a house married
5 Osserva le figure e completa il cruciverba. Poi scopri l’avvenimento nascosto.

?
1
G E T M A R R I E D
1 2
2
3 4 5 6
6 Your turn Segna (✓) gli avvenimenti che si sono già verificati nella tua vita.
do exams get a pet join a club win a prize
travel abroad move house
Student’s Book page 21 two hundred and twenty-five 225


Picture dictionary
Films
action film / adventure film animated film comedy documentary fantasy film
historical film horror film love story musical sci-fi (science fiction) film
silent film spy film thriller war film western
Extension
director lighting
actor
actress
set
camera
script
props
stuntman / stuntwoman special effects costumes soundtrack
226 two hundred and twenty-six


Exercises
3
2 Trova altre sette parole nel wordsnake che si possono usare davanti alla parola film per
descrivere il genere cinematografico.
s y s i l e n t wa is t o ri c a l a d
fa nta ra d eh ct at
e
ve n t u r io n
s pya n i m
3 Leggi le descrizioni dei film e scrivi il genere cinematografico corretto.

Le
The Mysterious Woman h
4 a r n i n g t o L a u g
Another exciting film in the popular A new teacher at Hampton High School
Detective Palmer series. has some crazy ideas in this very funny film.
thriller
1 S T R E E T L I F E 5 DEAD OF NIGHT
Fantastic songs, great dances and Two tourists arrive at a hotel full of
an exciting plot! vampires and zombies.

2 S TA R V O YA G E 6 Living with Gorillas
Astronauts travel to Venus and make Watch a real scientist spend a year in
an interesting discovery. Africa with a group of gorillas.

3 7 Teenage Dreams
Problems start in a small town when Alice and Ben want to be boyfriend and
a mysterious cowboy arrives. girlfriend, but their parents don’t agree.

4 Scrivi i nomi delle persone che lavorano nei film. K

This man acts in films. An actor
1 This woman acts in films. An a
2 This person gives instructions to the other people. A d
3 This man does the dangerous activities in a film. A s
5 Completa la recensione cinematografica con le parole mancanti.

This sci-fi film had amazing special effects – and congratulations to the 1 a s in the alien
2
c s. I’m sure they were very difficult to wear! The s
3
t was very funny, with
some good dialogues between the characters. The s 4
k is great – you can buy it on CD or
download it. But unfortunately, I never believed that I was on a different planet. That’s because the
5
s s were not very realistic.
6 Your turn Completa la tabella con i generi cinematografici in modo personale.
I like… I don’t mind… I don’t like…
Student’s Book page 33 two hundred and twenty-seven 227


Picture dictionary
Places in a town
baker’s bank bookshop butcher’s café chemist’s
church greengrocer’s hospital library market newsagent’s
police station post office restaurant sports centre supermarket train station
Extension
bowling alley bus station car park department store
hairdresser’s ice rink museum skate park
stationer’s theatre tourist information office town hall
228 two hundred and twenty-eight


Exercises
4
2 Trova 12 luoghi in città nel wordsearch.

D S H O S P I T A L C 1 hospital
M A R K E T U L T M T 2
3
C L S S T A T I O N C
4
H I I K T E O F W C H
5
U B C E H J B A N K E 6
R R E F E E A C H O M 7
C A R P A R K A A O I 8
9
H R I N T L Y F L N S
10
T Y N S R H B E L I T
11
G B K E E B A K E R S 12
3 Abbina i luoghi nel riquadro alle figure (1–8).

café restaurant greengrocer’s tourist information office
sports centre hairdresser’s newsagent’s post office theatre
theatre 1 2
3 4 5
6 7 8
4 Trova l’intruso.
bowling alley olice station
p ice rink s kate park
1 butcher’s greengrocer’s m
useum supermarket
2 church bus station train station car park
3 bookshop department store library stationer’s
4 newsagent’s butcher’s c hemist’s town hall
5 Your turn Quali luoghi a pag. 228 hai visto questa settimana? Elencali.
Student’s Book page 43 two hundred and twenty-nine 229

Picture dictionary
Transport
bike boat bus car coach ferry
helicopter lorry motorbike plane scooter
taxi train tram underground van
Extension
Nouns
luggage platform (single / return) ticket ticket office
Verbs
cycle drive fly ride sail
get in get out of get on get off land take off
Look!
viaggiare = travel
viaggio = journey
gita = trip
230 two hundred and thirty


Exercises
5
2 Osserva le figure e completa il cruciverba.

1 2
L 1 2 3
O
3 4 5
R
R
Y
6 7
4 5 6
8
11
10
9
7 8 9
12
3 Abbina i mezzi di trasporto ai verbi corretti. 10 11 12

plane bike
boat car helicopter
motorbike scooter taxi van
sail a: boat
ride a: 1 ,2 ,3
fly a: 4 ,5
drive a: 6 ,7 ,8
4 Completa le frasi con i verbi nel riquadro.

get off get on lands get in takes off get out of
At the start of a journey by taxi, you get in the taxi.

1 At the end of a journey by taxi, you the taxi.
2 At the start of a journey by train, you the train.
3 At the end of a journey by train, you the train.
4 At the start of a journey by plane, the plane .
5 At the end of a journey by plane, the plane .
5 Your turn Rispondi alle domande.

1 What type(s) of transport do you use every day?
2 What type(s) of transport has your family got?
Student’s Book page 55 two hundred and thirty-one 231


Picture dictionary
Physical descriptions eyebrows
forehead
head
hair eye
face
glasses freckles
nose cheeks
ear neck lips
mouth braces
tooth (teeth)
chin
long hair medium-length hair short hair bald
straight hair wavy hair curly hair
blond(e) hair dark hair red hair grey hair
pony tail plaits
beard moustache tall short pretty slim overweight

good-looking
232 two hundred and thirty-two


Exercises
6
1 5.23 Ascolta e ripeti le parole a pag. 232.
2 Scrivi le parole nel riquadro nella colonna corretta.

Look!
medium-length glasses overweight wavy dark
freckles moustache long pony tail
slim
straight
tall Ordine degli aggettivi
Gli aggettivi vanno davanti al sostantivo
Hair Size Face
che descrivono.
1 7 10
Se ci sono più aggettivi, di solito si
2 8 11
mettono in questo ordine:
3 9 12 opinione ➝ lunghezza ➝ stile ➝ colore
4 She’s got beautiful, long, curly,
5 blonde hair.
6
3 Aggiungi altre parole da pag. 232 nella tabella dell’es. 2.

4 Osserva le persone nelle figure. Poi abbina i loro nomi alle frasi (1–10).
Anna Tom Mary Bob

1 She’s got grey hair. 7 She hasn’t got plaits.
2 He isn’t bald. 8 He’s got a beard and moustache.
3 He’s got freckles. 9 He’s got short, red hair.
4 She’s got long, blonde hair. 10 She hasn’t got grey hair.
5 He’s overweight.
6 She wears glasses.
5 Leggi la descrizione, poi disegna Boris nel riquadro.

Boris has got a big nose and blue eyes. He wears glasses.
He’s got medium-length, straight, dark hair. He’s got a
moustache, but he hasn’t got a beard. He’s smiling, but he
hasn’t got any teeth!
6 Your turn Usa le parole a pag. 232 per scrivere una

descrizione di te stesso.
Boris
Student’s Book page 65 two hundred and thirty-three 233

Picture dictionary
Household chores
clear the table do the cooking do the washing-up feed my pet
hoover (my room) lay the table load the dishwasher make my bed
take the rubbish out tidy (my room) unload the dishwasher walk the dog
Extension
clean (my room) do the gardening do the ironing do the shopping
do the washing hang out the washing sweep the floor wash the car
234 two hundred and thirty-four


Exercises
7
2 Abbina i verbi (1–8) alle parole (a–h) per formare lavori domestici.
1 feed a the washing
2 walk b the dog
3 lay c the dishwasher
4 load d the floor
5 hang out e my hamster
6 take f the table
7 make g the rubbish out
8 sweep h my bed
3 Osserva le figure e completa i lavori domestici.
do the cooking 1 do the 2 do the
3 do the 4 do the 5 do the
4 Immagina di aver fatto una festa a casa. Ora la casa è un disastro! Fai un elenco dei lavori
domestici che devi fare.
5 Your turn Completa queste frasi in modo personale con always, often, sometimes o never.
1 I wash the car.
2 I take the rubbish out.
3 I unload the dishwasher.
4 I tidy my room.
5 I hoover my room.
6 I clear the table.
7 I do the ironing.
8 I clean the bathroom.
Student’s Book page 77 two hundred and thirty-five 235


Picture dictionary
Holidays
campsite farmhouse holiday village hotel
self-catering apartment / villa ski chalet buy souvenirs go on a guided tour
go sightseeing go to the beach sunbathe swim in the sea
take photos try the local food visit museums / art galleries write postcards
Extension
bed and breakfast (B&B) caravan camper van hostel
tent go canoeing go hiking go mountain-biking
go on a pedalo go snorkelling go surfing go to an adventure park
236 two hundred and thirty-six


Exercises
8
2 Leggi le definizioni e completa il cruciverba.

1
H O L I D A Y
Across
1 (and 4 down): It has rooms,
3 4 apartments, swimming
V
2
pools, restaurants and
I entertainment.
L 2 (and 11 across): You cook
5
L the food in this holiday
6 7 home.
A
6 You can attach this holiday
G
8 9
home to your car!
E 9 This is a holiday home in
the country. It sometimes
has animals.
10 11 10 You sleep in this when you
go camping.
11 See 2 across.
Down
1 Rooms are very expensive in a 5-star … 5 You can drive this holiday home!
2 You can stay here in the mountains. 7 A place with lots of tents.
3 You can eat this meal at a Bed and … 8 You sometimes have to do household chores
4 See 1 across. at this cheap type of hotel.
3 Osserva le figure e completa i nomi di 4 Abbina i verbi (1–6) alle parole (a–f).
attività vacanziere. 1 buy a photos
2 write b the local food
3 try c museums
4 go d souvenirs
5 visit e sightseeing
go mountain-biking 3 go to 6 take f postcards
5 Your turn Completa le frasi sulle vacanze

in modo personale. Usa le parole e le
espressioni a pag. 236.
We usually / sometimes stay in a…
1 go 4 go
We sometimes / never…
Last year we…
2 go 5 go
Student’s Book page 87 two hundred and thirty-seven 237


Picture dictionary
Feelings
angry annoyed bored embarrassed
excited frightened happy nervous
proud sad shy surprised
Extension
calm confident confused
disappointed jealous lonely
relieved shocked stressed
238 two hundred and thirty-eight


Exercises 4 Ora scrivi i 16 stati d’animo degli es. 2 e 3
9
nella colonna corretta.
1 5.26 Ascolta e ripeti le parole della
sezione Extension a pag. 238. positivo negativo
1 happy 7
2 Osserva le facce e completa gli stati
d’animo. 2 8
3 9
4 10
5 11
6 12
13
14

15
e m b a r r a s s e d 1 _ ng _ _
16

Liam has to do an exam tomorrow.
He’s excited / nervous.
1 My little brother broke my MP3 player. I’m

really annoyed / bored.
2 sh _ _ k _ _ 3 _ _ _ _ y
2 We’re watching a French film.
We’re confident / confused because we
can’t understand it very well.
3 I’m really proud / jealous because my teacher
says I’m the best student in the class.
4 My hamster is always frightened / surprised
when it sees our cat because the cat wants
4 b _ r _ _ 5 c _ _ fu _ _ _ to eat it!
5 Natalie really wanted to go to the
3 Trova 10 stati d’animo nel wordsearch. concert, but now it’s cancelled.
D I S A P P O I N T E D She’s relieved / disappointed.
E G N R A M D R O C L A 6 Ron’s got lots of homework. He’s
L R E C O J Y R G I T T stressed / shy because he hasn’t got much
time to do it.
A F R I G H T E N E D E
P F V M E P P L L M K X 6 Your turn Completa le frasi in modo
C W O B E R E I T A E C personale.
A G U I L O N E L Y R I 1 I feel when I’m on
L D S S N U C V Y F B T holiday.
2 I feel when my friends
M J E S A D N E H T I E
do something and they don’t invite me.
E N C O N F I D E N T D
3 I feel when I’ve got a
1 disappointed 6 test at school.
2 7 4 I feel proud when .
3 8 5 I feel annoyed when .
4 9 6 I feel bored when .
5 10
Student’s Book page 99 two hundred and thirty-nine 239


Brown/Demotix), 219 (Flambeaux Procession/Andrew Steven Graham/Demotix);
1 Getty Images pp.18 (snow shovelling/Echo), 19 (music festival/Douglas Mason),
20 (Gene Kelly sings in the rain/Mondadori), 28 (Justin Bieber statue/Emmanuel
Great Clarendon Street, Oxford, ox2 6dp, United Kingdom Dunand/AFP), 31 (student/Purestock), 38 (anger/Kevin Dyer), 42 (Madness/Kerstin
Oxford University Press is a department of the University of Oxford. Rodgers), 60 (Winter Wonderlab/Bloomberg), 62 (smiling boy/Juan Silva), 64 (Stones
It furthers the University’s objective of excellence in research, scholarship, fans/Davies/Express), 70 (Sultan Kösen & He Pingping/Mustafa Ozer/AFP),
86 (Sunflowers/Travelif), 92 (skiers/ultramarinfoto), 94 (scouts/Andreas Rentz),
and education by publishing worldwide. Oxford is a registered trade
106 (girlsJGI/Jamie Grill), 106 (teacher/Slobodan Vasic), 106 (Pudsey Bear/Neil
mark of Oxford University Press in the UK and in certain other countries
Mockford/FilmMagic), 106 (family/Fabrice Lerouge/Onoky), 107 (Glastonbury
© Oxford University Press 2016 Festival/Hayley Madden/Redferns), 119 (Kayacking/Boomer Jerritt/All Canada
Photos), 122 (Whitby/Photononstop), 128 (Girls using digital tablet/Blend Images),
The moral rights of the author have been asserted
128 (Clarinet player/Simon Potter/Cultura), 129 (Family arguement/Brand X
First published in 2016 Pictures), 130 (Tom Daley and coach/Clive Rose), 130 (Taekwondo/Nigel Roddis),
2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 131 (Footballer David Beckham/Man Utd via Getty Images), 137 (Student raising
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 hand/Steve Debenport), 145 (Traffic light/Tracy Packer Photography), 150 (Skier/E+),
154 (Teenage boy/LJM Photo), 154 (London Underground train/Bloomberg via Getty
No unauthorized photocopying Images), 155 (Taxi/Rachel Lewis/Lonely Planet Images), 160 (Teenagers talking/
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored Westend61), 161 (Portrait of girl/Compassionate Eye Foundation), 162 (Teen with
in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, without laptop and cat/Cultura), 162 (Inverlochy Castle, Scotland/Andy Williams/Britain on
the prior permission in writing of Oxford University Press, or as expressly View), 169 (Teens with laptop/Robin Skjoldborg), 170 (Girl feeding horse/Bob
permitted by law, by licence or under terms agreed with the appropriate Langrish), 170 (children in music class/fatihhoca), 171 (Studio shot of woman/
reprographics rights organization. Enquiries concerning reproduction outside Coffee&Milk), 176 (Old Trafford/Stu Forster), 178 (Woman at airport/STOCK4B-RF),
the scope of the above should be sent to the ELT Rights Department, Oxford 178 (Teen portrait/Hero Images), 178 (Teenage girls/Johnny Greig), 179 (The Roman
University Press, at the address above Baths, Bath/Joe Daniel Price), 185 (Couple with digital tablet/Westend61),
207 (Walter Raleigh’s arrival in Virginia, 1585-1588, coloured engraving by Theodore
You must not circulate this work in any other form and you must impose
de Bry (1528-1598), from Peregrinationes (pilgrimages), United States of America
this same condition on any acquirer 16th Century/De Agostini), 207 (Walter Raleigh/De Agostini), 207 (Globe Theatre/
Links to third party websites are provided by Oxford in good faith and for Peter Phipp), 210 (Loch Ness/Colin Soutar), 210 (Ben Nevis/VisitBritain/Joe Cornish),
information only. Oxford disclaims any responsibility for the materials 213 (Rolling Stones/Adrian Short/The Sydney Morning Herald/Fairfax Media),
contained in any third party website referenced in this work 214 (boy with headphones/Image Source), 214 (Diwali/India Photography),
216 (Bournemouth/VisitBritain/Britain on View), 216 (Brighton Pier/H & D Zielsk/
isbn: 978 0 19 435014 3 LOOK-foto), 217 (beach huts/Westend61), 218 (King James I/Imagno),
Printed in China 218 (Gunpowder Plotters/Culture Club/Hulton Archive), 218 (fireworks/prasit
chansarekorn), 219 (fireworks/Dan Kitwood), 221 (child in carnival/C Brandon/
This book is printed on paper from certified and well-managed sources Redferns), 221 (Notting Hill Carnival/C Brandon/Redferns), 221 (carnival/Carl Court/
AFP); iStockphoto p.120 (ideas icons/Alex Belomlinsky); Kobal Collection pp.136 (The
acknowledgements Fast and the Furious: Tokyo Drift/Universal/Sidney Baldwin), 136 (The Woman in Black/
The authors and publisher would like to extend a special thanks to the following teachers who Hammer Film Productions), 136 (Star Wars VI: Return of the Jedi/Lucasfilm/20th
contributed to the development of this course: Mariella De Carlo, Maddalena De Leo, Century Fox), 138 (The Hobbit: An Unexpected Journey/New Line Cinema), 138 (The
Immacolata Di Lallo, Serena Gaiani. Hunger Games/Lionsgate), 139 (The Twilight Saga: Eclipse/Summit Entertainment);
The authors and publisher would also like to thank the following teachers: Roberta Auriemma, Oxford University Press pp.38 (smiling teen girl/KidStock), 40 (teen girl portrait/
Marisa Bonaduce, Tiziana Casini, Giuseppina Catalano, Antonella Chiarini, Michela Lifesize), 48 (portrait teen girl/Image Source), 48 (smiling teenage boy/Blend Images),
Cortella, Sergio Di Scanno, Adanic Dubravka, Fabrizia Franchini, Cristiana Gobbato, 70 (elephant/PhotoKratky - Wildlife/Nature), 121 (Festival crowd/Image Source),
Anna Maria Greco, Corrado Izzo, Angela Belfiore Loconte, Roberta Marostica, 154 (Portrait of girl/Jetta Productions), 154 (Portrait of boy/Cultura), 155 (Tube train/
Alessandra Marzola, Maria Paladino, Francesca Re David, Claudia Romanazzi, Hisham Ibrahim/Photov.com), 178 (Portrait of girl/Fancy), 211 (man playing
Giovanna Vercellone. bagpipes/White); Rex Features pp.64 (The Monkees/Moviestore Collection), 86 (The
The publisher would like to thank the following for their permission to reproduce photographs: Sugababes/Julian Makey), 130 (Lewis Hamilton and Nico Rosberg/News Pictures),
Alamy Images pp.8 (junior football/Ulrich Doering), 16 (restaurant/Alex Segre), 156 (Addams Family Values/SNAP), 212 (The Beatles), 212 (Twiggy/Roger-Viollet),
16 (father & daughter/Agencja FREE), 18 (fallen tree/DBURKE), 19 (Crown Center/Bill 217 (holiday camp/Associated Newspapers); Shutterstock pp.19 (DJ/Corepics VOF),
Grant), 26 (childhood home of John Lennon/Maurice Savage), 28 (The Beatles 20 (Rainbow/Patryk Kosmider), 29 (puppy/Mila Atkovska), 30 (Culzean castle/Jeff
waxwork/Steve Vidler), 30 (Scottish wedding/Alan Wylie), 30 (Glen Etive/B Banke), 40 (snowy owl/Jim H Walling), 42 (Man at quay/Valery Sidelnykov), 50 (Big
Lawrence), 31 (Fifties wedding/Rex Argent), 38 (boy with camera/Jon Challicom), Ben/Luciano Mortula), 52 (young man/Nejron Photo), 52 (cars/Mikhail Bakunovich),
40 (Wizarding World of Harry Potter,Universal Orlando/Ian Dagnall), 41 (Platform 9 62 (Eiffel Tower/Cardaf), 70 (mosquito/SW_Stock), 84 (smiling boy/Suzanne Tucker),
3/4/Colin Bain), 48 (skaters/ITAR-TASS Photo Agency), 50 (performers/Alex Segre), 92 (ski resort/Tatiana Popova), 95 (Santorini/Ieoks), 96 (Georgian houses/Ron Ellis),
50 (Buckingham Palace/nobleIMAGES), 51 (Hamleys/Carpe Diem-London), 122 (Meerkats/tratong), 126 (Galileo Galilei/lryna1), 128 (Newborn baby/Natalia
62 (airport/Ken Welsh), 62 (Eurostar/Kumar Sriskandan), 72 (Florence Nightingale/ Kirichenko), 145 (Crossroads/Paul Prescott), 146 (Shakespeare’s birthplace/gary718),
Image Asset Management Ltd.), 72 (Charles Darwin/Pictorial Press Ltd), 73 (Queen 155 (London bus/Marco Govel), 155 (London Bridge/Andrei Nekrassov),
Elizabeth I (1533-1603) in the “Darnley” portrait painted by an unknown artist about 161 (Businesswoman/gpointstudio), 162 (The Shard building/Cedric Weber), 168 (Fast
1575/Pictorial Press Ltd), 73 (William Shakespeare/GL Archive), 84 (chalet MR food/Ohn Mar), 177 (Tourist Information Centre sign/Stuart Miles), 207 (Tintern
Stefanika/Paul Glendell), 84 (climbing/Derek Trask), 94 (Newquay/nobleIMAGES), Abbey/Maisna), 210 (tartan/NemesisINC), 214 (girl/Tracy Whiteside), 216 (Weston-
94 (Stonehenge/Chris Howes/Wild Places Photography), 94 (The Eden Project/David super-Mare/Ollie Taylor), 219 (fireworks/Bikeworldtravel), 220 (gift/fotohunter).
Jones), 95 (beach/E.D. Torial), 96 (sheep/David Angel), 98 (Fitzwilliam Museum, Cover photography: Gareth Boden, Alamy Images (Oxford Street sign/Nando Machado);
Cambridge/Keith Taylor), 98 (Lowry Art Gallery/Geoffrey Morgan), 98 (Caernarvon Gareth Boden; Getty Images (cricket/Pali Rao); Shutterstock (Edinburgh/Shaiith).
Castle/Robert Harding Picture Library Ltd), 104 (housework/Steven May), Commissioned photography: Gareth Boden pp.8, 9, 12, 22, 34, 44, 56, 66, 78, 82, 88, 100.
109 (students/Picture Partners), 123 (Cross country running/Enigma), Illustrations by: Adrian Barclay 43, 47, 51, 76, 124, 148, 159, 164, 228, 237; Gavin
144 (Swimming pool/VIEW Pictures Ltd), 145 (Road junction/macana), Reece 10, 54, 74, 87, 97, 117, 125, 133, 141, 149, 157, 165, 173, 233, 236; Georgie
145 (Roundabout/Hideo Kurihara), 152 (School trip/BSIP SA), 152 (Town centre/ Fearns pp.33, 108, 226, 239; Humberto Blanco/Sylvie Poggio pp.6, 32, 116, 122,
incamerastock), 153 (Ticket office/Shoosmith Railway Collection), 154 (Bus/Kathy 134, 140, 172, 204, 225, 229, 235; Mark Draisey pp.47, 54, 132, 150, 182, 208, 219,
deWitt), 154 (Car ferry/Matthew Richardson), 162 (Smallest house in Great Britain/ 220, 231; Martin Sanders/Beehive pp.11, 49, 53, 62, 146, 203, 205, 206, 222; Moreno
Seriousreindeer), 178 (Forest adventure course/Nick Hanna), 178 (National Media Chiacchiera/Beehive pp.232; Norbert Sipos/Beehive pp.26, 55, 77, 85, 120, 132, 230,
Museum/steven gillis hd9 imaging), 185 (Students on campus/ONOKY - 234; Peter Bull pp opening maps; Simon Rumble/Beehive pp.7, 10, 21, 58, 65, 99,
Photononstop), 186 (School assmbly/redsnapper), 210 (Scottish Parliament/DGB), 118, 127, 143, 151, 156, 163, 166, 174, 180, 183, 224, 238.
211 (haggis/foodfolio), 212 (mini/Phil Talbot), 212 (painted mini/Stuart Green),
The authors and publisher are grateful to those who have given permission to reproduce the
214 (Kiev/Gavin Hellier), 214 (Polish passports/Dariusz Kuzminski), 218 (Guy Fawkes
following extracts and adaptations of copyright material: p.20 Singin’ In The Rain Words and
fireworks/CountrySideCollection - Homer Sykes), 219 (fireworks/Relaximages),
Music by Arthur Freed and Nacio Brown © 1929, Reproduced by permission of EMI
220 (Valentine’s Day/Anjelika Gretskaia), 220 (pancake race/Piero Cruciatti);
Robbins Catalog Inc, London W1F 9LD; p.42 My Girl Words and Music by Michael
Bridgeman Images pp.205 (Madonna and Child (Rucellai Madonna) 1285 (tempera
Barson © 1979, Reproduced by permission of EMI Music Publishing Ltd, London W1F
on panel), Duccio di Buoninsegna, (c.1278-1318)/Galleria degli Uffizi, Florence, Italy
9LD; p.64 Theme From The Monkees Words and Music by Tommy Boyce, Bobby Hart
), 205 (The Brera Altarpiece, 1472-74 (tempera on panel), Francesca, Piero della,
© 1966, Reproduced by permission of Screen Gems-EMI Music Inc, London W1F 9LD;
(c.1415-92)/Pinacoteca di Brera, Milan, Italy); Corbis pp.18 (flooding/Stephen Hird/
p.86 Ugly Words and Music by Dallas Austin © 2005, Reproduced by permission of
Reuters), 28 (kids and dog/Pauline St.Denis/Tetra Images), 38 (girl with trophy/
EMI Blackwood Music Inc, London W1F 9LD.
Christine Schneider), 41 (Hogwarts Great Hall/Ludovic Maisant/Hemis),
48 (Bournemouth/Roy Rainford/Robert Harding World Imagery), 50 (Trafalgar All rights reserved. Any unauthorised copying, reproduction, rental, or communication to the
Square/Alistair Laming/Loop Images), 51 (Houses of Parliament/Walter Bibikow), public of the material contained in this product is a violation of applicable laws.
70 (cheetah/Winfried Wisniewski), 70 (Mount Everest/Bruno Morandi/Hemis),
70 (Vatican City, Rome/Alinari Archives), 72 (Winston Churchill/Hulton-Deutsch
Collection), 75 (playing soccer/13/Alistair Berg/Ocean), 84 (Hadrian’s Wall/David
Ball), 122 (York Minster/Mark Sunderland/Robert Harding World Imagery),
146 (Stratford’s Royal Shakespeare Theatre/Tim Clayton), 146 (Royal Shakespeare
and Swan Theater/Chris Andrews; Chris Andrews Publications), 184 (Actors bowing
on stage/Hill Street Studios/Blend Images), 185 (Breakfast/Rubberball), 186 (Teenage
rock band/Nicole Hill/Rubberball), 214 (teen boy/Hello Lovely), 214 (carnival/Paul

Riproduzione di opera protetta
da copyright realizzata su concessione
di Oxford University Press
ad uso di soli ciechi o ipovedenti.
Non è ammessa la copia.

Go Live 2 - SB - WB

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Go Live 2 - SB - WB

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Pronuncia: /ˈɡəʊ ˈlaɪv/

Digger Jack Lauren

2 Clare Maxwell & Elizabeth Sharman

Go Live 2 SBWB pp001_114.indd 1 31/10/2016 08:39

Drills Unit 1 pag. 110

4350143 Go Live 2 SBWB text.indb 2 07/10/2015 10:22

Writing competence Le e-mail

Apologising Reading: comprendere informazioni su una giornata memorabile

Asking for and giving Reading: comprendere informazioni su Londra

Extra listening 3+4 pag.54 Listening, Dictation, Pronunciation /ŋ/

4350143 Go Live 2 SBWB text.indb 3 07/10/2015 10:22

Drills Unit 5 pag. 112

Revision 5+6 pagg. 74–75 Reading, Writing, Dialogue work, Speaking, Translation

• Forme affermativa e negativa

Revision 7+8 pagg. 96–97 Reading, Writing, Dialogue work, Speaking, Translation

Revision 9 pagg. 108–109 Reading, Writing, Dialogue work, Speaking, Translation

Maps Verb tables Functions expressions

4350143 Go Live 2 SBWB text.indb 4 07/10/2015 10:22

o At the tourist Reading: comprendere informazioni sulle vacanze estive

Wordlist pagg. 188–192 Pronunciation and punctuation pag. 193 Grammar reference pagg. 194–200

Festivals Picture dictionary 222−239

4350143 Go Live 2 SBWB text.indb 5 07/10/2015 10:22

2 Ora completa la tabella con le parole del cruciverba.

4350143 Go Live 2 SBWB text.indb 6 07/10/2015 10:22

4 1.01 Ascolta, controlla e ripeti.

Favourite school subjects

4350143 Go Live 2 SBWB text.indb 7 07/10/2015 10:22

2 1.03 Ascolta e controlla.

This is me with Lauren Taylor. She 1 14 years

4 1.04 Ascolta e controlla.

Go Live 2 SBWB pp001_114.indd 8 06/05/2016 11:55

Manor Road School

New student profile

6 Usa le parole per formulare domande su

Go Live 2 SBWB pp001_114.indd 9 21/01/2016 11:10

Rob plays football. Rob’s playing football.

Il Present simple si usa per descrivere:

get up: 6.30 / 8.30 1 have breakfast: kitchen / balcony

2 wear: school uniform / shorts and a T-shirt 3 go: school / the beach

4350143 Go Live 2 SBWB text.indb 10 07/10/2015 10:22

1 London It’s sunny in London. 4 Glasgow

1.05 Ascolta e controlla. Poi riascolta e ripeti. °C

3 Practice Descrivi il tempo atmosferico nel luogo in cui vivi.

Workbook page 116 Picture Dictionary 1x pages

Go Live 2 SBWB pp001_114.indd 11 06/05/2016 11:55

1 Before you listen Osserva la foto

4350143 Go Live 2 SBWB text.indb 12 07/10/2015 10:23

3 1.08 Riascolta e ripeti il dialogo.

4 Comprehension Scegli l’alternativa corretta.

5 Think back Rileggi il dialogo.

6 Act it out Recitate il dialogo a coppie.

Workbook page 117 thirteen 13

Go Live 2 SBWB pp001_114.indd 13 21/01/2016 11:10

A Past simple di be 3 Scrivi le espressioni di tempo passato in

It was rainy here yesterday. yesterday morning ​last week ​in 2010 ​

2 1.09 Ascolta e controlla. 5 1.10 Ascolta e controlla.

Unit 1 Drill 1 page 110

Go Live 2 SBWB pp001_114.indd 14 06/05/2016 11:55

Was / Were + soggetto + …? Alla forma interrogativa, Is there… ? / Are there… ?

Go Live 2 SBWB pp001_114.indd 15 06/05/2016 11:55

Jess W here’s my mobile phone? It was (it / be) in

3 Rileggi il dialogo e rispondi alle domande dell’es. 2.

A Where were you at 7 o’clock this morning?

It was rainy here yesterday. yesterday morning last week in 2010

Jess W here’s my mobile phone? It was (it / be) in

do exams get a job get married go to university have children

I lost I’m really sorry It was I was